Chapter 1: Fresh Start
Chapter Text
Four had always felt like the weakest link in the New Squidbeak Splatoon. She wasn't a specialist in any areas or had a popstar carrier to fall back on or ran through dangerous tests in an underground subway. Jack of all trades, master of none, she's used to being the backup of most missions. Not like she didn't prided herself on her position as an agent of the New Squidbeak Splatoon! Before that, she was just some lame kid with even lamer clothes to boot. (Her combo of headband and tank top got her laughed out of every clothing store.) Her parents nagged her about studying all the time back home and shipped her off to Inkopolis Square when she was old enough because of the “prime learning opportunities”.
She had wandered the streets aimlessly, yet another face in a crowd of freshless newbies who hardly knew how the different bomb types worked. When Four first arrived she was doomed to a vicious cycle of studying all night, being too tired to perform well in Turf War due to all of the studying, barely scraping by due to her low scores, and studying even harder to enter a “good school”, which her parents thought would never happen if she didn’t have perfect grades. Blech. The only thing that had lifted her out of it was joining the NSS, and now that too was starting to slip from her grasp.
She remembers her first meeting with Marie well. The days had all blurred together in a hazy mix of failed Turf Wars and angry phone calls about dropping below a (Zapfish forbid!) eighty score. As she trudged back to her apartment to confront the piles of homework that awaited her, a voice called out. “Pssst! You in the unfresh headband!” Four’s head snapped up from her Seanwich and darted around. There, on top of a… sewer grate was a strange squid. She held a green umbrella and clenched the side of her gray kimono decorated with gold triangles, eyes darting around the square as if worried someone else might spot her. Four could swear that she had seen the stranger somewhere before.
When Gray Squid Lady locked eyes with Four she turned squid and slipped into the grates. Four, like most squidkids, had been given the “don’t talk to suspicious strangers” lecture a thousand times over by their parents. A nervous squid with weird clothes hiding in a grate was about as suspicious as one could get. Unfortunately for her parents, Four was tired. She had spent the last two years in a neverending routine that didn’t let her make new friends or check out the latest trends, and in a lapse of judgment she decided to follow Gray Squid Lady down into the sewers. If she got her arm ripped off like in that horror movie about the demon clownfish she wasn’t allowed to watch, at least it would be an interesting way to go. After an awkward interaction with the apparent pop star (Four knew she looked familiar!), she was recruited to be Agent Four of the New Squidbeak Splatoon. The first mission was where her worldview was shattered.
-------------------------
“Hm. Not bad.” Marie’s voice crackled through the hero gear’s headphones.
Four had made it through the kettle unscathed so far, save for accidentally walking on enemy ink a couple times. A shielded octarian was the next enemy. Despite Marie’s advice, Four couldn’t get the aiming on the bomb right, always throwing it a bit too far. The footsoldier’s shots were slow and Four was getting impatient, waiting just a bit too long to throw and-
Pain shot through her leg, sickly magenta ink connecting with the suit’s built in armor. Getting hit by ink didn’t cause pain! In Turf War hits were minor at worst and dull thuds at best. Getting splatted was quick and usually over fast enough that you didn’t feel anything aside from annoyance. Four shifts into squid form (falls to the ground and cowers in her ink being a better description) and sneaks away to behind a box to tend to her injury.
"Four? You alright?” Marie’s voice asks. Four hisses from the pain and nods. Can Marie see her nod? “If you say so. Don’t be afraid to hide if you’re hurt. I wouldn’t want you to get splatted on your first mission. Three managed to last until at least the second.” The joke falls flat. Marie coughs. "Sorry. Gramps was always better at the crochety old mentor thing."
The pain in her leg is fading fast, but it was a harsh wake-up slap to Four's blissfully ignorant face. This wasn’t Turf War, where the worst punishment is lowering your rank or disappointed looks from your teammates. She waits until the footsoldier turns away to sneak up and splat them from behind. The rest of the level goes on with more shots grazing her body, each of them bringing a jolt of fear when they drawn near and pain when they hit. Four feels a bit dazed when she finally grabs the zapfish, staggering back to Cuttlefish Cabin.
"I’m sorry about that, Four. I’m used to working with Three or Callie. They have more experience. Not that you're useless! You're really great at finding dusty scraps of paper." Marie winces at the failed compliment.
"It’s fine. You told me it was dangerous, right?” Four cracks a weak smile at her boss/mentor, trying to ignore the shaking of her hands and how messy her breathing is. Marie sits her down on the bench before folding her umbrella and walking into the cabin.
"Still, I should have remembered to warn you about the pressure and power levels. I'll be as forgetful as Gramps if this keeps up. I understand if you want to back out now, just as long as you-” Marie’s voice is muffled slightly by the shed, cut off by a loud clatter of pots and pans falling. Four sticks her head indoors to see the Squid Sister sifting through fallen cooking utensils. “Sorry, Four. Mind lending me a hand..?”
Four bent down to help pick up the cutlery and place it back on the shelf. “I wanted to make you some tea to help calm you down but ah…” Marie picked up a stack of pots and moved it to a lower shelf. “Might as well give you the lowdown while we clean. Weapons like the Hero Shot-” Marie gestured to the gun hanging on Four’s side. “-and Octotrooper vehicles don’t have any safety limits like the ones back in Inkopolis. They’re made for blasting through enemies, modified to have higher pressure and bigger damage.” Marie emerged victorious from the small pile, pulling out a slightly dented tea kettle before beconing Four to follow her outside.
“So does that mean that getting splatted is extra painful?” Four hoped that Marie would say no and reassure her that everything was going to be fine if she was careful. Marie did not
“...Octo Canyon is barely sustained by the power of the zapfish. It gets the troops and checkpoints running, but it takes a lot of juice to do so. Our respawns are even harder to wire up without energy from the Great Zapfish.” Marie grabbed the whistling kettle from the stove and handed her a mug that said Number Two Agent.
"Four, if you get splatted three times in a kettle, you die. For good. There’s no way to get you back after that.” The hot mug of tea in her hands doesn’t get rid of the cold fear in her heart.
---------------------
Four had been more cautious after that speech, running around the kettle she had already completed to get a feel for combat. She wasn’t gonna lie, it felt good to clear through damage less on her third try, splatting the shielded octotrooper before they even had the chance to fire. She had also found a weird hunk of metal and a dusty piece of paper that Marie called a “sunken scroll” on her second clearing. Four had discovered a newfound passion, looking through kettles for any bits and bobs that were interesting. Over the headset, Marie mentioned that they were more investigative than whoever Agent Three was.
Four's current theories were that Three was:
- A war hardened veteran from some sort of secret operation to rescue the Great Zapfish when it went missing in Inkopolis Square.
- Another idol, maybe from the new bands that popped up if being a singer was a recurring theme for recruitment. This one was shakey at best, because Four wasn't a popstar.
- Sheldon.
She had finished blowing up an oven that tried to kill her with oversized donut glazers (who designed these things?) when Marie called her back to the cabin to take a break for a couple of days.
Four couldn’t agree more. Sure, saving the Great Zapfish was important, but you could only get almost killed by a sentient toaster oven so many times before you needed to take a moment and reflect back on how you went from studying 24/7 to fistfighting the world’s weirdest war machines so you can rescue the city’s power source.
As it turned out, being a secret agent made you really good at turf war. Four’s rank went up at least 4 levels (ha) during the break, and it was then that the city truly came to life. Finally, actual clothes instead of the world’s lamest tank top! Competitive games unlocked! An even sketchier job opportunity than Octo Canyon! The world was finally beginning to smile on Four, and she wasn’t going back to her tiny apartment to study anytime soon.
Her parents would have to drag her kicking and screaming if they wanted her to return to the countryside.
Two days later, a significantly happier and richer Four returned to the canyon. She liked the grind rail kettles the best. There wasn’t a lot to do in her hometown aside from practice in the tiny training area. It was lower quality than the ones in the city, balloons more patch than plastic from how many times they had been accidentally pierced. A small grind rail circle that hovered one foot above the ground lapped the tiny training zone, briefly rising in (gasp!) three feet so youngsters could learn how to dismount. A lot of her youth had been spent there, hurling herself off the end in many failed attempts at front flips, so she made sure that Marie got to see her freshest tricks that had resulted in many bruises and firm lectures about the dangers of grind rails.
This became her routine for many days, taking classes, dropping the extra tutoring sessions, her grades were already pretty good!, running to Octo Canyon to do kettles, occasion Grizzco shifts or Ranked battles, ignore her parent's angry phone calls, and taking the weekend off for some R&R. Four was living her best life. Things only picked up once Marie confirmed that the signals had been coming from Callie and the pair stormed this old DJ guy's stadium. It was truly squidtastic, lights flying everywhere, music blaring, and getting to ride the grind rails around while firing the Rainmaker ranked number one in her list of coolest things to do in life.
Even if no one knew it was her who had helped rescue Callie, Four could die happy with the knowlege that she had a wonderful life filled with friends, fresh beats, and the moral implications of grabbing small children off the streets to make them to fight a two-squid-and-a-horseshoe-crab war to rescue a kidnapped idol who got brainwashed.Marie made her come back to the canyon, to check over the now empty kettles and assist newly freed Octolings to the surface. Four did all that she was asked, watching as the city grew bigger and bigger with new weapons, styles and songs. Truly, life in the city was better than ever, and she for one couldn't wait to watch what it would become.
Chapter 2: Color Pulse
Summary:
The big move comes. Four says goodbye to her mentor with a promise to watch a splintering Inkopolis in her wake.
Notes:
This chapter is a bit shorter, and a timeskip to the end of the Final Fest. There wasn't much to do here either than the actual move.
Chapter Text
Silver and gold confetti littered the streets of Inkopolis for weeks, massive banners boasting the perks of Chaos or Order still fluttering in the breeze. The Order banners graffitied over with golden spray paint "LOSER HAHA" slogans while the Chaos banners were decked out with enough glitter to make a kid go permanently blind if the sun flashed on them.
Four’s boots stomped fallen confetti into the slushy snow as she made her way into the sewers. As she swam out of the grate, the moving van greeted her, chipped painting of the Squid Sisters on the side mocking her. A few boxes remained on the ground, still revealing their contents. Four was glad to see that the light green scarf she knitted herself and gifted Marie last Splatmas was neatly folded up in a box labeled, “TO KEEP”.
“So… you’re really leaving?” She tilted her head to the side, expectant gaze locked onto Marie, who had stepped out of the cabin to put a few last minute items into the boxes.
"We discussed this last meeting, Four. I know it’s sudden, but a major city popping up without anyone to monitor it is trouble begging to happen. It’s like that time Crusty Shawn announced a sale on seanwiches right before the Final Fest.” Marie shot her a grin before ripping off a piece of tape and applying it to the top of the cardboard box. She remembered that time well. Callie had almost gotten trampled by the hordes of hungry battles when going incognito by the cart, and Marie cracked jokes about it for the next two days at her expense. Callie responded to this by poking fun at Marie’s role in mentoring Four, saying that she was “acting as old as Gramps!”, which caused the pair to spiral into a playfight. Four smiled at the memory.
“It’s just, I can’t really imagine Octo Canyon without you guys.” It felt a little silly to say that. They were pop stars! Of course they would be moving all over the place. Still, they had been constants in her life, and going to the canyon when no one was there felt… strange. Marie put the box into the van and ruffled Four’s tentacles.
“Trust me, I’m sad that I won’t get to see your dorky face every week, but I wouldn’t be leaving if I didn’t have complete faith in you! Well. Mostly complete faith.” Four jabbed Marie in the side playfully.
“The bus is fully packed!” Marie yelled, cupping her hands together so she could be heard over the clattering of machinery. Shelldon popped his head out the side, sending her a thumbs up before slamming the front of the truck shut. We’re all ready to go, ma’m! This truck is safer than the hood of a Tentabrella with weapons attack up! Speaking of Tentabrellas, did you know that when you…”
Four tuned out the weapons enthusiast's voice. Due to her reruns of Kettles being overseen by Marie or Sheildon, she now knew more about the Rapid Blaster and Splatterscope than she ever needed. The hermit crab had a tendency to ramble on, as did Four when something really interested her. Four snaps out of her thoughts when she hears the engine rumble to life, ready to drive off into the sunset in the direction of Splatsville.
"Goodbye, Foursie! I’ll make sure to write! Or send video calls!” Callie yells from somewhere inside the van, hopefully bucked down.
“Stay safe! Remember to feed Octavio!” Marie adds on as the truck lurches forward with a groan, before continuing the path forward.
“Bye Marie! Bye Callie! Bye Shelldon! I’ll keep Inkopolis safe!” Four yells at the truck, trying to make sure her voice is heard before it is completely out of range.
“I know you will!” Four can’t make out who said that, but the soft glow of pride fills her chest as she sits down to watch it drive away. Four sits there for roughly twenty minutes, watching the Squid Sisters Tour Bus slowly become a speck on the horizon. She stands up when the speck disappears and decides to check inside Cuttlefish Cabin. The normally homey space is devoid of most objects, leaving the room empty and uncomfortable. The remaining objects are mostly Four’s gear and some spare knicknacks that wouldn’t have made any sense to take. (She spots the zapfish plushies used for Kettle reruns and an old, deflated target practice balloon that popped when Callie threw a rock at it.)
Cuttlefish Cabin is all hers now.
Four doesn't linger long, stepping out of the cabin to leave and head to her apartment-
"HEY! HIPSTER!" The loud voice of DJ Octavio calls out to her from his snowglobe prison. Four wasn't sure why that was what they relied on to keep him trapped, especially considering he had broken out of it before.
"Your little friends just packed up and left, eh? How about you let me outta here and I chase them down? I know you have the key inside your pathetic shack!" He's tried this a couple times, whenever one of the members of the NSS are alone. Make promises or threats to let him out. Callie's fallen for it once before, claiming that she put on the shades because they were "so fresh!" (Four didn't really get why. They looked uncomfy and too rectangular to be fasionable.)
Four walks inside the cabin, takes out the deflated balloon, and dumps it on top of the snowglobe to muffle his words before leaving for the day.
Chapter 3: Frantic Aspect
Notes:
This is roughly two weeks after Chapter 2, so people are only just starting to hear about Splatsville.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Murch was the first to go. Four wasn’t that surprised. With no more Splatfests being held after the Ketuchup V Mayo rerun, Super Sea Snails were too hard to come by, and some kids were beginning to leave to go check out Splatsville. Supposedly a new hit idol trio had popped up and were making three-way Splatfests. Four was kinda curious about that. Three-way Splatfests was a cool idea, and a couple of their tracks were head boppers. Alas, she had a job. Stay behind and watch Octo Canyon, and there was no way in shell that she was going to disappoint Marie.
“I’m gonna miss you, little man.” Four moved her hand in for a fistbump. Murch had grown taller since their first encounter by Deco Tower and his spikes began to grow longer. Nothing lasts forever, Four reasoned. Murch was a pretty good gear supplier over the years, but once the Sea Snails run out there isn’t anything to do for someone in his trade.
“See ya, chum. Tell you what? If you ever poke your head in Splatsville, make sure to check for good ol’ Murch. I wouldn’t want one of my top customers leaving empty handed.” Murch completed the fistbump and went back to packing.
Four scooped up the gear that Murch had acquired through… completely legal means and dumped it in her bag before walking over to the Grizzco building. The shady side-attachment to Deco Tower had become near and dear to her heart, a good way to get some quick cash or kill time. Plus, as long as you were Level Four, they never asked any questions about parental permission! Sure, it was a little morally dubious, but it beat working 9-5 or trying to become a professional Turfer. (She would never understand why people would make it their job to do the same paint-the-floor routine over and over again. Four much prefered the thrill of Competitive, Grizzco, or even agent work to that.)
----------------------
The crackley radio that Mr. Grizz spoke through had informed her that the “salmonids were restless” when she stepped onto her least favorite map, Spawning Grounds. As she mentioned to her coworkers on the boat ride there, Four thought it was much too closed off during high tides and was hard to recover ink. Still. She needed something to do while she waited for the first video call from Marie and Clam Blitz wasn’t going to cut it.
Slamming into the center of the stage, Four watched as the sky dimmed. She hoped it wasn’t Glowflies. Four was pretty sure everyone hated Glowflies. A Mothership was manageable, if a bit hectic. Or Goldie Seeking. Those rounds are always fun.
A coworker nudged her in the arm, trying to get her to start covering ground. Right. Ink the walls and all that jazz. Hefting her Splatterscope (really? Why couldn’t she have gotten something else?) to spray a nearby wall when a cry of “This way!” ran through her headset, accompanied by the warning siren of Boss Salmonids. Please don’t be Glowflies. Please don’t be Glowflies.
It was not Glowflies.
Four’s relief was temporary as a dripping, melting mess in the vague form of a Chum sprung out of the sea and howled, hacking out lesser Salmonids with a sickening gurgle. Old tires and tin cans occasionally surfaced in its sides before getting absorbed into the churning mass that was the creature. While most Salmonids only had the expression range of “angry” and “happy that they splatted you”, this one looked downright miserable. It reminded her of when she would fake being sick to avoid going to school but the long suffering Salmonid didn’t appear to be faking anything.
Four was, by no means, a newbie. The title of Eggecutive wasn’t handed out to any teenager who signed up to fistfight the world’s most homicidal fish. She had clawed her way up the ranks of Grizzco, spending many a night shaking ink out of her boots or cleaning up her slopsuit after a crew wipe. She had slain thousands of Boss Salmonids, millions of lessers. The “grizzco grind” was cruel and unforgiving, and had molded her to be the same in combat. And yet, in the five years she had been working, Four had never seen anything quite like this.
The same coworker who had tugged on her arm earlier was swinging at the slime covered Chums with a Roller, cutting the numbers down as the teammates with Blasters tried to find out how to damage it, firing away at its sides and face, looking for a weak point. Another howl was heard, and Four whipped her head around to see another oozing Salmonid pop up halfway across the map, this one spewing Smallfries instead.
“This is your boss, Mr. Grizz. We are currently experiencing a never-seen-before event in Salmonid history. Aren’t you kids lucky?” The shoddy radio reported from her earpiece. These weren't the same prerecorded messages that usually accompanied a wave. If the real-time signal was being used, things were bad.
A cry of alarm came from the Roller, yelping as she was overwhelmed, orange rescue buoy popping out of the stain of ink where she used to be. Four hefted her Splatterscope and gazed through the lens, fluorescent orange standing out from dull green. A single shot took care of her. Roller Girl, now revived, left to higher ground, presumably to deal with the Smallfries. Four was considering doing the same, the aformentioned Smallfries running under her feet and whacking her boots with their suprisingly sharp spoons. They could rack up a lot of damage if you weren't careful.
One of the Blasters activated their special, the Baller, rolling around the terrain, trying to jump into the the Salmonid's mouth. Four decided to lend them and Other Blaster a hand, firing at any Chums that got too close. As she dipped into her ink to recover, a triumphant "Booyah!" let her know that the goal had been completed. Four fired another shot at a Chum that had gotten too close for comfort, and watched as the Baller detonated.
The Boss Salmonid howled, convulsing as Baller-Blaster hit the floor with a wet thud. It shuddered before spitting out a Golden Egg. Other Blaster snagged it as they scurried back to the basket. Squit. What does the Baller do that normal weapons don't? Explode?
Before she could test her theory, the headpiece's radio spoke again.
“I can’t blame you for your apprehension. Those things look nasty. Even worse, a single Golden Egg! Retreat to the boat for now. The second we figure out how to splat those Salmonids, you're getting back out there.” Four could hardly believe her ears. It looked like her coworkers couldn’t believe it either. Mr. Grizz was a man (squid? octopus? bear?) who bit hard and never let go.
Before she could call out to anyone and ask them if they knew what was going on, the antenna on her life vest started beeping, signaling to the boat and locking her into a Superjump. Falling into squid form, she and the rest of her teammates hurled into the sky and slammed onto the deck of the ship.
The sudden rest was a welcome addition from all members, the Blaster teammates stretching their limbs and whispering among themselves about what could have happened, did you think it was the start of the Splatpocolypse, we better not lose our rank for this.
Roller Girl took off her helmet before placing it on a bench and gazed out at the churning sea. Waves crashed against the small fishing boat, and not for the first time Four wondered if there were proper safety protocols put in place. Probably not, knowing Mr. Grizz.
“Alright, kids. Looks like we’ll be heading back to the shore. We don’t know enough about those Salmonids back there to risk getting an investigation for your untimely demise by the authorities, so why don’t we compromise? I don’t send you there to get splatted, you don’t tell anyone about what we saw!” Mr. Grizz was not a subtle bear statue.
The Blaster teammates grumbled a bit, but in the end all of them swore to keep it under the wraps until the news was relayed to a proper research lab. After all, you don’t become an Eggecutive without breaking a few laws!
Four was definitely going to mention it to Marie in the call this evening. A new type of Salmonid appearing out of nowhere? That was exactly the type of news the NSS would want to hear. Marie might be in a new location, but Four was still her best agent! No amount of distance was ever going to be able to change that (she hoped).
Notes:
I am very proud of myself for the Grizzco part. It's always been my favorite gamemode, and I hope I did the Mudmouth event justice.
Chapter Text
Four was already having a bad day, so saying that an intruder in Cuttlefish Cabin made it worse was an understatement. She had woken up late because her alarm clock was out of battery, had to wait thirty minutes due to a delayed train, missed the memo that Ammo Knights was closing due to relocation to That Place (Four refused to say it’s name out of disrespect), still wasn’t allowed to work a Grizzco shift due to the creature from last time, and got trounced in Tower Control as a result.
As she popped out of the grate, the sound of something clattering greeted her ears. Four shot a glance towards the snowglobe where the DJ resided. No movement. He appeared to be asleep, so Four decided to ignore him… for now. She had worked out an uneasy truce with Octavio: He would stop badgering her about the hypnoshades, and she would stop blasting the Squid Sisters on max volume in response. Stickers and fairy lights decorated his prison’s sides, a parting “gift” from Callie.
Four tore her eyes away from the eyesore that was the snowglobe and towards the cabin. She readied her best weapons, the Hero Dualies. The mobility the Dualies granted her easily made it her favorite. Marie might favor the Charger due to its power and aiming while Callie would boast the turf coverage and raw power of the Roller, but the small shooters would always have a place near and dear to her heart. Four took one last deep breath and kicked open the door of Cuttlefish Cabin.
“Who are you and what do you want?” She yelled, Dualies at the ready if the person inside was armed. She didn’t want to fight, especially if it was just someone who got lost in the sewer system or another ex-soldier leaving the kettles.
The intruder, who upon inspection was a rather small Octoling, raised her hands high in the air. She appeared to be unarmed aside from a crumpled ball of paper clutched tight in one of her hands, eyes darting around the cabin before latching on to her. Four relaxed a tiny bit, lowering the Hero Dualies.
Once she says that she’s come from the kettles, I’ll drop the tough guy act and let her through the sewers to the surface. She had met plenty of Octarian army deserters after the Squid Sisters reunited and she whacked DJ Octavio in the face with the Rainmaker. A couple had even come up through this creepy subway that Marie warned her not to enter. Apparently Three, the Captain, and some new agent, Eight, had gotten trapped down there and almost blended into a fine goo by a some old timey telephone. She never got the full story, but assumed they were all taking a break from NSS duties after that. She wouldn’t blame them. The Octoshower gave her very creative nightmares for weeks.
“I’m looking for the Captain? And Agent Three?” Huh. Never mind. The octoling’s eyes darted nervously around the cabin, as if Four was the Ghost of Inkblot Academy here to drag her to a watery grave. Four jammed her Dualies into their holster, opting to place her hands on her hips instead.
“You missed em’ by…” Four paused to count in her head. “...Three weeks. I’m pretty sure they went with the rest of the NSS.” She narrowed her eyes and tilted her head to the side, studying the intruder.
“Hey… what do you want with Three and the Captain, anyway?” The skittish octoling didn’t strike her as a vengeful-soldier sort, but there was something about her that made Four wonder if she was underestimating her. Her small size didn’t distract from the old inkblot-shaped scars caused by weapons designed for combat instead of competition. Four had some pretty cool scars of her own, a splotch at her lower neck from an octosniper’s well aimed shot when her armor was down, a massive stain on her left leg caused when she stepped on a splat bomb from a Rocket Octocopter (not one of her finer moments), and the largest one on her back from when the took a spinning fist directly to her spine from the Octobot King II.
“I, uh, I’m Agent Eight… Of the New Squidbeak Splatoon?” It took a lot of Four’s mental power to stop her from yelling, “The blender guy?” Eight’s hands lowered and she held the hand that wasn't clutching the wad of paper out to Four. She shook it slowly, waiting for Eight to continue. When she didn’t, Four took the natural next step.
“I’m Agent Four. Also of the New Squidbeak Splatoon.” The pair looked at each other, waiting for the other to stop first. Four coughed. Eight flushed. They did not stop shaking hands.
“So… uh… what brings you here?” Up until this point, Four had never noticed that awkwardly long periods of silence always seemed longer than they really are, or that the air smelled slightly saltier than normal, or that there were seventeen lanterns hung outside of Cuttlefish Cabin when she always thought there were fifteen.
“The Captain said that I could find him and Agent Three here. We were taking some time off of Agent duty to recover from the Deepsea Metro.” Eight looked as petrified as Four felt. She was getting the full course of the Bad First Impression Buffet, staring expectantly at Four, who was praying to all the stars in the sky that there was a convenient Inkstrike misfire on its way now to take her out of her misery. They did not stop shaking hands.
“Haven’t you heard? Inkopolis is apparently too good for them, so they’ve packed it up to this new place called Splatsville.” Four spat the last word out as if it left a bitter taste in her mouth. She felt kinda bad for Eight. Apparently the old man and Three didn’t even bother to tell her that they were moving. Eight didn’t look that hurt, just nodding as she took in the new facts.
“Splatsville? What a strange name…” She mused, trying to recall any information on the place. They did not stop shaking hands.
Four snorts. “Tell me about it. I mean, you’d think a city that's all about chaos would have a cooler name. Like… Explosiontown or… Anarctopia. Actually, those are really bad names. Forget I said anything.” Eight giggles. That's good! Laughing is great!
“How’d you even find this place? Last time I checked people didn't like poking their beaks in the sewer system.” Four tried to play it cool, like she wasn’t dying to know how anyone found the… admittedly very low security hideout.
Eight merely uncrumpled the ball of paper, hand still locked together with Four’s. Upon closer inspection, it was a poorly drawn map, with stick figures labeled “Eight” “Three” and “Me” following an arrow pointing into a sewer grate where the equally low quality “My Lovely Granddaughters Callie And Marie” waited for them alongside “Loserface Octavio”, a sad looking octopus in a circle and “Four (???)”, a stick figure with question marks instead of features.
“The Captain is… not the best at drawing.” Eight confessed. Four had seen this messy scrawl on many of Marie’s maps or journals. The Captain had a very... unique writing style, capitalizing every word. The handwriting seemed legit as well, and it would have been convoluted to fake it for the sole purpose of getting Four to trust her. At least, that’s what Four would have thought if she had to infiltrate someone’s secret base.
“Neato. Well, sorry to disappoint, but they’re not here right now. Marie said that they might come visit sometime, but no plans were discussed. It’s just me and the snowglobe.” Four used her other hand to point to Octavio’s prison.
“Is there any way to communicate with them? I would want to tell them that I am doing fine.” Eight finally ( finally! ) stops shaking her hand, tilting her head in a manner that reminded her of this old animal called a "dog".
“Yeah! Every two weeks we get a video call from the new base. Unless it’s an emergency. Then we can call whenever. It’s actually a really interesting story, why we have to go to the cabin if we want to talk to the Splatsville division.” Four was proud of herself for memorizing the entire instruction manual for a radio antenna. It’s a shame that in order for anyone to grasp why that was an impressive feat she had to give them a two hour long breakdown on the history of the New Squidbeak Splatoon, and since it was a secret organization she couldn’t bring it up to anyone.
“I actually have to run some kettles today, but if you don’t have anything on your plate today you’re welcome to join me! My mentor always said that the best way to get to know someone is to train with them. Do you have any weapon preferences? Because my favorite are the Dualies. Not just because of their dodge roll…”
Notes:
I think that Eight would be more reserved than Four due to the more serious story campaign and memory loss.
Chapter 5: Rip Entry
Chapter Text
Four was beginning to resent Splatsville.
Well.
Resent might be too strong a word.
Resent was for saturday morning cartoon villains and old warlord DJs who use the word hipster too much and whackadoo phones who want to cover the world in goop because they have no friends. She definitely didn’t harbor any positive feelings towards Splatsville, which felt a bit silly. Four hadn’t even seen the city! And yet, as she tried to enjoy her meal with Eight after a long day of patrolling, the coddammed place kept showing up everywhere.
All the buzz on the streets was about the new fashion trends from Splatsville or the new single made by the new idol group from Splatsville or how Splatsville hung the sun and the moon and all the stars in the sky . She’s not bitter. Really! She’s not.
“Four? You’re holding your cup extremely tight.” Eight nudged Four’s foot from underneath the cafe table, snapping her out of her thoughts.
“All good here!” Four released her grip on the empty cup, the plastic not bending out of its awkward shape. “Hey, Eight? Do you ever miss...” Squit. I can’t say Pearl And Marina From Hit Idol Duo Off The Hook in public. “...your radio pals?”
“Yes. Ever since I woke up, they were my constant companions alongside the Captain. It was strange, getting used to living without them. Sometimes I’ll still expect to hear a comment or advice. Is that strange?” Eight said.
“No! Not to me at least. For the first week of patrols on my own I kept expecting to hear Boss through my headset, telling me to get back on track.” Four took off the top of her cup and squished the sides back into shape before reattaching the top.
“But like, do you talk to them in person?” Please say that they’re too busy with idol work and the news station. It was a bit cruel for her to wish that on a friend. Please say that they visit you, but only via screen once every two weeks.
“Whenever there’s a break in their schedule they’ll invite me over to their house. I always feel a bit out of place among the halls, but they always make me feel comfortable when I’m there.” Eight did that pretty half-grin of hers, the one she got whenever she talked to Four about the Captain or Pearl and Marina.
“Right, yeah.” Four kicked her legs. Would it be weird to ask Eight about her time in the Deepsea Metro? Four would like to think that they’re good enough friends with Eight to ask her questions like that. Do you get nightmares about Flooders crushing your fragile, armorless body as well? Do you always double check alleyways to make sure there was nothing there to take you by surprise? Was normal life hard for you once it had all ended? Nope. Nevermind. Save that for another person, one who makes you tea when you’re down or reassures you that it’ll all be alright once we find Callie.
With Four’s poor excuse of a response, the conversation dwindled out. Dang it. She really thought they had gotten past this phase in their relationship. Threeish weeks was enough to learn more about each other, right? Alas, Eight had memory loss and Four really didn’t like her parents, so the awkward silence returned with a vengeance.
“Hey, what’s that?” Four’s eyes locked onto the scrap of napkin that Eight was writing on, seizing the opportunity for conversation the same way a drowning squid would seize a buoy tossed to them.
“Oh, it’s nothing. I just like writing.” Eight’s cheeks colored a light shade of pink. “Poetry. I know it might be a strange habit but ever since the Metro whenever bits of my memories would come back I wrote them down like this.”
“That’s pretty neat! I was never any good at writing, better at drawing.” Poetry made Four’s head spin with all of its weird rules about lines and flowery metaphors, but if Eight liked it, it was cool with her.
Eight picked up the napkin and folded it into a square before dropping it into her small bag. Four caught a glimpse of assorted ticket stubs, post-it notes, and scrap paper. “Other poems?”
Eight nodded. “There was nothing to write on in the metro. I had to make do with what I had.” Four could hear the faint note of pride in her voice, the same type that was usually accompanied with brags about Splatfest teams or completed egg quotas.
“Cool. Not that there’s a problem with that but wouldn’t it be easier to keep them all in a notebook or something?” Eight frowned.
“I suppose I just haven't had time to find a notebook. It would also be very time consuming to apply all of my scraps to the pages.” Eight seemed embarrassed about the lack of resources. Huh. Four was making a good living off of Grizzco and Ranked. Maybe Eight didn’t want to fight anymore?
“I could help with that! Both the applying thing and the notebook thing. Guess who has an S rank in Rainmaker and used to go to Inkblot Academy!” Four made a pair of finger guns and shot them at Eight, who asked her a followup question.
“Used to go to Inkblot Academy?” She raised her eyebrow. Four looked around to make sure no one was listening in on their conversation before continuing.
“Sure, I might have ‘dropped out’ or whatever, but I legally am allowed to get supplies. Just because I haven’t shown up for a year or two doesn’t mean that I won’t be allowed inside. We’ll just have to.. be a little bit stealthy!” Four shot her one of her best reassuring grins. Eight was not convinced.
“It would be less complicated to just grab a notebook from a department store.”
“That would cost money-”
“It would cost twently five dollars.”
“That would cost money and the quality of department store notebooks are super bad . Ergo-” That was one of Marie’s Scrabble words, one that Four liked saying because it made her feel super smart for using it. “-we should go to Inkblot.”
“I don’t like the idea of breaking into a school, Four.” Eight crossed her arms.
“It’s not breaking in if I have a key! Besides, it won’t be an inconvenience. I had to pick up some stuff anyway. Better we hit two balloons with one burst bomb and grab you some art supplies while we’re at it.” Four could see Eight’s conviction wavering. Time to deliver the final blow.
“Besides, Inkblot has storerooms apon storerooms of random junk. No one’s going to miss a single notebook and maybe some colored pencils. People walk in and take stuff out alllllllllll the time. We’re not the first and we’re not the last.”
“...Fine. As long as we leave the second we get what we need.” Eight crossed her arms.
“YES! You won’t regret this, I swear!”
“I better not...”
Chapter 6: Seafoam Shanty
Notes:
School's started up again so it might take some time for chapters to be released. I'm also excited for Side Order! The trailer looks really cool.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
“You sure you’re alright with this?” Four bounced her leg with anticipation, looking up at the display system from the empty bench they managed to snag. A train will arrive in about seven minutes, and it would be kinda rude to just pull out her phone when Eight is standing right there. Speaking of Eight…
“It’s nothing. Really. We have more pressing matters at hand.” Eight’s dismissive attitude feels a bit forced, averting her eyes from the tracks.
“It’s not nothing if it makes you feel uncomfortable.” Four frowned. “I’m not gonna judge you if you want to take another way to Inkblot. The walk there is actually pretty nice, if a bit time consuming.” It was a very long route, but Four didn’t want to pressure her friend into something potentially traumatic. She still didn’t have a full grasp on what happened, but judging on how shaken up Eight was after her night terrors it was nothing good. Something about a blender and wind up phones?
“It’ll be fine. It’s the quickest way, right? And there’s light coming through the windows and no one’s going to force me to play oversized pool for my freedom.” There’s a story behind that last comment that Four desperately wants to know, but Eight’s eyes are locked onto the peeling red paint of the bench, picking at the material. Not the best time.
Filing that information away for later, Four scoots forward to hold Eight’s hand and says, “If you’re really sure about this, we can go. But if the train makes you uncomfortable when we ride, you can just get off. I’ll come with you and we can find another way to Inkblot. Deal?”
“Deal.” Eight squeezes her hand as the click-clack of the train coming down the tracks gradually gets louder. As the pair rise off the bench, Four turns to ask one last question:
“And one more time for safety, if anyone asks what you’re doing you are…”
Eight sighs. “A transfer student who got lost on their way to the library.”
“Great!” Four clapped her hands together. “Now, let’s go borrow some art supplies!”
----------------------------
Inkblot was no longer the bustling campus it had been when Four first arrived in the city. The hallways were still occupied by hurried students, but their numbers had dwindled significantly. Among the walls were sign up sheets for different clubs, one Four knew would have been filled up if there were more people present.
Four’s eyes catch on a poster hiding among the PSA’s and lockers. It’s peeling at one corner and the colors are faded but the message can be seen. Multiple species are depicted sitting on the steps leading to the school, talking or reading amongst themselves. The message advertises, “A new world of learning opens up! New campuses are being opened all over the continent! Talk to your principal about transferring to another location before leaving.” Below that are the locations the new campuses are opening in. Calamari County, Mt Nantai, and…
Of course. Of course coming back to the place where it all started is being haunted by the specter of Splatsville.
“Hey, Eight?” Four shakes herself out of the oncoming mental rant. Be in and out, as quick as possible.
“Yes?”
“You don’t mind if we split up, do you? It’s nothing personal, I just have some private stuff I want to get and-“
“I get it. Just point me in the direction of the storage.” Eight, mercifully does not ask any follow-up questions.
“It’s actually in the same direction as my room. I, uh, used to sneak in there sometimes so I could avoid being bothered after lights out.”
“Everything that you say makes me more and more worried that we’re going to be caught and kicked off the campus.”
“We’ll be fine! I’ll walk you to the storage and we’ll meet up outside the school by the park.”
“Very well…” Eight tugs at her bagstap, eyes nervously latching onto the various students as if they’re going to see right through her flimsy disguise of fairly average clothes and swarm her like a school of piranhas.
“Yeesh! Loosen up a bit. It’s high school, not a stealth mission.” Four slings her arm playfully around Eight’s shoulder, pulling her in close. “And even if it was, I have absolute confidence that you and I would blow it outta the water!” She announces that last part louder than she thought, much to the confusion of a couple passing students.
“I fear even the bowels of the Deepsea Metro weren’t enough to prepare me for this.” Eight’s more nervous than Four had ever seen her before, acting like a caged animal.
“…Eight. Please tell me there were schools from where you came from.” Four’s pace slows, turning to look at her friend.
Eight’s eyes do not met her face.
“Eight.”
“We had schools! I just… can’t remember a lot of it. Besides, I am certain that most of history and some of science was propaganda.”
“Really? Howd’ya know?”
“No one here has tried to drag me into their alleged infinite maw of teeth designed to crush Octarian bones as they laugh at my misery.”
“I think those textbooks were talking about the average ranked match.”
———————————
With Eight dropped off, Four jiggles the replica key to her room inside the lock with a click. The door pushes open in the same weirdly shuddery way it always did when she still lived in here. It was a location that her parents knew, and while visits weren’t frequent, they usually came with a whole bushel of questions Four would prefer to avoid. Eventually, she moved out.
As she entered the room, her foot hit a rather large stack of letters, causing them to scatter. They were all addressed to her real name, from her parents. Squatting to pick them up, Four cycles through the dates. The letter at the bottom was the oldest, at about three years. The letter at the top was from at least three months ago. They must have given up since then. Good.
She puts the papers on top of the bed as she crouched down to pull out the boxes that all of her important stuff was hidden in. The essay that got her the scholarship to Inkblot, the collection of old comic books she traded her lunch snacks for, a battered plushie of a lesser Zapfish that she won in a claw machine, a journal full of sketches, and a slightly wonky driftwood sculpture of an orca she carved in an after school class. Getting these items back in her possession felt good, Four though as she shoved the letters into the box before sealing it up with tape. It wasn’t too heavy, but still had enough weight to warrant using both hands. Casting one last look around the dorm, Four walked out with the box in her hands, kicking the door shut with her foot.
——————————————
Thankfully, Eight was not captured and being held hostage in the principals office. When Four left the building she was sitting under a tree nearby the rendezvous point, frowning at her phone.
“Whachya looking at?” Four carefully drops the box before sitting beside her companion. Eight tilts the phone her way so she can see the video being played.
“-ming at you live from Inkopolis Square with a very special news report!” The familiar voice of Pearl speaks from the small screen.
“We have breaking news pertaining to Grizzco. If you were wondering why Spawning Grounds and the Ruins of Arc Polaris were out of rotation it’s because new types of Salmonid have been discovered!” Marina shuffles her turntables, pulling up multiple photos of varying quality. Four’s stomach drops as she recognizes one of them.
It’s the awful, melting Salmonid from before. The one that burst out of the ocean with a wretched, pained howl and dragged itself onto land. Apparently the name they’re giving it is a Mudmouth. Fitting.
The other pictures are of a new weather event called a “tornado”, a few new Boss Salmonids, and most concerning of all, a fifteen second video clip of something massive rising out of the ocean as broken chains hang off its sides. The camera is shakey, as if the person recording it can’t believe what they see either. It climbs onto the shore as what Four assumes to be the cameraman’s vessel drives away, revealing the scale of the thing. The sky is a vivid red as the creature raises it’s head to the sky and roars. It reminded her of a monster movie, one of the old human ones where the film inside was damaged by the sea, making half of it ineligible. The cameraman stumbles back and falls out of shock, phone still filming as the boat sails forwards. Splashing can be heard before the video cuts back to the news station.
“Rest assured folks, Grizzco has it all going swimmingly!” Pearl says, flashing the camera a smile. “Similar Salmonids have been spotted in the Splatsville-only locations.”
“Make sure to check the updated version of the Employee’s Handbook and report any sightings of these creatures to your shift manager.”
“And remember…”
“Don’t get cooked and stay off the hook!”
The news loops back to the beginning of the message. Eight turns her phone off.
—————————
“So… Salmonids, huh?” Four drops the box of assorted things onto a table before collapsing on the couch. They didn’t talk much on the way home. Too tense with too much information that the public can’t get.
“Was the ‘Mudmouth’ the one you had seen?” Eight asks, kicking off her shoes at the door before joining her.
“That’s the one. And apparently there’s more of them as well. How wonderful.” Four grumbles from her position of facedown in the couch.
“I thought you would have been thrilled at that, Miss Eggexcutive.” Eight says in one of her rare displays at sarcasm. When the jab receives no teasing resort she pokes Four’s arm. “What’s the matter?”
Four sighs before turning over to look at the ceiling. A few days ago she and Eight had decided to stick a few of those plastic glow-in-the-dark stars up there. “This isn’t normal.”
“And risking your life to work for a shady corporation that sends children to deserted locations to fight fish is?”
“It’s not normal, even for Grizzco. New types of Salmonids don’t show up overnight. And what was that big thing at the end?” Ugh. She’s going to have to talk to Marie about this. Their recent broadcasts have been… shorter than she would have preferred. Usually quick talks about what was going on in each respective areas and a goodbye.
“I don’t know. Any ideas?”
“I dunno. It looks like a big Cohock. And of course it looks back to Splatsville. Stupid, shining, amaaaaazing Splatsvillie.” That last comment gets her a weird look from Eight, but Four’s too tired to care.
“We can tackle that tomorrow. How about we continue watching that movie we started last night?” Eight nudges her in the arm.
“Salmonaido? Didn’t we both agree it sucked?” Four pulls herself in a sitting position to shoot Eight an incredulous look.
“Yeah, but it was kinda entertaining in the so bad it’s good way.”
“Fine. You’re on popcorn duty.” Both of them know that a cheesy movie won’t solve the problem. Still. It’s nice to pretend to be two normal teenagers for a little bit.
Notes:
The Octarian classes are based off of Sunken Scroll 5 and 8.
Chapter Text
Kettle Number 27 had seen some better days. The previously populated replica of Musselforge Fitness was empty save for Four and Eight, dashpads inactive and inkfurlers drooping along the walls like seaweed stranded onshore after high tide. The checkpoint lights flicker in a way that makes Four uneasy. Respawns in Octo Canyon were always more jarring than the ones in Inkopolis, spitting you out with a wheeze and sputter of smoke.
Turning her attention back to the interior, Four notices a few other concerning changes. The lower areas have small puddles of water starting to form. Not surprising. A few days ago she checked the place where she fought Octavio, only to see the interior flooded. The flooding was actually what prompted the investigation of the other Kettles in Sector 5. Marie had always said that it was better to be safe than sorry, and in Octo Canyon that rule rang true.
“Hey, Four! Come check this out.” Eight, on the other side of the map, standing above something yellow and gray. The Hero Charger is slung across her back as she surveys what Four can now see is a deflated bouncepad.
“Huh.” She sheathed her trusty Dualies and looked stood by Eight’s side. “It uh- sure is a bouncepad.”
“I know what it is, Four. I’m saying that it wasn’t deflated naturally. Look.” Eight gestured to the still-plugged up valve.
“I mean,” Four poked at the remains of the bouncepad with her foot before sitting criss-cross on the floor, “Agent One once punctured a training balloon with a rock. Maybe one of those colorful thingies on the rock wall fell and broke it?”
“Still. Bouncepads can withstand the weight of Octarian machinery and not pop.” Eight, ever the logical octopus, crouches down to examine the remains as well.
“Well, maybe it didn’t pop due to weight. See this spot?” Four tugs the heavy material to eye level. “It doesn’t look like a spot where something popped. It looks like it was bitten.” The remains have an odd jagged shape to them, not a small puncture.
“Hmm… intriguing. They looks like bite marks, but no Octarian has teeth this big.”
“You sure? Boss once mentioned one of the Octoweapons Agent Three fought that was this big piranha thing with a massive mouth.” Eight has a look of… something Four can’t quite place when she mentions Agent Three. Fondness mixed with awe?
“I don’t think you could fit an Octoweapon here without causing major property damage. There would be much more evidence.”
“So if it’s not an Octarian then…” Four highly doubts that anyone snuck past her and managed to make it down to Sector Five without a weapon, and that they decided to bite a bouncepad. But still, they have no proof that someone didn’t do that either! Not a Jellyfish, they don’t have mouths… Eight did mention that Inkling biology was different from Octoling biology (that might have also been propaganda, but beggars can’t be choosers...)
“Maybe sprinkler residue? No, those must have been deactivated when the Zapfishes were removed…” Eight stands up, moving to pace back and forth. A nervous tick four had seen her do whenever Eight got really restless or upset. Despite her companion’s muttering, both agents seem unable to come up with a solution. Alas, it appears she must take matters into her own hands.
Oh, the things she does for Inkopolis.
Hefting up the remains, Four bites down as hard as she can. The gross taste of rubber and motor oil assaults her tastebuds as she does so.
“Four!” Eight exclaims in shock, pausing mid-theory to gape at her as she continues chewing. After a few more seconds she spits it out, leaving her own bite mark behind. Ew. She’s going to have to eat an entire tub of toothpaste just to rid her mouth of the taste.
“Why on earth would you do that?” Eight looks disgusted, still frozen in place. Four can’t blame her.
“It’s called the scientific method, Eight. Look it up.” She pushes herself up from the floor with a grunt.
“I’m fairly certain that in the scientific method there are no steps that tell you to put potentially hazardous materials in your mouth!”
“Yeah, well, we proved it wasn’t an Inkling’s bite marks.” She didn’t even manage to make it through the rubber. Whatever caused the damage must have been strong.
“Biting it.” Eight repeats incredulously, as if she can’t believe that anyone would come up with a perfectly rational theory about the source of the mark. She turns away, muttering something about bacteria and illnesses.
“I didn’t see you coming up with any bright ideas!” Four tries in vain to defend herself, snapping a photo of the bouncepad and bite marks.
“That’s because you usually think things out before doing them, not acting on a whim and doing something impulsive, like bite a deflated bouncepad.” Eight already has a few Zapfish plushies stowed beneath her arms, reaching forwards to grab a fourth.
“Impulsive is my middle name! Now can we hurry it up? I think I need to eat an entire bar of soap.”
————————————
As night falls upon the city of Inkopolis, Four leaves her room with a smile on her face.
“Eight, you are about to call me the smartest squid alive.” Confidence oozes from her as she struts into the living room.
Eight doesn’t look up from her food, some sort of seafood dish who’s name Four can’t be bothered to remember. “Why’s that?”
Because,” Four declares looking like the catfish that caught the mollusk, “I figured it out!”
“Really?” Eight’s eyes dart up as Four pulls up a chair on the cheap Inkea table they put together after a few weeks of eating on the couch.
“Uh huh! At first I tried looking through Boss’s old biology books to see if anything had teeth that matched the marks. I couldn’t find anything, so I decided to try again tomorrow. I took a shower to clear my head and remembered I had THIS!” Four rolls up her sleeve, revealing a rather nasty bite scar. “Y’see, Salmonids will sometimes try to bite you if you disarm them. This monster of a Chum almost broke through my slopsuit, but I shot it just in time!”
“Great Zapfish…” Eight mumbles.
“I know! I got this scar a while back. My first time getting Glowflies, we almost wiped out. I was the only person left and was able to stall it out by clinging to the grind rails on Ruins of Arc Polaris. Unfortunately, I jumped a bit too early and got swarmed in the last second.”
Eight stares at her in horror for the second time today. “Don’t worry! I got superjumped back to the boat before I could get splatted. That did mean that the wound wasn’t removed by respawn… but it’s fine! It only took like, a week for it to get fixed up!”
“Four.”
“Yeah?”
“How are either of us not dead?”
“That’s a really good question. Aaaaaaanyway… the cause of the bite was a Salmonid! Probably a Chum or Cohork, if we’re looking at the size.” Four wraps up her theory with a flourish of her hands. Eight still looks doubtful.
“As exciting as this theory is, how could Salmonoids get to the kettles? It would be very evident if they were lurking in the sewers of Inkopolis.”
“That’s where the Sunken Scrolls come in! Number 17 mentions an event that looks just like the news clip!” She digs up a photo on her phone before passing it over to Eight. “See? Frenzied Salmonids, rising tides, kids fleeing in terror? It all matches up!”
“I think you might be onto something! If the news clip is the return of these red skies-“ (Eight looks less thrilled after saying that)”-then it could explain why the Salmonoids are so agitated!” Four sticks out her hand for a hi-five. Eight completes the action. “There’s just one problem…”
Four’s smile falters. There’s always one problem.
“This Sunken Scroll looks ancient. If there are any other sources on this topic, they’re either destroyed or lost to time.” Eight looks saddened at that.
“Ah, but don’t we have an old war criminal on hand?” Four snatches her phone back. “He must be at least a hundred years old!”
“The Captain is in Splatsville.”
“Not that old war criminal. Another, who continently for us, is locked in a snowglobe.”
“You aren’t suggesting…”
“I am!” Four’s grin reflects the triumph in her eyes. “It’s time we pay a certain DJ a visit.”
Notes:
I know Octo Eightstep isn't the music that plays in Kettle 27, but they aren't really fighting anyone in this stage. I think just standard kettle music will work, especially since they've been deserted. Hope you enjoyed it!
Chapter 8: Octo Canyon
Notes:
MAN this chapter kicked my ass. I didn't think it would be so hard to wrap everything up when I started, but time got away from me. Thanks for all the kudos and comments!
Chapter Text
"You ready?”
“This is the closest I’m going to get to being.”
“So, no?”
Four and Eight stand inside Cuttlefish Cabin, bracing themselves for the worst (and only) interrogation they’ve ever had to do.
“I’ll be ready in a bit. I just need- I just need to get all my thoughts together.” Eight looks more serious than Four has ever seen her before. The kettles lost a lot of their previous danger factor once all the soldiers had cleared out, and Four wasn’t present for whatever she had went through in the Deepsea Metro.
“That’s cool! Oh, once you’re alright- heads up. He’s probably going to try and provoke you. Trust me. I’ve wanted to rip him out of that snowglobe and toss him off the edge of Tentakeel Outpost many times before.” That gets a small smile out of Eight, but it quickly fades back into a frown.
“If you did you’d be saving the world a lot of trouble.” Eight kicks a pebble. Four watches it skid out the door before continuing.
“Yeah. Still, Boss said that we had to keep him alive. Something about how we were above war criminals or whatever.”
“Huh. If he offered you any-“
“Sunglasses? Yeah. I know. I’ve had to chase down a brainwashed Callie a bit too many times to trust any gifts from him.” Marie had been particularly mad after the third time it happened. She took the sunglasses and taped them to a moving target before using it as training practice. Last time she checked, they were a mangled heap of metal placed at the bottom Cuttlefish Cabin’s wastebin.
“Good. My memories of being a soldier are hazy… but what I do remember isn’t pleasant. A lot of marching drills.”
“Yikes. That uh, doesn’t sound too hot.” Yet again she displays her brilliant linguistic skills in a heartfelt definition that would have caused lesser squids to weep.
“It wasn’t. But that’s not the point. Are you sure we can’t just wait for the next video call to ask the Captain? He would be far more reliable than… him.” Distaste drips off of Eight’s last words.
“I don’t like asking him anymore than you do, but he’s the only nearby source of information we have about the Salmonoids and I don’t want to risk something big happening and exploding the whole city or something.” Last night they had come up with a small list of questions to ask the imprisoned DJ. Have you seen this before, do you know anything about the Salmonids, so on and so forth.
“Are you confident we can’t just visit a library?”
“A lot of the stuff on paper was lost in the Great Turf War. The sea levels wrecked a lot of scrolls and the fighting didn’t help preserve the ones that remained.” That always made her kinda sad. Some of the older sunken scrolls were nothing more than wavy ink and soggy sheets that were barely legible.
“…Fine. But if he ask for his freedom, we say no. I’m not letting a octopus like that drag us into another fight.” Us. Was Eight talking about the other Octarian footsoldiers? Four had seen others on the surface, but never actually approached them. They seemed to be doing well and Inkling society didn’t seem to care about the new kids in town.
“Oh yeah. I don’t want him out of that snowglobe anymore than you do. We good to go?”
“Yes.”
——————————
The snowglobe hadn’t moved from it’s corner since Octavio’s fourth escape. With the help of superglue and some extra-strong duck tape, the glass prison remained intact. Still. Four often wondered why they kept putting him in such an escapable place. The answer boiled down to a lack of authorities in Inkopolis and places secure enough to keep him (although the thought of plopping the snowglobe by Judd’s pedestal is enough to make her smile).
“Hey, peepaw! Wake up. We’ve got some questions for you.” Four knocks on the glass in a gesture that might be tempting fate (just a tiny bit!).
“You again? Ha! Forget it. The day I help you is the day one of my mixtapes doesn’t go platinum!” Four didn’t know enough about the music industry to refute his claims, but that sounded false.
“You’re not even going to listen to what we have to say?”
“Nuh-uh!” The DJ shuts his eyes crosses his tentacles and turns his back to the agents, failing to remember that he is inside a glass snowglobe. Four walks around it and waits for him to open his eyes.
The next two minutes consisted of both parties trying their very hardest to get the best of one another by rotating around the snowglobe and generally looking ridiculous. Being the king of an entire nation, Octavio had far more dignity to lose than two teenagers (or maybe he threw the idea of dignity ways when he threatened to “Dubstomp her face!”) Either way, Octavio was the first to crack.
“Grah, fine! You slimy sea slugs win. Just get outta my face once you’re done bothering me.”
Yes!” Four hisses, raising her hand up for a High-Five. Eight lifts her hand to complete it when the silence is broken with a sharp-
“But!”
“But?”
“I want some things in return.”
Four’s eyes narrow. “That depends what those ‘some things’ are.”
“I want my turntables back.”
Four opens her mouth to deny this request when Eight interrupts with an “Absolutely not!”
“It’s a turntable. It’s not going to hurt anyone.”
“Oh, and it didn’t hurt anyone in the barracks?” Eight’s fists clenched at her sides; a slight snarl pulls at her mouth.
“They knew what they were getting into when they were getting into when they enlisted.” He waves a dismissive tentacle. “Besides, what else were they supposed to do? Wait until we all died out?”
“You could have done something else than steal the Great Zapfish! Tried peace talks, or did negotiations, or did something other than live it up in your giant mech! People were dying! I was dying!”
“You were a deserter! After you left the kettles you were no longer my responsibility. The others were probably chumming it up with the Squid Sisters,” Octavio gags, closing his eyes, “or off skipping in fields of eryngiums.”
“The ones who were lucky enough were! Everyone else was either stuck as a test subject in that half-destroyed subway or too scared to make their move.”
“Test subject?” Octavio cracks open his eyes.
“Yes!” Eight hisses, exasperated. “I know not everyone in the system was an Octoling, but the fact that so many were there…” Eight’s voice wavers. It looks like she’s about to start pacing again.
“Wait, wait, wait. Go back to that last bit. Whatddy’a mean subway?” Octavio questions.
“The Deepsea Metro, you barnacle-encrusted geezer!” Eight snaps. Four’s insults must be rubbing off on her.
“That old wreck? Why would anyone want to go there?” He snorts.
“There wasn’t any choice! It was either go through the Kettles and risk being splatted by a trigger-happy war veteran or get dried out in the badlands. At least there was a slim chance of survival down there.” Her voice lowers at that last sentence.
“Why would some raggedy ol’ subway pose a threat to a couple of ex-soldiers?”
Eight looked like she was going to continue her futile attempt at convincing the DJ of the dangers of the Deepsea Metro when she switched it up. “Do you even… know about the tests down there?”
“Why should I care about some abandoned scrap heap when we’re about to run outta power? Last time I send soldiers down there, they reported that it was empty aside from some broken down phone that spouted gibberish.” Her eyes widened.
“Clearly, things have changed a lot since then, but you would have know that if you hadn’t been trying to play Turf War-“
“HEY! I was one hundred percent serious about getting back to the surface!” The DJ barks, slamming two of his uncrossed tentacles onto the walls of the snowglobe. “You think I wanted to be down there when I had grown up in the sunlight? Maybe if our soldiers had been a bit more loyal-“
“Alright, let’s break it up. No turntables. Or other music related things.” Four feels like if this continues, Eight’s going to throw their only source of information off a cliff (Four wouldn’t stop her if she did).
“Why don’t we all take a break? Get all of our thoughts in order before we say or do something we might regret later on down the line!” Four walks in front of Eight, breaking her eye contact with Octavio, holding her arms out in a pacifying gesture.
Both octopi stay silent until, “Fine. But if he starts talking like that again, we leave.”
And with that, Eight walks back into the cabin.
————————————-
“You alright? You seemed really tense back there.” Four closes the door behind her, eyes locked onto her teammate who is currently slumped against the wall.
“No, Four. I’m not.” Eight takes a shakey breath. “I was supposed to be able to grow up. Have a normal life. Everyone in the kettles was. That man took all of it away. And for what? Some failed attempt at the worlds lamest concert?” Her laugh is bitter as she slides to the floor. Four crosses to her side, and with a rustle of fabric sits beside her.
“Do you know what my name is?” Eight’s words come out as a whisper. Her face is hidden in her arms.
“Uh, no. I just assumed you didn’t want to use it during agent work. Or at all.” Like me. “But, yeah. I don’t.”
“I don’t either. My agent name is short for Applicant 10,008.”
“Applicant to..?”
“The stations in the Deepsea Metro and all their horrors. There was this phone… an old ancient one from when humans still walked the earth. It said that-“ Eight’s voice, now at it’s normal level wobbles. “It said that if we gathered all of these parts called ‘Thangs’ they would be able to transport us to the ‘Promised Land’. The Captain and I put one and two together and figured that it must mean the surface.”
“It must have been tough, no memory and little allies.” Four cautiously moves a hand to rub Eight’s back. She doesn’t react.
“It was. Of course, the Captain, Pearl, and Marina were there beside me. Pearl always encouraged me to keep going. The Captain’s advice was more dubious, but the effort counted. I think Marina was the beacon of hope that kept me going. If someone as high ranking as Marina Ida could make it to the surface without being recaptured or perishing, then so could I.”
“Was she someone important back in the Octarian army?”
“Very much so. I never knew her on a personal level, but she was well known for her work as a Combat Engineer. Are you aware of the Flooders?”
“Am I?” Four groaned. “I don’t think I’ll ever see a shower in the same way ever again.“ Her attempt at humor gets no response. Squit.
“You’ll have her to thank. They were designed by her, as well as a few upgrades on the Great Octoweapons.”
“What changed?”
“What other than the Calimari Inkantation? It was the first real look we younger Octarians got at the surface. It was incredible. Everyone saw it. We were all gathered in Kettle 29 for his supposed ‘return to the surface’. What a joke.” Eight snorts. “The second the Squid Sisters showed up, he knew he failed. He had lost the captain. He had lost the Great Zapfish. He had lost us.” Eight sighs.
“There was talks of leaving in the footsoldier barracks after that. No one wanted to put the goggles back on after our first taste of the surface. A lot of lower ranking soldiers left immediately. I can only hope they made it to safety…”
“I’ve ran into quite a lot, actually. You’ve probably seen them already, but they’ve started playing Turf War and Ranked. A few of the older ones have even opened up businesses!”
“I know. Don’t get me wrong, I’m plenty glad that they managed to make it safely to the surface. But there were so many-“ Eight chokes on the air.
“You don’t have to keep talking if you don’t want to. We can just drop it for now or pick it up later.” Four proposed.
“No. Better to get it off my chest now.” Eight wipes at her eyes with a sleeve. “All of the enemies in the stations were Octarians but wrong. They were all washed out, devoid of any colors that weren’t blue or green and it wasn’t like when your ink changed color. At first the Captain assumed they were a covert task force, but Marina checked the army’s records, so that couldn’t be it.”
“I tried to talk to them. Once or twice, in the beginning I asked if they knew what was going on or if there was a way out. They didn’t reply. It wasn’t until I had got the stupid phone’s ‘thangs’ that we really found out what was going on.” Four’s stomach drops with the next words.
“It was going to kill us. It was going to grind us up and use us to create more of those awful sanitized things.”
Four moves her hand from Eight’s back down to her hand. “Eight… that’s awful. I’m so sorry you had to go through that.” Eight’s grip was strong. “How did you get out?”
“We didn’t. Agent Three came crashing through the ceiling and managed to knock it over. We managed to escape through the statue and destroy the phone. I think if you go to Hammerhead Bridge you can still see it’s remains.” Silence sets in as Eight takes a few jittery breaths.
“I’m sorry. I didn’t mean to dump all of this on you.” Eight looks a little better, wiping at her eyes as Four passes her a plastic bottle of water from somewhere on the shelves. It’s a little stale, but it’ll do the job. “Some agent I am. Broke down crying at the slightest reminder of my past.”
“You’re not the only one. My parents… weren’t great. Don’t get me wrong, they didn’t hit me or lock me in the basement for hours, but it was always business with them. The only reason I got to Inkopolis was because I convinced them that Inkblot Academy was a good place to go. I even wrote a ten page long essay just to convince them, not even the school!” The lame attempt at humor falls to the floor. A lot of her jokes have been doing that recently.
“They sent me to a dorm and after that I just… dipped.”
“Dipped?” Eight tilts her head.
“Dropped out. I did actual classes for a couple months but most of my time was spent in Octo Canyon. I learned how to shoot in there and all the other jazz.” At Eight’s confused look, Four pushes herself up from the ground and continued.
“Look, what I’m saying… A lot of people have it rough. Don’t get me wrong, you definitely had it worse that anyone I knew, but you’re not alone. It sucked when it happened, yeah. But that’s in the past. I mean, look at you! You’re one of the coolest, strongest kids I know, and the fact that you made it up here only reinforces that! You’re not weak for feeling, Eight. And hey, if you’re really upset by this, then we can just walk on out and leave! We’re not the ones trapped inside a snowglobe!” That’s the one that finally gets a smile.
“I suppose you are right. Come, let us get this over with.” Eight stands up, takes a few deep breaths, and opens the door.
————————————-
“FINALLY! I’ve been waiting ages for you kids to come-“
“Let’s try and refrain from insulting each other.” Eight’s tone is blunt, but Four can see her hands shake. For her sake and Eight’s she hopes Octavio doesn’t notice as well.
“Remember what we said a few minutes ago?”
Octavio waves a dismissive tentacle. “Yeah, yeah, no music. Fine. I want the newspaper. Or a library card. I’m not picky.”
“Huh?” Eight looks as bewildered as Four feels.
“Do you know how hard it is to learn about the comings and going with the world when a good-for-nothing hipster traps you in a snow globe? It’s boring in here. The only entertainment I have is watching you kids putz around your shack.” Four and Eight exchange a look.
“I guess we could set up Marie’s old TV by your globe.” Four relents. “And if anyone prints the newspaper anymore we could pick it up.”
“Great! Now, what was it you two wanted so bad? If it’s about the subway you keep mentioning I have absolutely no idea what you’re talking about.”
Eight bristles at that, but moves onto their first question with a grace Four wishes she had all those years ago, before she dug in and fought as loud and long as she possibly could before she ran. “We were wondering if you knew anything about the Salmonoids and the red skies. They’ve resurfaced recently and all of the information that is readily available is either destroyed or too vague to be of use.”
“Red skies, huh? I haven’t seen anything like that in a long time… maybe because I was underground, but still.” Octavio rubs the equivalent of what his chin would be if he was in kid (grandpa?) form. “Probably back during the Great Turf War. Any o’ you kids got a map?”
A few minutes of shuffling around in the cottage later, Four and Eight managed to dredge up a slightly stained and torn map amidst the things Marie left behind. It’s an old thing from Captain Cuttlefish’s time, with annotations from the original members of the Squidbeak Splatoon. Apparently it was sentimental and the Captain didn’t want to risk it getting damaged in the transfer, so it sat on Cuttlefish Cabin’s walls, gathering dust.
Four, using her brilliant and not at all ridiculous mind (despite what Eight might say at times), got the map so that he couldn’t locate anything new. She’s still now sure how he got out of the snowglobe in the first place, but she’s not willing to risk him trying to track down the other chapter of the NSS. He studies the map for a bit before pointing at the coast, which Eight marks with a slightly dried out marker.
“That’s where we saw ‘em. It was fresh of the heels of the first official battle of the Great Turf War. Everyone was still panicked by the rising sea levels so most of our soldiers were separated and scared. Eventually there was a small skirmish at some beach with the local inkling forces. I’m not sure who started it but a small fight broke out. I think it was over a weaponry shipment or something like that…”
“Or something like that?” Four repeats.
“HEY! I’d like to see you remember every battle fought in a war and all the things that kicked them off!” He scowled even more than usual and proceeded to mumble something about kids these days before continuing. “I only got the footsoldier’s account of it. Apparently they had been scrapping when all of a sudden, Salmonoids began bursting outta the sea. The Inkling forces were pretty shocked as well, so we ruled out surprise ambush.”
“Why?” Four asks.
“The Salmonoids… they have no allegiances to anyone but themselves. The Octarians had tried to reach out a couple times and form an alliance during the Great Turf War, but diplomats would be turned back or worse.” He shudders.
“Worse?” Eight pipes in.
“Usually they would flee before any harm could come to them, but there was one case where a diplomat had gotten mauled. It didn’t hurt em’ too badly, but the message was received. Anyway… they were even more aggressive than usual, wrecking a lot of the houses stationed by the shore. Everyone had evacuated due to the fighting and the rising sea, but it was still pretty shocking, hearing that they could do something like that so easily.”
Four coughs to break the DJ out of his ramblings. “Did the sky change color?”
“At first they thought it was just the oncoming sunset, but it was the middle of the day when both sides started to fight. It was only when one of the sergeants looked to the horizon they noticed some sorta weird cloud formation. Looked liked rings, apparently. And they sky was a bright, unnatural shade of red. Did ya know there’s an old sailor’s saying about red skies? Red sky at night, sailor’s delight; red sky in the mourning, sailor’s warning.“
The cryptic saying might have just been superstitious worries spinned into a rhyme, but it reminds Four of something Marie used to say. That most sayings are based on the truth, Four.
“Anyway, that’s all I know. There might have been a couple scrolls in the Octarian Archives, but they’ve been underwater long since either of you have been born.”
Four and Eight exchange looks before rolling up the map and walking to the cabin. As they do so, the DJ yells, “Don’t forget our deal!”
“I won’t!” She yells back, more pressing thoughts on her mind.
———————-
Eight lets out a sigh once the door to Cuttlefish Cabin swings closer. “Any more talk and I would have stormed off or hurled him over the edge.”
Four spreads the map over the rickety table, trying to ignore the obnoxious creak it makes when she does. “Was it really that hard?”
“Definitely. I don’t know how you managed to put up with him for so long.” Eight collapses in one of the folding chairs Four hauled once Marie took the good ones. They’re not very comfortable, but they get the job done. Besides, some of the good furniture stores moved to THAT PLACE a few days ago. Her lack of foresight bit her again, as the realization that she should probably get some chairs came a little too late. Whatever.
“We managed to work out a deal. I don’t annoy him, he doesn’t annoy me. Anyway, let’s get to comparing.” Four fishes for a map of modern-day Inkopolis on her phone as Eight pulls up a chair of her own.
The duo compare the marked spot and the current map only to see it line up with…
“Hey… aren’t those the Ruins of Arc Polaris?” Four says, double checking just to make sure her calculations weren’t off. For one thing, Arc Polaris was sinking into the sea, and Four was fairly certain it wasn’t an inkling-made creation. For another thing, Octavio had said that there were houses there when the Salmonoids showed up.
“I think so. Maybe the rocket crash caused the stage we use for Salmon Run?” Eight replies. That certainly seems plausible enough for her. The metal is hastily welded together to make footholds and the signs written in what she’s pretty sure is an old human language are propped up on a couple of the walls.
“Maybe the rising seas caused that area to flood and that’s why it’s underwater!” Sure enough, a quick search yields results. The area that had previously been a small fishing community got washed away in the beginning of the Great Turf War. The map there also matched up with Four and Eight’s current evidence. Come to think of it… Four was able to see Inkopolis on the horizon whenever she was on Ark Polaris. She sighs. Looks like another field trip is in order.
“I think we’ve done everything we can today. Ready to pack up?”
Eight lets out a tired groan. “I thought you’d never ask.” She slides off her chair and begins to roll up the map. Four starts to haul the folding chairs back to their position on the wall when the view outside the window catches her eye. Despite the underground nature of Tentakeel Outpost and the rest of Octo Canyon, the sky changes color in accordance with the day. It was a detail only Sheldon was able to explain, but Four couldn’t quite remember what he said or why it changed. Looking out at the window now, the first hints of the evening peek through.
“Hey, Eight?”
“Yes?”
“You know when a word is on the tip of your tongue but you can’t remember what it is?” Her gaze remains fixed on the window.
“I believe it is called lethologica, if I remember correctly. I can help you guess what word you’re thinking of, if you need it.” Eight deposits the map on the shelf, turning to give her a look.
“Cool, cool, cool. So uh, what word would you use to describe a looming feeling of dread? Like, the feeling that something bad’s coming, but you don’t know what?”
“I would say… foreboding.”
“Foreboding, huh? That sounds about right.”
“What brought on this conversation?”
“Nothing in particular. Maybe I still have some jitters from the news broadcast or the conversation with Octavio shook me up.” She lets out a deep sigh, staring out at the skyline, awash in the colors of the sunset. “But I just can’t shake the feeling that something horrible is going to happen.”
Chapter 9: Deluge Dirge
Notes:
This chapter took wayyyyyy longer than I though it would. Maybe it was the hustle and bustle of the holiday season or a brief drop in motivation for writing Splatoon fic that caused it to take so long. Maybe a combination of the two. Luckily, I've got my groove back and am ready to continue! I hope this chapter was worth the wait, I'm pretty proud of it.
Chapter Text
Four was hoping that committing the crime of breaking and entering wasn’t going to become a normal part of their missions. Still. She can’t un-break out of the shop that used to be Ammo Knights, and she’s pretty sure Sheldon would be cool with this if it was for the good of Inkopolis and the rest of the world as a whole.
“Remind me why we’re here again?” Eight asks, hopping down from the pried-open windowsill.
“We just need some extra firepower before we roll up to a potential Salmonoid hotspot. I don’t wanna be caught off guard if things get ugly.” Four is already on the floor, searching through whatever remains. A couple metal shelves are scattered around the otherwise empty interior. She remembers a few times Sheldon asked her to help restock the shelves or test out a new weapon. Another person she can’t talk to anymore.
“What more firepower do we need? All of the Hero weapons are modified.” Eight pokes around the shelves, looking at a collection of various papers.
“Salmonoids are dangerous and unpredictable. There can be thousands of them in one shift. Plus, the bosses? Some of them can be really difficult when you’re not wielding the correct weapon. One time on Marooner’s Bay I had gotten an Inkbrush on a Griller round. It was high tide as well, probably back when I was still Professional 3? Eh, whatever. The point was, I was the last person left and I couldn’t reach the dumb tail hanging out of the Griller. I ended up clinging to the wall like a barnacle, and then the stupid Smallfries knocked me off. We got crew wiped as a result. The really lame part? We had gotten the full quota! If I hadn’t flubbed it we would have made it out with a haul of one hundred and seven eggs!” She huffs, making her way to the dusty desk. When glancing back to see Eight’s confused face, she apologized. “Sorry. I must’ve just dropped a bunch of words onto you.”
Eight waves her hand. “No, no. It’s fine. I like listening to you talk. I mean, if you can sit through my talks about the subtext in the third Squid Sister album then I can listen to you complain about work. By the by… what are we looking for? Just more weapons? Or something else?”
“We want two things out of this trip: specials, and a boat.”
Eight wrinkles her nose as she steps beside her. “A boat?”
“Yup! How else are we going to reach our destination?”
“A helicopter?” Eight proposes.
“We don’t have a helicopter.” Four refutes.
“But we have a boat?” Eight raises an eyebrow. “I’m sure if we asked- nevermind. I just remembered that Pearl and Marina are busy with their upcoming album.”
“They have a new album?”
“It’s not been officially announced yet, but yes! I am privy to some insider information…” Eight preens. Four tries to ignore the small twinge of jealousy in her chest as she returns to her looting investigating. They need to trespass before the Ruins of Arc Polaris open up again.
Actually, would going to the Ruins of Arc Polaris count as trespassing? I mean, Grizzco didn’t own the place. She was fairly certain that the Salmonoids didn’t own it either.
“I’m quite certain we had specials in a couple of the Kettles.” Eight, still looking skeptical trails behind her.
“Those specials aren’t strong enough. Plus, we’re already inside Ammo Knights. You should’ve brought it up during the planning stage!”
Eight snorts. “I woke up alone with a bowl of cereal on the table and a note saying, ‘Come break into Ammo Knights with me!’ If there was any planning, I wasn’t involved in it.”
“Plenty of time to come up with a plan! That’s what I did, anyway.” Four huffs with exasperation. “It’s gotta be around here somewhere! I swear if someone got to the Inkstrike before we did…”
“Inkstrike? Weren’t those things banned among some other weapons for being super dangerous?” Eight is starting to give her a certain look she can identify as the start of a speech about how this is a terrible idea.
“That’s right! We’re going old school! Sheldon still has a few old specials left from their move, and I doubt he lugged them all to Splatsville alongside the nest stuff.” She runs her hand beneath the counter. “If I remember correctly it should beee…” There’s a click as a compartment falls open. “Aha! Here they are.” She fishes around before presenting various cans of banned specials.
“What would you like to get your grubby hands on? The piercing Killer Wail? The tactical Inkstrike? Or maybe the ever-powerful Inkzooka?” Four says in her best impression of a salesmen. “Unfortunately we don’t have the Bubbler or Kraken… but our arsenal is still pretty busted!” She’s a bit disappointed that she’ll never get the chance to try out the infamous special, but it’s still pretty neat to hold these relics of a not-so-distant past.
“How on earth did you find out about this?” Excitement sparks out of the worry on Eight’s face as she trails one of her fingers on the tab of the special.
“Let Sheldon ramble about weaponry enough, and eventually he’ll start dropping pretty major bits of informational. I asked him how one of the bomb launchers worked and he gave me a hour long breakdown on the history of special weaponry.” Four hands Eight another can before shoving the remaining two into her pockets. She grabs the other thing in the hidden compartment, a set of keys. “Two for you and two for me! Now all we need is a boat.”
“Last time I checked, neither of us owned a boat or had a piloting license.” Skepticism begins to leak itself back in Eight’s tone.
“License-shmicense! If Grizzco can get a rickety boat all the way to Arc Polaris, what says we can’t do it too?”
“The fact that none of us know how to drive a boat?”
“Easy! Come to the dock with me.”
———————————
The latest boss kettle had just been unlocked, so Four was feeling pretty good about herself. Slimeskin Garrison was tough on the soul and body, leaving her damaged in more ways than one. Still. She had taken a break for about two days to try and get the aches out of her body, so she was basically good as new.
She steps next to the Kettle. Personally, she wanted to get a bit more practice with the Hero Splatling in before the next Grizzco job opened up. The roster was mostly Splatlings, the heavy weaponry clashing with her more lightweight style. Alas, Sheldon had wanted new data, so the Hero Charger it was. Chargers were a precision weapon, one that required patiently waiting for the perfect shot. Unfortunately, Four neither had precision nor patience, something that Marie was quick to point out in the normal Kettles.
“We’ve heard the sound of steam coming from inside the Kettle. Be on the look out for any hydraulic mechanisms!” Sheldon chirps into her headset as she swims inside. The familiar dome of metal parts smashed together like a torn-up quilt greets her eyes as she readied the Hero Charger and stepped onto the launchpad.
The familiar sight of a large, magenta puddle greets her, hiding whatever awful machine she’ll be up against next.
“Be careful, Four.” Marie says.
Touching down reveals the thing in the ink, a shower head carried by a trio of Octocopters. A rubber duck sits on its head; it would be cute on anything but a war machine. It activates with a loud sound of steam being released, like an angry train.
“Let’s get this over with.” She mumbles, dodging it’s first shot. It wields something that looks like a Charger, floating back to get a better angle. The various cubical platforms provide good cover, and not for the first time she wonders why the Octarians put them here.
The first two Octocopters are splatted with ease, leaving the last one struggling with the weight. The Octoshower fires off missiles, but those aren’t enough to dissuade her from her goal. With the satisfying click of a trigger pulled, her shot sails through the air and nails the squirming Octocopter. The machine drops to the ground with a crash, revealing the weak point on top. She fires.
————————————
The dock was awash with the scent of the sea, waves sliding against the shore with an uncharacteristic calmness.
“See? It’s the perfect weather for a brief trip to Arc Polaris!” Four says, taking a deep breath. The salty smell is refreshing. A flock of seagulls fly overhead, squeaking and cawing. She feels like she’s stepped into one of the postcards she used to send her parents; back when they were still on speaking terms.
“It is rather beautiful. The sky looks like it can stretch on for days and days…” Eight leans against a railing, staring out towards the horizon. “I’ve never been to a beach before.”
“Well, we’ll have to come back sometime when our missions are over.” Four replies. That would be nice, getting to jump in the surf or make sandcastles or collect seashells. She reaches out her hand to tap Eight on the shoulder. “It’s even better out on the boat. It gets cold though, so I stashed a couple of sweaters on board.”
Eight sighs. “Please tell me we’re not stealing a boat because of your insane whims.”
“I will let you know that while I might have broken into a few places, I’m not smart enough to hotwire a boat. An electric scooter, maybe. If I had like, a bobby pin and duck tape we could get a car. But a boat? No way. Best just to grab Sheldon’s.” Four sputters, slightly offended at her companion’s comment.
“I didn’t know he was a sailor.” Eight thankfully ignores the comments about her ability to hijack forms of transportation and instead begins to start walking alongside Four.
“He’s not. Sheldon’s got a lotta side projects and asked me to help with this one. Mostly it was just picking up parts for him, but every so often he would take me out on the water to make sure everything was in order. I managed to learn a tiny bit about piloting a boat from there. Plus, there’s a manual somewhere inside. We can probably put our brilliant heads together and puzzle out a way to get there and back.” They walk up the dock, towards a rather unimpressive boat moored at the very end.
“That’s not a very good plan.” Eight points out.
“Alright, fair. But when have I been know for having good ideas?” Four steps onto the gangplank. She’s still not sure where Sheldon dug up this old thing, but judging from the hasty paint job, it might have been an old Grizzco boat that got scrapped for one reason or another.
Eight sends her a soft smile. “You have plenty of good ideas! It’s just your execution of said ideas that is…”
“Sucktastic?” The pair clamber aboard.
“I was going to say subpar.” Eight pulls the gangplank up behind her and ties it down.
Four shrugs and locks the door that leads to shore. “Same thing! We’ve come too far to back down now. Besides, there’s always autopilot. That is… if you’re scared.” A quick way to get Marie to approve some of her more riskier plans was to insult her status of not being a chicken. It was a lame move, but all she needed to do was bicker for a little bit and she’d crack.
Apparently the same thing worked for Eight, because she bristled and gave a very dignified, “I am not a coward.”
Four gave a lax smile, starting to walk towards the cabin. “Yeah. You’re one of the bravest kids I know.”
Eight looks a bit startled by the compliment. “Really?”
“Are you kidding me? You’re amazing.”
She lets out a nervous laugh. “Agent Three’s far braver than me.” Eight’s gaze trails out to the sea, same look of awe on her face as yesterday.
“Yeah? Well, I don’t see any Agent Three on this boat. I’m sure they’re very cool and heroic, but I’d rather focus on the awesome and incredible octopus in our boat. Sheldon’s boat. Speaking of Sheldon’s boat, we better get moving. Grizzco isn’t gonna stay closed forever!” She bops Eight playfully on the nose.
“Very well.” She smiles and walks inside the cabin, hitting a light switch. The light reveals a not-so-impressive interior that consisted of a control panel, steering wheel, and aforementioned sweaters scattered across the floor.
“Ready to roll, First Mate?” Four darts inside, jamming the keys into the ignition.
“Hang on, why am I the one with the lesser ranking?” Eight sends her an amused look.
“Because I’m the captain, duh! I am the one piloting the boat. Besides, First Mate is basically second-in-command.” Four rushes outside to remove the rope keeping the boat tethered.
“Yeah, on a boat with two people.” Eight mentions, sitting on a pile of sweaters.
“Fine. We can be co-captains.” Four walks back inside, cleat now ropeless. “So, where to Co-Captain Eight?”
“Where else but the Ruins of Arc Polaris?”
——————————-
Frankly, Four though as she threw herself off a pillar, it’s unfair that this thing gets a Charger and a Splatling.
Despite that, the ever-persistent Octoshower lets out an almost comical toot-toot as it rushed forwards, covering the area she just inked in sticky purple goo. It veers back around after the attack ends, slowly sputtering forwards as it readies another weapon.
The image of a Mothership floats to the surface of her mind as she dodges another charged shot. You could destroy some of the coolers before they landed by hurling a Splat Bomb at the top. If you were lucky, you could also get a few of the Salmonoids with the propellers as well. Well, she has no better plan, and the Octoshower is still operating at max capacity.
Rushing up a dashtrack, she takes aim. The comforting weight of the Splat Bomb in her hand guides her. Four’s areal view allows her to see that the Octoshower’s getting closer too. Very close. The lights in it’s eyes are on as well, and a thick spray of ink fires from beneath it. Squit.
“Look out!” Marie’s warning comes a little too late, resulting in the Octoshower charging forwards with another whistle and colliding with her ribs, resulting in a painful sounding crunch. She prays it’s just the Hero Suit’s armor shattering, but judging from the throbbing in her lower stomach it might be the less fortunate one. Four slams both hands onto the rim of the Great Octoweapon, scrabbling for a hold. Unfortunately, the item in her right hand makes it rather difficult.
With a hiss, the Splat Bomb she’s somehow managed to hold onto explodes, resulting in the death of three Octocopters and enough ink to swim in. The last one struggles to keep flying upwards, and Four’s made her way on top, charging up a full shot. In some sort of bizzare desperation move, the Octocopter spins the rim, resulting in her flying off.
Weeks of chasing balloons in Octo Valley and running around Marooner’s Bay collecting eggs have given Four some pretty good reflexes. She fires, and the thing collapses. She uses the remainder of her ink for one last Splat Bomb. It hurdles through the air, landing right besides the exposed tentacle. Jackpot.
Before she can see the fruits of her labor, Four recalls that she’s falling downwards. The boots of the Hero Gear absorb the shock of most falls, so all she has to do is right herself and-
Ah.
That’s a problem.
Sheldon yelps something into her headset as Four’s body careens down towards the void that surrounds the arena.
She’s made the exact same mistake again. Just like the time with the Octostomp, when she had learned how easy it was for the impact of the blast to knock you into the water below, where your body dissolved. Wind whistles in her ears.
As Four’s body connects with the seawater, she can only hope that her death is quick.
———————————
The ride was shorter than Four expected, Sheldon’s cabin cruiser being surprisingly fast. As they pull up onto the shore and moor the boat, Eight remains staring at the wreckage of the human rocket.
“It really is incredible. What could have caused such an impressive civilization to collapse?” Eight has to be nudged to get snapped out of it.
“Eh. It stops being awe inspiring after it watches you get your butt handed to you three hundred times by a hoard of rotting fish.” Four throws the gangplank down onto the familiar shore, checking the pockets of her gear just to make sure she has everything.
“I didn’t know a rocketship possessed the ability to watch people.” The slightly judgmental part of Eight’s comment can be hand waved away by the fact that saying an inanimate object is watching you is generally insane.
“It doesn’t. But when you’re all alone out here and you’ve gotta limp back to the boat because you got crewwiped, the giant rocket feels pretty mocking. Maybe because it’s the only thing around here that’s above us. Your teammates are all in the same boat, literally. Mr Grizz is a statue with prerecorded voice lines, so he can’t say anything about the situation. But the Arc Polaris? She’s a big one. Far taller than anything else out here. Did’ya know if you’re up late enough for the moon to come out, it’ll be completely blocked by the rocket for a while? Who does it think it is?”
“I didn’t know I was traveling with a fellow poet! Maybe you should write a book. I’m sure it would resonate with the hearts of every working class kid.” Eight steps off the boat as well, looking rather amused by her ramblings.
“We’ll call it our backup plan. If we ever leave the NSS, I bet we could make a killing writing.” Four comments as she continues walking. The sand of the beach gives way to the metal that makes up most of the stage. Their footsteps make a satisfying clanking sound as they begin to circle the structure
“We?”
“Yeah! People love philosophy, but they also love suffering! You can have my personal stories alongside your poems. We could split the profits fifty-fifty.”
“Pleasure doing business with you.” Eight holds her hand out. Four completes the handshake. The pair manage to look serious and businesslike for about two seconds before collapsing into snickers.
They continue up the walkway. There’s not much sound aside from the waves lapping at the shore or their footsteps thudding against the metal. It reminds Four of the precious few seconds you have before a wave starts; anticipating what could be next and looking for clues. Her eyes drift lazily around the scene before catching on something. With a beconing gesture sent at Eight, she ambles towards her goal, a metal door embedded in the wall with a plaque welded next to it. There’s a silhouette of a bear and something written in a human language.
“Y’know, I was always curious about this door. We didn’t have much time between shifts, and most of that time was spent inking walls.” The door in the wall is locked, but there is a keyhole, which means it probably could be opened.
Eight delivers a swift kick to the rusty door. It does not budge. “Well if it’s locked, there’s definitely something hidden inside. I’m just not sure what it could be.”
“Whatever it is, it’s gotta be important. My scroll-finding senses are tingling like crazy.” Four leans on the wall, glaring at the doorknob like it’ll open if she applies enough pressure.
“You’re the treasure hunter. How do you propose we get in?” Eight asks, taking a couple steps back to observe the scene.
“Maybe we could throw a rock at the lock, but super hard? It might pop open.” She’s just spitballing at this point.
“That’s such a you answer.” Eight sighs, casting a gaze at where the boat resides.
“Don’t knock it before you try it! Brute force is far more effective than you might think.”
Eight’s eyes spark as she begins to dig through her pockets. “Really?”
“I mean, not all the time, duh. But a lot of people underestimate pure fighting skills as clumsy or slow. You’ve got to find a good balance between strategy and- what are you doing with that can?”
Eight pulls the tab on one of her specials and with a flash of light, readies the Inkzooka. “Step back.”
Four, recognizing the tone as Eight’s serious voice, dashes off to the side. Once she’s in the clear, Eight walks backwards even further and pulls the trigger. The door explodes inside with a tidal wave of magenta ink.
“Zapfish above, Eight! Didn’t you just say something about my plans being impulsive?” Four pokes her head inside the now-open room. It’s just as grimy as the exterior.
“As you’re so fond of saying, it worked, didn’t it?” Eight’s response might be confident, but she gives a relieved sigh at the end. Still a massive worrywart underneath the calm exterior.
Four barks out a laugh. “Ya got that right! Let’s roll!”
“Give me a few seconds. That Inkzooka took more out of me than I thought…”
The room is dirty and slightly damp. The scent of seawater and mildew clings to everything, and there’s an uncomfortable squelching noise whenever she takes a step. It reminds Four of a gas station bathroom.
“Maybe there was nothing in here after all.” Eight, now recovered, looks a bit disappointed, like she was waiting for a pile of riches or something more impressive.
“Not quite. Look over there.” Four gestures to a shoddy looking cabinet. It’s clearly seen better days; one window is broken while the paint is dull and chipped. Beside the cabinet is a desk, which on closer inspection is missing a leg. Instead, a broken broom supports the weight. On top of the desk is an old computer monitor. It’s cracked as well.
Four gets to the cabinet first, opening the top drawers. There’s not much inside. A couple pencils, most of which are dulled to the point of uselessness roll around inside. A wet napkin resides inside the other top drawer.
Eight, who has taken the lower draws actually manages to dredge up something. It’s black and rectangular, with a cover on top. After a bit of inspection, she rips the cover off, revealing a plug. It’s a flash drive. It only takes a shared glance at the old computer to get them moving.
Despite the wear and tear, the computer jitters to life with a rather distorted whir. The battery is at twenty three percent and the time is 3:09. With the addition of the flash drive, the computer is also bursting to the seams with files, organized in rows. A folder labeled “BIG RUN” catches her eyes, and judging on how the cursor shifts to there, it’s caught Eight’s as well.
A double click opens it up, revealing two folders. The first one Eight selects is a collection of images. Most of them are photos of various locations, all labeled “POTENTIAL ATTACK POINTS”. They’re familiar places too. Just off the top of her head she recognizes Wahoo World and Inkblot Academy. There’s a couple of places from out of town as well. Ones from Splatsville. Their names are Undertow Spillway, Um’ami Ruins, and Barnacle & Dime to name a few. There’s more, but Eight exits and moves to the next folder.
This one is labeled, “King Salmonoids.”
It’s the one from the news broadcast.
There’s more of them. Aside from the big one, there’s an equally grainy photo of a serpentesque Salmonoids flying in the sky. Machinery hangs off it’s form and it’s holding something in its mouth. The other photo is something rising up out of the ground, metal snared around it’s jaw. It looks like what would happen if a Maws got braces and then drank radioactive sludge. Before she can see the others, a sound catches her ear.
While the Grizzco alarm was loud, it told you absolutely nothing about which Boss Salmonoid there was or what they were going to do. Only long stretches of hard earned experience could, and the only way to get that experience was to fail again and again. Four had gotten her head handed to her one too many times to not recognize the telltale sound of a Stinger charging up their laser.
“Move, Eight!” She yells. Her companion’s head shoots upwards, Eight is quick on her feet and ducks to the ground just as a stream of rancid green ink fires into the room.
Where there’s one Salmonoid, there’s always more.
“Grab that flash drive. We’ve got company.” It’s a cheesy line, but one she’s always wanted to say. She unsheathes her dualies and skids outside just in time to see the beach explode into a hostile array of teeth and fins.
——————————-
The Octoshower’s third phase is the worst by far. Four rests on the platform with a launchpad as she surveys the battlefield below.
The Octocopters have rockets now. Because the universe just hates her, apparently.
“Are you sure you can make it? There’s nothing wrong with backing down now.” Marie asks through her headphones. She’s the boss, so she gets to call the shots, but the knowledge that she can leave without shame is a brief respite.
“Yeah! We can always pick a less dangerous place to test the Hero Charger.” Sheldon chirps. She’s managed to somewhat befriend the chatty hermit crab, and his judgments are usually based on logic first and emotion second. Either way, his call to retreat is helpful.
Four knows they’re trying to keep her safe, but it doesn’t feel that way. It feels like they’re doubting her.
“I’ll be fine. Gimme a couple seconds to make a plan and I’ll blow that thing sky-high.”
“If you say so.”
She stares down at the arena, Octoshower circling the area like it’s looking for it’s prey. Her. No time to dwell on that. Focus, Four. The Octocopters and their ability to dash forwards make it a pain to hit them, but they have to take a little break to recharge in between. Maybe if she tries to fake them out?
That’s probably her best bet. She leaps into the launchpad with a smile. The adrenaline rush that came with soaring through the air was unrivaled. With a thud, she slams into the arena. The Octoshower takes notice, whirling around and tooting it’s steam whistle.
She waits until it float in range before firing an uncharged shot. Just like predicted, the Octocopters take off horizontally, allowing her to nail one of them with a charged shot. They sputter back after that, readying a weapon. The hand-crank Splatling comes out next, but she’s quick enough to leap upwards using a dashtrack. The Octoshower’s too slow when using a weapon, so she gets another fully charged shot fired. Direct hit. Four whoops in celebration.
“We’re not out of the woods yet, Four.” Marie gets her back on track, just in time for her to see the Octoshower fly backwards for it’s dash attack.
Four hurls a Curling Bomb (uncooked, of course) forwards. The thin line of ink provides an easy escape route, one she takes with pride. The Octoshower misses it’s target and spins to face her. It’s behind her now, which wouldn’t be so problematic if it wasn’t for the fact that she was in front of one of the raised platforms. This wall was uninked and lacked any dashtracks. Nowhere to run.
The Octoshower’s weapon of choice appears to be a Charger. She can tell this by the single, powerful hit that shatters her armor. The shock rattles her already tense body, but the ink spread by the armor’s destruction is more than enough to allow her to escape and recover. Four crawls behind the very same platform that thwarted her escape and now Sheldon’s yelling something in her ear.
“Four, Four, look out it’s got a-“ He’s unable to finish his sentence before a loud (and familiar) sound reaches her ear. Stingrays can cut through walls, she remembers reading in some textbook about special and sun weapon synergy. Squit.
Armorless and unmoving, Four meets a second death at the hands of the fourth Great Octoweapon.
The first thing she hears upon respawning is Marie saying. “Four, I think we need to retreat. This Octoweapon has far more power than we anticipated and you’re on your last chance.”
“I’ll be fine. There’s only two Octocopters left.”
“What if it has another weapon we don’t know about? It’s better to be safe than sorry.”
“No, what’s better is to deal with the Octoshower now. If we leave it here, it might get repaired and I’ll have to fight it all over again.” Four’s retort surprises even herself. Practically speaking, it would be smarter to wait for the kettle to recharge her lives, but every second she waits the situation could get worse. The Octoshower could get a repaired or have new abilities added to it.
“I’m going down there.”
“Four!” Marie calls out, but she’s already dropped into squid form and swum into the launchpad.
The high of getting launched allowed her to avoid the voice trying to speak in her ear.
She slams down onto the floor again, shaking off any hesitance with a shot aimed at a dashtrack. The Octoshower takes note of her arrival and whirls forwards, aiming it’s weapon of choice. Four, now launched upwards aims and fires a stored shot that connects with one of the remaining Octocopters. It did not like that.
The Octoshower gives a furious toot and reaches for the Stingray. Unluckily for it, the single Octocopter can’t keep up with the strain of holding a massive object.
Four’s second shot connects, and with a tremendous crash, the Octoshower falls for the final time.
—————————-
As good as the countless waves of Salmonids are, Four’s better. Even as they rise from the sea and rush towards her, they fall just as quickly as the rose. Her precious Hero Dualies allow her to mow down foes with ease. Anything that comes close to touching her is quickly dodged with a roll.
Eight’s no slouch either. Any Salmonoids that think she’ll be an easier target are swiftly proven wrong, splatted with elegant strikes. She dances about the battlefield, hurling attacks and dodging out of the way when foes approach. Four occasionally shouts out bits of advice, like where weak points are or how to deal with tricky bosses. Eight adapts quickly, but still takes a few nasty-looking hits. The flash drive, clutched in Eight’s teeth, narrowly avoids being crushed in the hubbub.
Despite their skills, she and Eight are still taking massive damage from things they barely avoid dodging. That paired with the chip damage from the Drizzlers means big trouble. There’s only so much damage they can take before someone gets seriously injured or worse. She tries not to think about what worse would entail.
“Eight! See if you can get to the boat with the flash drive. I’ll try and draw them away.” She yells over the chaotic sounds of the battlefield, swerving to avoid the blast radius of a Steelhead’s bomb. She doesn’t make it completely out of the way, so her arm takes a spray of foul green ink. Not enough to hinder her, but it slows her down.
“What about you?” Is the response she gets, Eight spinning away from a Flyfish’s missiles.
“Don’t worry about me! Just make it to safety and we can figure something out from there!”
Eight looks back to her before placing down her last special, the Killer Wail. The path it creates is powerful, splatting anything in the way regardless of size. She wouldn’t want to face that down in battle. Maybe it’s a good thing they were banned after all… Eight runs directly through the path the special creates before jumping on the boat. Clever octopus.
“Hey! Over here, ugly!” It’s a schoolyard-level taunt but it still grabs the attention of whatever remaining Salmonoids lurk on the beach, watching with hungry eyes as she hefts a Splat Bomb into their midst. They see her as much easier pickings. Four hopes they’re wrong. With a huff she steps on the grindrails, ascending upwards to the ire of the Salmonoids. She shoots a glance to the boat. Eight’s safely onboard. Good. Now all she needs to do is get the boat in water and she’s home free.
Actually, the water comes for the boat first. Without the usual breakdown or commands barked into her ear, it’s hard to tell when a wave ends and begins. Looks like this one’s about to be high tide. The walls are still inked from earlier exploration, allowing her to climb to the very top. As the water rises higher and higher, the lower grindrails that she used to ascend deactivate.
As good as she is at combat, there’s a reason why Grizzco shifts usually require four people. Any Salmonoids she guns down are immediately replaced and without Eight, it’s very apparent that she won’t be able to keep them down for much longer.
Well, when you hit rock bottom, the only way you can go is up.
She swims her way up a wall, ending up on the very top of the Ruins of Arc Polaris. It looks weird without Grizzco’s egg basket. It also looks reassuringly natural with the hoards of Salmonoids starting to scale the structure as well. Might as well start to pick off the crowd. She unzips her vest’s pocket and pulls out the can containing the Inkstrike.
Specials are powerful things, always accompanied by a rush of energy whenever you pull the tab. This time was different. Four felt kinda like she had stuck her fingers into a socket and then proceeded to swallow the horrible lovechild of dark coffee and an energy drink. She felt like she could run a marathon, or two. Maybe even two and a half if she really tried. The extra weight of the now-materialized Inkstrike and the tablet in her hands only adds to the slightly disorienting buzz. With a single click on the screen, the missile fires. Four watches as it rises into the sky before crashing down upon the now approaching Salmonid hoards. Regardless of their ranking or powers, they’re all wiped out in a pillar of golden ink. Immediately, she feels drained, like she’s pulled an all-nighter studying but worse. Four’s body wants to do nothing more than slump to the floor and wait there for a couple hours, but she doesn’t have that time. The sounds of the approaching Salmonoids reaches her weary ears, as well as the whir of a motor. Eight.
“I’ll try and get as close as I can without letting any Salmonids aboard! You’re going to have to jump, though.” She yells from their borrowed vessel.
Four risks a glance. It’s a pretty big gap, but she’s made riskier jumps. Before she can start inking the floor, a spoon whacks into her ankle. Smallfry.
If you asked her to make a list of all the Salmonoids ranked by how annoying they were, Smallfry would definitely be in the top three. While she’s pretty sure nothing would ever manage to dethrone Flyfish from first place, they’d be neck and neck with the second entry on their list. They were hard to hit, persistent, and fast. Looks like the school finally caught up with her.
The only escape route is the orbital inkrail. She’s spent how much time on these? Ducking to dodge a Stinger’s laser, she steps onto the track. Her ride allows her to survey the angry swarm below. Deja Vu rips through her stomach as the situation below is scarily similar to the same one that sent them to the Ruins of Arc Polaris. The Salmonoids wait at the jumping off point for her to make another leap to the next grindrail; they’ve always been smarter than they look. Eight waits there too, eyes wide and panicked.
Focus, Four. What can you do to get out of here? You have your Dualies, the boat, and-
And your last special.
Every single lesson about weaponry tears through her mind as she angles the Inkzooka downwards. Keeping her footing is becoming harder and harder as the restless school of Salmonoids below her jostle each other at the prospect of tearing her apart. There’s no lifesaver to help her now. Tossing a silent plea to whatever forces out there that might be listening, she fires.
For just a few seconds, she is flying. It reminds her of the launchpads back in Octo Canyon or returning to the Grizzco boat at the end of a shift. Then again, she’s trying to return to a boat right now, isn’t she? She wonders how that’s going.
There’s a loud BANG as Four’s body is hurled backwards into the boat. She collides with the gunwale with a painful thud, slumping to the floor shortly afterwards. A sticky liquid drips down one of her ears. Probably blood, Four realizes with a wince. An awful ringing noise echos around her as Eight rushes forwards to help. Her words are all muffled and slow, like someone’s speaking underwater. The boat rocks.
Her slightly blurry eyes trail to the shore. The Salmonoids, upset about her grand escape, have taken to hurling their pans. To sink them, she realizes with a chill. Fear sparks in Eight’s eyes, she saw that as well. She turns says something else to Four, probably asking if she’s hurt, but all she can see is their potential demise out in the middle of nowhere.
“Drive, drive, DRIVE!” She yells. Her mouth feels like it’s been stuffed with cotton as Eight leaves her side. A frying pan comes uncomfortably close to the hull. It doesn’t appear to have broken through, but the successful shot has excited the Salmonoids. They roar with triumph and draw their fins back, aiming for (she recognizes with an awful churning in her stomach) her. The boat gives a shuddery jolt and rumbles forwards, away from the Ruins of Arc Polaris and the swarm.
—————————————-
“That was really stupid of you, Four!” Marie’s voice comes out panicked, whirling to face her when she drags herself up the ramp.
“A ‘thank you’ would be nice.” Four snarks as she limps her way back to the Cabin.
“Thank you? For endangering yourself and the mission?” The mission. To find Callie. Right. She forgot about that.
“Look, I made it back in one piece, alright? No harm, no foul.”
“No harm?” Marie explodes. “You got splatted twice!”
“I think you’re overreacting.” She drops the Hero Charger onto the bench outside. It was a good weapon. It certainly served her well back in the Kettle.
“Four, Marie’s right. This kind of reckless behavior could end up seriously hurting you later down the line! Not to mention the weapons are still a work in progress. What would you have done if the Hero Charger jammed?” Sheldon scoops up said weapon and starts to fuss over it, polishing it or fiddling with the trigger.
“But it didn’t jam. We got the zapfish. We got more information about Callie’s whereabouts. We lost nothing!” Four huffs and grabs the door handle.
“We could have lost you.” She stops in her tracks. So does Sheldon. Marie takes a deep breath. “We could have lost you, Four, and if you keep taking major risks like that, we could lose you again. One day you might not get so lucky.”
“Well, what do you want me to do? Sector Five’s opened up, and-“
“I want you to take a break for at least six days. Look back on how you acted, and then return.” Marie crosses her arms.
“Are you suspending me?” Four’s tone is incredulous.
“I am. There are consequences to these things. You need to follow orders when out in the field. We’re here to advise you, not work against you. It might have paid off then, but Octavio is ruthless. You won’t be able to leave when fighting him.”
“So you’re punishing me for winning now, because I might not win a bit down the line? I’m not the same rookie you first met! I’m A-Ranked in everything! I’m Professional +3 in Grizzco!” She can’t believe it. Marie’s really going to punish her like some sort of misbehaving kid?
“Go, Four.” Marie points at the grate.
In a petty act of compliance, she spits, “Fine. Let me get my gear off first.” Before Marie can argue, she steps inside Cuttlefish Cabin and slams the door shut.
Now inside, she kicks off the boots with far more force than necessary and practically rips the vest off. She hurls the headpiece onto the table. It’s childish, but it makes the sting of betrayal somewhat weaken.
Without a word to either party, she stomps her way to the grate. Before she can leave, whispered words catch her ear.
“You should have been a bit more gentle.” Sheldon murmured to her boss.
“Gentle wouldn’t have gotten through to her. I know she’s working hard. It’s just…” Marie sounds reluctant to say the next words. “Some times I wish we had Three back. She was far less reckless then her. Knew her limits and didn’t talk back.”
Four slips through before she can hear more.
Chapter 10: Victory Jingle
Notes:
As much fun as writing Eight was, I do think I'll stick with Four for the rest of this story.
Chapter Text
Agent Eight had been many things in her life. She had been a soldier in the Octarian army. She had been an applicant to the Deepsea Metro. She had been a member of the New Squidbeak Splatoon. She had never been a friend before.
Well. That would be untrue. She’s fairly certain she had at least one friendly relation back in the Octarian army. She just can’t remember. She doesn’t think Captain Cuttlefish or Pearl and Marina count either. They do care for her immensely, but she sees them more as mentors than friends. Eight’s not sure if Agent Three counts as a friend either.
Three was more like a not-so-begrudging rival or distant storm; far off, powerful, and awe-inspiring. She had wanted to become closer or at least figure out some of her more immediate past, but the move to Splatsville had prevented her from doing so. The calls that her currently unconscious companion looked forwards to were far too public for her to ask the lingering questions that gnawed at her insides when they couldn’t reach her head.
The boat shakes, snapping her out of her musings. It took plenty of blows when retreating. Probably not enough to sink it (frying pans weren’t the most effective piercing weapons), but Eight still wishes Marina was here to rattle off engineering facts that prove the ship’s seaworthiness. Or that Pearl was here to hype her up and keep her spirits high. Or the Captain was here to ramble out one of his crazy stories or metaphors. But there is only her, Four’s passed-out body, and the deep blue sea. Speaking of Four…
Now that their boat is a sizable distance from the Ruins of Arc Polaris, Eight can afford to check on her properly. She pulls the ignition key out and listens to the boat shudder to a halt before walking outside. Four remains slumped against the gunwale, a faint trail of blood leaking down her ears. Her chest rises and falls, albeit slowly; in any other circumstance it would look like she was sleeping. The sky’s overcast, clouds darkening grey in the background. It’s like whole universe is holding it’s breath. That would make a good line in a poem.
Personal hobbies aside, Eight has a lot of conflicting feelings about her partner in crime. As she adjusts her position so Four’s probably wounded head isn’t jostled by the boat’s movements, Eight slips into her thoughts once more.
Where she was quiet, Four was loud and talkative. Eight could list off a thousand different metaphors and their history while Four abused the flexibility of “like”. She was overtly cautious while Four was immensely reckless. They were destined to either become the best of friends or worst of enemies. Eight’s glad they fell into the first camp. Even though she’s only known Four for about two months, she can’t imagine fighting against one of her closest (and only) friends. Just this mourning when embarking on their journey, she had lavished ample praise onto Eight. Four was wrong. She is not brave. She is no hero.
She was not brave when she clung to the power core in the Peristalsis Phase, terrified that without a respawn anchor she would die without ever being able to see the surface. She was not heroic when she curled up on the hard plastic seat of the train, sobbing softly to the Captain that she was a failure, not being able to finish all the stations. She was not heroic when her partner was forced to launch herself through the sky like a rocket because Eight couldn’t find a safe way to leave.
A rocket. Yes, that was a good way to describe her. Before she met Agent Four, she would have though that the phrase “off like a rocket” was both ridiculous and unrealistic. And yet, it was one of the few descriptions that managed to capture the energy of her partner.
Confident in her adjustments, Eight goes back to the cabin. The navigation tells her that it’s three hours till they return home. Concerning. Still, Four has to wake up sometime. As far as she can remember, a mild head injury causes unconsciousness for about fifteen minutes. Marina had helped her research things like that back when she first escaped to the surface, to see if that was what caused her amnesia. She remembers a late night spent in one of Pearl’s many houses, scattered like stars in the night sky across the country, flipping through a collection of medical books she borrowed from the library. The elderly crawfish librarian had asked her if it was for a school project. She had responded, “Something like that.”
She picks up a slightly lukewarm bottle of water from the floor. It’s a bit dirty, but Four’ll need it if when she comes out of her coma. Water, water, everywhere, nor any drop to drink. Her current circumstances reminded Eight of a line from a book of ancient human poems the Captain had gifted her before leaving to Splatsville. If Four had missed the boat (and she had come so terrifyingly close to doing so), she would have fallen into the seawater. Nothing could have saved her then.
Another item catches her eye. A small black rectangle lays haphazardly on the ground. It’s the flash drive from before. Closer inspection proved that it hasn’t retained damage from her rather unorthodox way of transporting it. Good. It would be a shame for that trip to have been for nothing.
Eight wants to pace back and forth, to run over her thoughts again and again until she had worn them down to nothing, like the ocean tide lapping against a beach. The boat is far too small for that. Instead she puts the flash drive on a shelf, turns the ignition key and walks back outside with her prize.
“I get what you mean about the rocket now.” It had hung behind them like a giant tombstone, marking a brush with death.
Eight had expected silence. What she hadn’t expected was a weak croak of, “Stupid rocket.”
“Four?” Eight asks. She doesn’t dare breathe, in case that would somehow dispel Four’s awakened state.
“That’s me.” Her tone is groggy but so utterly, undeniably Four. Yellow eyes blink themselves to life, flicking between closed and open. Eventually she pushes herself into a sitting position, clutches her head and asks with a groan, “How long was I out?”
Eight’s torn between hugging Four while crying with relief and grabbing her by the shoulders, shaking her and screaming what were you thinking? Instead she pushes the bottle into Four’s hand and says, “About twenty minutes. How are you feeling?”
“Ugh. Like I’ve gone five rounds with a Steelhead and lost.” Four hastily chugs the bottle before gagging at its presumably stale taste. “What about you?”
“I’ve been worrying my tentacles off about you, but aside from that? Fine.” The last word comes across harsher than she meant it. Four winces.
“Yeah. I’m sorry about that. I think it’s a problem I’ve had for a while.” Four crosses her legs and huffs. “I think that’s the worst part. I know that I have to change. I know I’m going to end up hurting myself again. I might hurt…” Her eyes drift to Eight, and then to the floor. “…People I care about.” Her hands squeeze the empty bottle.
“But I can’t. I want to change, Eight. I really do. Sometimes I feel like I’m on a grindrail. The big one I had to jump from in Arc Polaris. I know it’s stupid.” Four releases the bottle and kicks it away.
“I don’t think it’s stupid. You’re using what’s familiar to you to describe an abstract concept. It’s a common trick in writing.” Eight supplies.
“Right. The book we’re gonna publish when we retire.” Four lets out a tired chuckle. “This chapter’s gonna be a real downer, then.” The waves splash gently against the boat’s hull, creating a nice white noise to go with their conversation. If Eight strains her ears, she can hear seagulls squeaking in the distance. The environment seems too peaceful for what just happened.
“That reminds me of a piece of advice Pearl gave me. She said when she was struggling to explain something, she would imagine she was singing it like a stage performance.”
“Nice idea, but if I tried to sing I’d sound like a dying dolphin.” Four says, in a very un-Fourlike manner.
“Not that, dummy. I’m saying that you should act like you’re drafting a book. It’s not perfect, but you can always fix it later.”
Four seems to consider those words. “Alright. I feel like I’m on that big, round grind rail. I can only get off on certain parts, because it would be dangerous otherwise, but if I miss that window of opportunity I have to keep circling. I know I should jump off, but I can’t make it through that window and I just keep circling. I tell myself every time that I’m going to make the leap, but I don’t. There’s always just something beneficial keeping me on board.” Four falls back into silence. Eight doesn’t know how to respond to that. It seems like she’s taken that as a sign to continue.
“And I know I’m working as a team, so I should cooperate with others, but it’s just easier to go for it when I’m in the moment. It’s like a reflex, and before I can stop myself I do it. It matches up with my training too, y’know?”
Eight did not know. Muscle memory could only take you so far, so in the Metro the Captain would help her run train. While fiddling with the trigger of an Octoshot, faint memories of marching drills and target practice bubbled up to the surface of her mind. Inkling combat was highly different from the ridged military training of the Octarians. There are no backing troops for you to fall back on in the surface. Instead you would form a small group consisting of usually four kids and that’s it. It’s a strange adjustment, but due to her lack of memories Eight found the switch considerably easier than others. The seagulls have stopped squawking. Strange.
“Maybe you have to unlearn it, then. Start small. If you can condition yourself to consider your options before danger arises, then-“
“Look at that!” Four points at something behind her, eyes wide. Eight’s about to chastise her for trying to switch topics when they’re having an important discussion, but the not-so-distant speck parallel to their boat grabs her attention.
Rising out of the sea like a certain destroyed statue, the toothy maw of a Salmonoid breeches the surface. It glides out of the surf with serpentine movements, slowly taking to the sky. Machinery hangs off of it’s body; fairy lights decorate its sides while thick cords lace inside it’s scales. Eight stares in awe at the utter size of the Salmonoid. It easily dwarfs their vessel ten times over. It’s flying horizontally now, coiling through the air with an almost comical level of leisure.
“I think that’s one of the King Salmonoids from the flash drive.” Four’s voice breaks the silence. “The Horrorbouros, if I remembered right.”
“Yes. Look at the size of that thing!” The Horrorbouros snakes in the same direction as their destination.
“How many golden eggs do you think it would drop?” Four speculates, standing beside her now. Her hands clutch the gunwale for support, peering up at the areal display.
“Enough to make you and I rich until end of our days.” Their boat quickly falls behind. For something so large, it’s shockingly fast. The wires on the Horrorbouros’s writhe with electricity. A couple of the fairy lights flicker.
“So much for that novel. And I had such a great title too…” Four sighs with mock disappointment, switching to leaning on her elbows.
“Oh? Care to share with the rest of us?”
“Sure. ‘So You Learned That Escaping Salmonoids Using A Inkzooka Was A Bad Idea: the comedic tragedy of Agent Four and Agent Eight.’”
“I’m fairy certain that we don’t qualify as a tragedy. Not yet.” Eight says. The Horrorbouros glides through the sky with elegance. It’s rapidly outpacing them, soaring towards its destination. Something about that makes Eight uneasy.
“Really? What makes you think so?”
“I’m no Inkish major, but tragedies usually end in death or the protagonist succumbing to their own hubris.”
“Like me.” Whatever bit of morale Four had managed to muster up quickly disappears.
“Don’t say that! You haven’t died.” Eight says, whirling to look at her.
“Yet.” Four is now tossing paint scraps into the ocean, watching the faded reds mix with dark green. They float for short amounts of time before sinking beneath the surface. “I barely made it out that time. What if I mess up again?”
“You’re not going to.” Eight says, moving her hand to grab Four’s.
“How do you know that?” Four doesn’t look up from the sea.
“I know that you’re one of the most determined kids I’ve ever met. If you have your mind set on something there’s very little that can stop you from achieving your goal. I believe in you, Four.” Eight holds Four’s hand. She squeezes it.
Four looks at her hand, and then back up to her. She sighs. “Thanks, Eight. I think this entire experience has been a real wake up call for me. I’m not gonna be here forever, so I might as well be more careful with the time I have left.”
“And I’ll be here to stop you from making whatever dumb decisions you make. As long as you do the same for me, of course.”
“What kinda friend would I be if I didn’t?”
Eight smiles. So does Four. They return to looking up at the Horrorbouros, coiling it’s way across the cloudy sky. It’s pale grey scales mesh with the storm on the horizon.
“Where do you think it’s going?” Four breaks the silence. She’s usually the first to initiate conversation.
“No idea. It seems to be following our path, but that would be illogical. There’s nothing remotely resembling a typical Salmonoid hotspot aside from…” Eight trails off into silence.
While Four had been preoccupied with stopping Eight from taking a Stinger laser directly to the head, she hadn’t noticed the other files on the flash drive. Cities. Sure, a couple of Splatsville’s stages had been mentioned, but preordained battle spaces were different from civilian locations. She had forgotten about it until now; the chaos of their escape and Four’s brief coma flung all thoughts of impending doom from her head.
“I think the Horrorbouros is going to make landfall in Inkopolis.”
“Eight? That’s not funny.” Four turns to her again, but before she can continue Eight speaks.
“The flash drive, Four. Inkopolis Square was one of the locations mentioned for potential ‘Big Runs’.” Four’s panicked expression reflects her own emotions.
“Squit. Is there anything we can do?”
“I have both Pearl and Marina’s private numbers. If I can get a signal we can warn them ahead of time. Can I..?” Eight was given these numbers in case any really major emergencies, all right? Stay safe out there. The news could potentially help people from being caught off guard. There’s so much they don’t know about these creatures, and if the flash drive can help them then she- they need to get it to Marina as fast as possible.
“Yeah. Yeah, ok.” Four fishes her phone out of her vest’s pocket and hurls it at Eight. “I’m going to see if I can get this scrap heap moving any faster.”
Eight calls out to her partner while hammering in their number. “We’re going to continue that conversation from earlier later, Four.”
“Damn you and your incredible powers of basic memory retention.” Four gripes. Eight smiles. It’s nice to see her companion regain her usual witty demeanor, despite their grim situation. Four proceeds to run into the cabin, leaving Eight alone with the sound of the sea and the dial-up.
“Eight?” Marina’s voice breaks the emptiness, feeling like a beam of sunlight. “Is everything alright? No, you’re calling from the secret number, of course it’s not alright.”
“Yeah!” Pearl chirps in, enthusiasm easing the tension. “If anyone’s messing with you, let us know! They’ll be facing down the bad side of the Princess Cannon in a flash!”
“You need to prepare. Something bad’s coming to Inkopolis, something big. It’s called the Horrorbouros. It’s a Salmonid I’ve never seen, and apparently a massive wave of lesser Salmonoids are on their way as well.” Eight’s voice is breathless as she relays the facts. “Send helicopters to check, I know you can get them on a fast notice. Evacuate children and people who have dried up. Get the people who can fight ready to battle. It’s massive, and there might be others like it. Please-“
“Whoa! We’ll get some guys on that right now, but are you safe?” Pearl asks, before shuffling with something else.
“I’m fine. I’m fairly safe and I’m with a friend. You’ve got to hurry, please.”
“Alright, Eight. We’re sending out news helicopters right now, and if we pick up anything we’ll activate the emergency respawn points. Stay safe.” Marina speaks this time, keyboard clicking audible through the call.
“Thank you.” A weight feels like it’s been lifted off her back. “Goodbye, Pearl. Goodbye, Marina. Keep in touch.” Eight ends the call as Four comes bounding out of the cabin.
“Good news! I’ve managed to get this thing some more juice! Bad news, the Horrorbouros is still faster than us. Did you talk to them?” Four says. The Horrorbouros is nothing more than a distant string. Eight hopes their warning helps.
“Yes. They’ve taken my advice and are investigating the situation right now.” Eight hands the phone back to her.
“Oh, thank the Zapfish. How’re you feeling? Stressed?” Four sticks her hands in her pocket.
“Four?”
“Yeah?” She responds.
“Do you think we can do this? Both of us have taken on big threats before, but this one feels different.” Eight hates sounding so weak. If she could survive the Deepsea Metro, she could survive a few fish. But… it’s Inkopolis. The only home she knows. When she fought the NILS Statue, she was coasting off of the thrill of seeing the surface. There is no energetic music now. Only the sound of the sea.
“I’m not the best at talking, but are you kidding? We’re a team. Co-captains. The best and only members of the Inkopolis chapter of the New Squidbeak Splatoon!” Despite the looming dread hanging on the horizon, she can’t help but smile. Four’s genuine happiness is infectious, seeping into all the tired parts of her body and making her ready to go.
“You’re a lot better at giving speeches than you think.”
“Aww, stop! If you keep flattering me like this, I just might faint again!”
Eight looks at her with shock.
“Too soon?”
The pair break off into laughter again, small boat sailing towards the sun as it sinks into the sea.
Eight’s no hero. But maybe she doesn’t need to be one. Maybe all she needs to be is a friend.
Chapter 11: Xtrawave Siren
Notes:
That can't NOT be Four in the Side Order art.
I originally intended for this chapter to be released earlier, but a fever kicked my ass hard.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Four and Eight’s boat bobs like a cork on the waters. Despite the fact that the Horrorbouros outpaced them a long time ago, her and Eight’s earlier conversation managed to lift her sour mood from earlier. Annoyingly, something still stings in the back of her head, and it’s not the earlier collision with the gunwale.
Seeing Eight get to talk to her mentors had awoken a small flame of jealousy Four thought she snuffed out a long time ago. It’s not fair, because Eight went through some really hard things and deserves to have a support system and friends who let her crash at their houses. Either way, she still wants to talk with Marie. It’s physically impossible for backup to arrive this fast, but getting the reassurance of someone older and wiser would probably ease her nerves. Alas, Splatsville’s distance makes any phone calls choppy at best and indecipherable at worst without more powerful equipment. Plus, there’s the whole issue of security…
“Look at those, Four.” Eight’s voice snaps her out of her thoughts as their boat sails forwards. Her finger is pointing towards massive wooden barricades wrapped around the coast, barbed wire coiling around the top. Species of all shapes and sizes patrol the top, wielding weapons. A couple shoddy watchtowers have been erected among the walls.
“Huh. The splatfest decorations always went up fast… seems like that applies to other things too.” Four said.
“Indeed. It look like our warning worked.” Eight replied.
“Yeah… but where’s the Salmonoids?” Four responded. The Horrorbouros had been faster than their boat by a long shot. It should have arrived a while ago.
Eight shrugs. “Maybe they’re waiting for something? In the mean time, help me figure out a way to get in the city so we don’t get splatted.”
Four and Eight survey the area. The wood used for the barricade is uneven, jutting out at various points and haphazardly nailed together, materials an assortment of faded colors. If she squints she can make out the names of various brands or past splatfest decorations cobbled into the inbetween spaces. The barbed wire is twisted metal with nails tied to them. Dotted between each watchtower are foghorns, likely salvaged from ships. There, a rope ladder is bundled up next to one of the watchtowers.
“Hey there!” Four calls. “You mind lowering that ladder for us?”
One of the figures snaps upright, running to a more audible point along the wall. They cup their mandibles before yelling back, “Who are you?”
“I’m Four, and this is Eight! We left earlier today, heard about a disaster, and came back. Can we come in?” Not one of her better cover stories, but it seems to work on whoever’s up there. Clearly, they’re used to whatever names her fellow kids use for turf wars and the like, so they must have been in the city before.
“Why on earth were you out there?” They don’t sound doubtful of her, more incredulous (thanks, Eight!) about their situation.
“We wanted to check something out. It wasn’t until we were really far out that we got the news.” Keep it vague, Four. Marie always said the key to a good alias was to have a tiny bit of the truth mixed it.
“Do you work for the weather program?” The voice called.
Four looked to Eight. Eight looked to Four. Four gestured upwards. Eight shrugged. Four made a what-do-you-mean gesture with her hands. Eight shrugged again, this time more forcibly. Four sighed and yelled upwards. “Something like that!”
“Alright! Grab anything important, I don’t think we’ll have enough time to get your boat over the barrier!” The voice says before a dubious-looking rope ladder drops down.
Still. You don’t look a gift seahorse in the mouth, so Four checks for anything useful in the cabin while Eight climbs.
There’s a couple knicknacks. A pile of homemade sweaters she dumped in there, but a lot of them are falling apart and soaking wet. The half-empty water bottle isn’t that important. The one thing that she grabs is the flash drive. She shoved it into one of her pockets and zips it closed before exiting the cabin for probably the final time. Eight’s made it to the top of the wall, so it’s her turn to make the climb. The rope ladder makes an unsettling creak as she steps on it. It would be pretty lame dying here after their grand escape.
Despite the deceptively slippery rungs, Four’s managed to make it up safely. Eight’s currently engaged in conversation with their savior, so Four says a silent goodbye to Sheldon’s boat. It might have been old, rusty, and a real pain to steer, but it served them well on their journey. It’s a shame it has to go.
“…and that’s when we arrived here.” Four tunes in just in time to hear Eight finishing a slightly edited recap of their time out on the open see.
“Horrorbouros, huh? Me and the rest of the dudes here have seen something weird on the horizon… I bet if you went to one of the higher watchtowers you could see it clearly.” Four turns around to see a shockingly familiar face. It’s Bisk.
The shoe merchant is armed to the teeth, numerous pincers decked out in the sharpest, pointiest footwear in all the lands. “It’s nice to see some reinforcements! But uh, if you ask me, I was hoping they’d be a bit more of you dudes. You sure there’s no more kids on that boat?”
Eight shakes her head. “Only us. I take it these are for the Salmonoids?”
“Yup! The news has been going crazy for the past couple of hours. Plus, Grizzco’s running a sweet reward program for everyone volunteering to splat Salmonoids! That, and the oncoming splatpocalypse are some pretty good motivators.” Bisk grins and gestures to a hastily hung bright orange banner bearing the Grizzco logo flung over one of the nearby buildings. Below is a table with a couple volunteers. She can’t quite discern what’s in their hands, but they’re passing out something to the small crowd below.
“Who has left? We are aware of Sheldon’s move, but what of the others?” Eight gets that concentrated look on their face, like she’s trying to size up an enemy.
“Most shopkeeps are still here. A couple big-name turfers as well. A pretty sizable number of normal dudes as well. Jellfonzo’s place closed down a while ago. Turns out, it’s hard to keep a luxury clothing line running when there’s not a big profit around. People just can’t afford it. Don’t get me wrong, there’s still money being made from competitive and Turf War, but not enough to make the cash flow. We have a lot of people here, cuz we’re closest to the square. The others are probably at their own, closer strongholds.”
Now that he’s pointed it out, the emptiness sticks out like a sore thumb. It pained Four to see the normally immense population of Inkopolis Square run so small. Anyone remaining bunch themselves in small groups of whispering civilians, tentacles the bright signature orange of Grizzco.
“Why haven’t you closed down yet?” Eight asks.
Four’s worried that Bisk might take that as an insult, but he merely flashed a smile. “As long as there are dudes walking around this city, I’ll stay. Everyone needs shoes, Y’know?”
“I guess.” Four said. “Anything we can do to help?”
Bisk thought for a second, before pointing to the banner again. “You can run over there and nab some weapons. Just make to sure to return them in the end! Once you’re done with that, check in with one of the emergency respawn points and come back here to help fortify the place.”
“We’re good.” Four whips out her own dualies and makes an admittedly very showoffy flourish before tucking them back into their holsters.
“Pretty fresh! Hey, didn’t you say that you worked for the weather channel? What’d ya need weapons for?” He peers at them.
Four looked at Eight. Eight looked at Four. Before they could repeat their past exchange, Bisk shrugged and walked back to his watchtower. “Eh! None of my business. See you dudes later!”
With that crisis averted, Four could finally get her bearings. The barricade looked way less secure from this side, impressive wooden wall giving way to a hollow husk supported by repurposed splatfest decor. Groups of people below are using construction equipment from Port Mackerel to support the empty space with metal cargo boxes. Four’s starting to have her doubts.
“Ready to see if it’s the Horrorbouros?” Eight asks.
“You go up ahead. I want to look at the city for a bit longer.” Four says. Eight continues walking as she turns her gaze to the city.
Any of the screens normally available have had their advertisements or footage scrubbed away to show a looping message. Massive text telling the elderly, young, or injured to follow the evacuation path and those fit enough to fight get to a station. Bright orange grind rails halo the various buildings, providing safe passage to higher ground. Grapplinks dot the spaces in between streets and dashtracks crawl up the sides of skyscrapers. Even the lower levels have bouncepads, ready to cushion you if you fall. Respawn points shine on clear, elevated ground. It looks like a Shifty Station threw up on Inkopolis.
Four preforms a small jog to catch up with Eight, who is already at their destination. “See anything yet?”
“No. The shape in the distance does appear to be the Horrorbouros, but we’ve managed to outpace it somehow. That doesn’t make sense, it was far faster than us even when out of the water.” Eight scowls.
“That’s dumb. What’s it doing now?” Four starts up the thankfully metal ladder leading to the nest of the watchtower Bisk pointed them towards, Eight following close behind.
“Currently circling the city.” Another familiar voice answers her question. She looks upwards to see…
“Hello there, little friends.” Flow says, pair of binoculars hung around her neck. “How nice of others to join the party.”
“BOOGIE DOWN!” Craymond yells from her horns, sporting a monocle big enough for both of his eyes. She steps back so Four and Eight can scrabble inside.
“All hands on deck, huh?” Four pushes herself up before helping Eight out. Flow tosses a pair of binoculars at them.
“Indeed. The oncoming attack isn’t beneficial for anyone, and it’s the first real community event we’ve had in a long while. Aside from the splatfest reruns, we’ve entered a real content drought.” Flow sighs. “Thankfully, hats are just as popular as ever. If that wasn’t the case, I’m sure we would have ended up in the same boat as poor Jellfonzo.”
“MISS THAT JELLYFISH!” Craymond howls mournfully.
“It’s a shame he’s gone. Jellfonzo was a great salesman. Back to the more pressing matter…” Eight’s always good at getting people back on track. She slips her binoculars over her eyes and fiddles with the knobs for a bit. Four does the same.
The enhanced vision allows her to see the Horrorbouros and every grizzly detail. It’s gliding leisurely, like there’s no problem at all with it’s proximity to Inkopolis. Thick green ink drips off of its sides and into the ocean. Every so often the lights on it’s sides glow brighter and then go back to normal. A massive leer splits it’s mouth, like the Horrorbouros can’t wait to tell them an absolutely hilarious joke.
“This isn’t the first time it was here.” Flow’s voice breaks the silence. “This would be it’s second lap.”
“Can you shoot it?” Four asks. Something about that information makes unease seep into her mind. They must have been called King Salmonoids for a reason. It would probably be able to wreck a couple buildings, and Salmonoids attack on instinct. All evidence points to the thing already attacking the city.
“Unfortunately not. Any weapons are too far from the coast, and no one wants to risk getting closer because it might provoke it.” Flow observes.
“SUPER BIG AND SUPER SCARY!” Craymond speaks up.
“What about specials?” Four supplies. “I know the ones we use here aren’t as powerful as the banned specials, but they still pack a pretty big punch.”
“I don’t think it would be wise to use up something as powerful as that so soon.” Eight says.
“Dang.” Four curses. They observe the Horrorbouros for a bit longer. Nothing seems to be changing aside from it’s grin. Four swears it’s gotten bigger (not like she’d ever tell anyone that).
“I think that’s all we’re gonna get. Want to go connect to one of those respawn points?” Four says.
“Yes. My neck’s getting a little sore from all the looking.” Eight responds, handing her binoculars back to Flow. Four does the same.
“Goodbye, cuties! Good luck!” Flow waves goodbye as they set down the ladder.
“STAY SAFE!” So does Craymond, spare antenna shaking like a leaf in a storm.
Four and Eight walk along the wall to one of the grindrails leading to a respawn point. It’s very easy to spot in the distance, orange ink almost glowing in the shadow of another watchtower. The sun’s starting to set, giant firey ball towards the sea. The dark greens of the Horrorbouros stand out amidst the rest of the soft twilights trailing down into the ocean.
“Are you feeling alright?” Eight’s voice makes her jump.
“Yeah, yeah. I’m fine.” She says, hoping her voice covers up the restlessness that has run her ragged.
“Liar. Your hands are shaking and you’re fiddling with your zipper.” Eight points out.
Four sighs and places her hands on the back of her head while they walk. “I can never hide anything from you, huh Eight? You’re right. Half my nerves are fried. It’s been a hectic couple of days and I’m just about ready to either explode or collapse.”
“You and me both. It’s been a long time since I’ve felt this anxious.” Eight admits.
“Care to share with the rest of the class?”
“The ascent to the surface, probably. Before the NILS Statue. Back when it was just an escape route and not a weapon.”
Four nods. “You never did tell me what the deal with that thing was…”
“I must apologize for that.” Eight shakes her head in a vaguely mournful manner.
“No, no, you’re fine. Gotta keep some secrets in this crazy world.” Goodness knows she’s been.
“You can be shockingly wise sometimes, Four.” Eight gives her a weary smile.
“Hey, what do you mean sometimes?” They slip back into their banter with ease. Four’s not one to dwell on the tragedies of life. She’s just got to keep moving until it catches up with her for good. Despite the lighter mood, the anticipation only grows between the moments of silence.
“Hey, Eight.” Her foot teases the edge of the grindrail leading to the respawn points as she mulls her question over. “Do you ever wish you could take a snapshot of your happiest moment and then just… live in it forever?”
“For a long while, yes. When the high of getting to the surface wore off I remember thinking, oh cod, what on earth am I going to do now?” Eight huffs out a laugh. “I remember working up the courage to go to the grocery store of all places.”
“Really? You don’t strike me as that kinda person.” Then again, Eight was rather anxious when they first met.
“Not anymore. Not around you. Are you going to move now?” Eight elbows her.
“Impatient, much?” Despite that, Four smiles. It’s nice to know that she contributed to Eight’s confidence boost. With the that little bit of motivation, she pushes herself up and onto the grindrail.
Four always liked riding grindrails, even from a young age. It was one of the few escapes from the drudgery of studying and extracurriculars back at home, and she’s always been a big fan of feeling the wind in her tentacles. A sharp clang allows her to recognize Eight’s presence, somewhat wobbling on the grind rail. There’s a certain kinship that comes with surviving a life-or-death experience, and Four’s hoping that this’ll one day just be another story to regale Marie with. It’s been a while since she’s talked to her mentor, with all the impromptu scouting missions and almost dying. Still, it’s hard not to let her worries slip away as the bright orange line guides them to the heart of the city. Under other circumstances, the slow approach of twilight and various devices glowing would be beautiful.
As they touch down, the position of the respawn points allow her to look up and see the Great Zapfish coiled around Deca Tower, clamps placed delicately on it’s massive whiskers. They trail down into a messy tangle of wires wrapped inbetween any blank space that remains; over billboards, around street lamps, trailing into grindrails. It’s whiskers roil with electricity, an equal level to the amount being used to pilot the Octobot King back when Four fought it. The Great Zapfish doesn’t seem to be too annoyed by this, massive dopey smile still decorating it’s face.
“Glad to see one thing hasn’t changed.” Four comments, gear syncing up to the respawn point.
“Mm. The Great Zapfish has an endless carelessness I wish could apply to everyone.” Eight comments, doing the same.
“It must be nice getting to chill up there, minus the constant kidnappings.”
“Too right. I could get many things done with that amount of free time.”
“Yeah, we could get working on our novel. At least knock out a draft before one of us almost dies again.”
Before Eight can retort, a massive foghorn sounds. Four’s lucky she’s worked so many Grizzco shifts, as the familiar sound signals the beginning of a wave. The other groups loitering around the square react as well, rushing to dashtracks or grapplinks. A combination of grind rails lead back up to their original location.
Their return trip is far less easing and spent in frantic silence, because their deadline has changed from “somepoint-soon-but-not-exactly-now” to “oh-squit-oh-squit-now”. Her dismount if far from graceful, Four practically hurling herself off the grind rain with Eight following close behind.
“What’s going on?” Four wheezes out, skidding to a halt beside some random shmuck.
“The Horrorbous has changed directions.” Said Shmuck responds, clutching their borrowed gear with trembling hands. Four feels a little bad. They can’t be much older than she was when she first moved to Inkopolis.
The Horrorbouros waits for no kid’s anxieties and slinks forwards. Now that they’re up on the wall, Four can see how large it is up close. It glides forwards, smiling all the way. The ragtag assembly of civilians and shopkeepers all ready their weapons, only for something else to draw their collective attention, the strikingly familiar sound of a Steelhead charging up a bomb. Years of reacting to such events spark Four’s reflexes and she rushes out of the way. Eight fires a shot into one of the grapplinks and soars upwards. The others aren’t so lucky. A large portion of the group have been splatted, souls drifting off to the respawn points. Her vantage point allows her to see the familiar grey metal plating covering up the scales underneath of a Steelhead.
“Everyone, focus on the Horrorbouros! I’ll deal with the Steelhead.” She shouts, taking down the boss with ease. That rubs her the wrong way, peering down at the wall. There aren’t any cracks that something that large could fit through, and one of the other watchtowers would have sounded the alarm if they were overrun. Before she can relay her findings, more Salmonoids seem to be pouring out of the city and towards the barricade, hurling their weapons against it.
“But how could they get here undetected? Everyone would have noticed such a large-scale invasion!” Eight knocks a Drizzler out of the air, turning to try and focus on the Horrorbouros when another interruption in the form of a Scrapper appears.
She’s right, it doesn’t make any sense unless… A memory bursts to the front of Four’s mind, one of a pierced bouncepad. Something about that still irks her, but she can’t quite pin it down when narrowly avoiding a Maw’s attack. “The Kettles, Eight! They must have come from the Kettles! They’ve been flooding recently, haven’t they?”
Recollection appears in Eight’s eyes as well. “Yes. We left before checking, didn’t we? It’s highly possible that the water levels could have rose without electricity keeping the leeve’s up.” A Flyfish falls from the sky, smoking machinery exploding into orange ink. One of the other kids must have done it, but the massive structure that they’re standing on wobbles.
The kettles. The antenna. DJ Octavio. Before Four can even speak a Steel Eel chugs towards her before imploding into a strain of ink. An unknown civilian darts back into the swarm before she can utter a thanks before perishing with a cry. Their bright orange buoy pops out of the sickly green ink before superjumping back to a respawn point. Her eyes fail to follow it to it’s destination because the sky is filled with the Horrorbouros’s winding body. The barrier wobbles again, wood creaking dangerously. It’s all the warning Four gets before the facade crumbles into the sea, granting the Horrorbouros full passage into the city.
The Big Run had begun, and there was nothing she could do to stop it.
Notes:
A bit meandering, but it would feel weird to jump into the invasion with little buildup.
Chapter 12: Toxic Anoxic
Notes:
(crumples into ancient heap) We're so agentfourover...
Wow, this chapter took some time. I experienced a huge dip in motivation when Side Order came out. I had started writing this fic before we had enough content to go off of and didn't plan to incorperate any elements in there here, but the way Four was just dismissed made me (as silly as it sounds) rather sad. I also had a problem with figuring out how to word the events of the fic. I've also been a bit busy with another fic I've been working on, but I'm done now. Nonetheless, here is chapter 12!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Four had always been a runner.
The doctors had said it was a side effect of a child who had a lot of pent up energy, and that certainly seemed to be true. One couldn’t study for hours on end without developing such a drive for speed and excitement. There was a reason the mildly dangerous act of trying out tricks on the grindrails at the local park appealed to her, a first taste of speed that hadn’t been filtered through warnings and buckles.
When her school had started up a track unit, Four took to the sport like a fish to water. It was far easier than whatever sorry excuse for a sport team handball was and it was independent, so there was no classmates she had to worry about disappointing. She was rarely the fastest but had the endurance to help her almost always the first to finish the laps. It was one of the easiest grades she ever had. Her parents were especially proud because of her earlier lackluster gym grades (then again, team handball barely counted as a sport in the first place).
Four would hesitate to use the words “bad people” to describe her parents. In fact, they were a lot better than they could have been. They were no comically cruel childbeaters who drank in excess or forced her to do constant housework like some modern-day alittarella. They fed her three square meals a day. They clothed her. Heck, they even celebrated her birthday every time it rolled around! From that description, they sounded like a solid pair of folks to keep around.
Then again, not sucking was kinda the bare minimum for parents, and Four often felt more like a carefully guided project than a kid with a life of their own. There were so many careful guidelines to follow with them: study so you get good grades and get into a nice school, take extracurriculars because they look good on a college resume but not the comics club or grindrail squad because those weren’t impressive enough, and above else don’t mess up your permanent record with something stupid like bad behavior because that could effect your life later down the line.
With all of that, it’s no wonder Four decided to run from there as well. Escape had arrived in the form of a brochure passed out by the teacher chronicling the best highschools in the country. One of them, Inkblot Academy, worked as a combination of a highschool and college and took art scholarships. There were on-campus dorm rooms and a prestigious place with lots of places that would easily accept a freshly graduated student. So with a fleeting hope and a probably dangerous amount of caffeine, Four began her quest to escape to the city.
It’s actually one of the easier things she’s done in retrospect, but maybe that’s because all of the other major events in her life have been vague levels of life threatening. The local library and a blog centered around studying were the holy texts she consulted, and she tore through more than a few drafts before settling on her end product. All she had to do after that was turn it in and wait. It’s funny. Four did all that work and ended up running away again.
Inkblot Academy was a fine place for a while. There were certainly worse places to be that didn’t have amazing career paths. The problem was that her parents knew her location. Four was often victim to impromptu visits and eventually one time was the straw that broke the camel’s back. She has no time to dwell on that now. Maybe another, when she has time to unpack all her baggage. When she finally stops running.
Four had bought an apartment of her own the second she had enough cash. Inkopolis’s property laws were shockingly lax. Not that she was complaining. At first she thought that was when the chase ended. She was wrong. There, standing above a grate was her new life and there was a reason the act of clearing a Kettle was called “running”. It took a long time, one full of hardship, pain, and various accounts of property destruction, but eventually Four had finally stopped to rest. Not for long, because one of the few things in her life that could get her to slow down had decided to leave.
That wasn’t to say that there was no one else she wanted to stay with. First there was Marie, ready to stop her from running straight off a cliff. Then there was Sheldon, with enough requests to tie her down. Finally, Eight, anchoring her to a far slower jog.
Eight was also the reason why she was currently sprinting towards the center of the city.
Four snaps back to the present, roughly halfway through her quest. She’s lucky the Hero Boots are so versatile, combination of ink resistance and speed up being the only things that hadn’t caused her to be a victim of a stray Flyfish missile or Stringer laser. Still, even the best gear could only do so much for her body’s natural limits. Four’s stamina was slowly decreasing, and she’s regretting leaving her curling bombs in Cuttlefish Cabin. It hadn’t seemed important enough for a mere scouting mission, and she was already lugging her splat bombs. Swim form would have been far faster, but anytime she attempted to get decent ink coverage on the various parapets she raced across, a Drizzler’s inkstorm would downpour across her path, so by foot it was. There was enough time for her to take a brief break, Four’s eyes drifting to the commotion as her chest heaved.
The Horrorbouros howls, glowing mass of energy swirling in it’s mouth as the fairy lights on it’s side flicker off. It’s off menacing one of the various watchtowers along the wall, who fire various weapons off in response. If Four squints, she can see Flow directing the volunteers in where to fire. The energy discharges from it’s mouth in a massive sphere, slamming into the wall. While the hastily-built wood breaks and falls to the ground, the metal containers supporting the wall stand. A few unlucky combatant’s souls drift off to a respawn point. The remaining forces fire back furiously, a well timed Charger shot hitting directly in one of the Horrorbouros’s eyes. It lets out a pained wail as it staggers back and flies for easier prey, one of the many groups fighting on the ground level. Good. If it can bleed, it can die.
On the topic of stolen movie quotes, the entire city seems like the set of an action B-movie that flopped and never recovered.
Salmonoids pour out of every spare hole in the barrier. An endless parade of Smallfry march alongside a battalion of Chums. Flipper-Floppers soar out of the sea and touch down with all the grace of a synchronized swimming team on performance enhancing drugs. Fishsticks trill their song while flying in endless circles. Steel Eels slink through alleyways, guarding Flyfish. Despite the grim image, Inkopolis appears to be holding it’s own.
With every civilian cut down, they rise again with fury from their respawn points in a tidal wave of vengeful orange ink. An entire city’s worth of weaponry won’t go down without a fight, and to say that the Inkopolis denizens were certainly giving one would be an understatement. Rollers crash into the walls of Cohorks as Umbrellas carve patches through and Sloshers pick off weak points. Splatlings mow down Chums while Inkbrushes coat any survivors in dazzling orange. There’s an almost constant sound of specials being fired, stingrays and bomb launchers and bubblers. Sub weapons litter the floor alongside golden eggs before blowing with a thunderous crash. The two groups have locked themselves in a restless dance; five more Salmonoids popping up for every single one slain while Inkopolis’s forces refuse to stay down for long. The only way it could be more dramatic is if there was a soundtrack. Oh, wait, there was.
Omega-3’s music has always accompanied Salmonoids, and now is no different. Blaring timpani alongside choppy violin clatters form from scrappy speakers lugged alongside the Cohorks. In response to this, the various loudspeakers blare Inkopolis’s greatest hits in response. Splatattack! and Endolphin Rush sound from various hijacked speakers. Heck, Four can even hear strains of Turquoise October alongside the blaring bass of Wet Floor. Time to get moving again.
Instinct and desperation, two very powerful emotions, guide her feet as she charges across the apartment’s top. The Calimari Inkantation sounds loud and proud as she does so. The voices are familiar to anyone below. But they would never know the secret lives of the Squid Sisters, the idol duo that Four was on first name basis to the point where she often forgot about their more famous carrier. They would never know what it felt like to collapse into the Cabin with the knowledge that if you die for good, the only people who will know and mourn you are Marie and Sheldon. They would never know what it feels like to hear Marie’s desperate calls to her sister, not a performance, just a last ditch effort to get her to remember. They would never know what it feels like to watch their van drive away for the final time. Despite the happy tune, it feels like Inkopolis’s last cry for their bygone idols. We are here, it seems to say, almost drowned out by the sounds of warfare. Please don’t forget about us. Please don’t forget about me.
The reason Four was currently doing the insanely risky act of running to the center of the city was because of a request from a dear friend. As Eight had pointed out, the main hindrance to the resistance efforts is the Horrorbouros. Take that down, and it’ll be much easier. It’s all well and good saying that, of course. The actual act of killing a giant sea serpent with a built-in Booyah Bomb was a little more complicated.
A special needs energy to function, Eight had pointed out at the beginning of the siege, If you overload the gear allowing for the special to be activated, then it would cause massive damage and potentially disable the Horrorbouros. That meant that they had to find some way to either stop it from firing (tall order) or speed it up so fast it would cook itself. Lucky for all of them, Inkopolis happened to have a very convenient and large source of energy. It was a good plan. Far better than anything she could cook up. So they split up, Eight waiting at the Square to activate their trap and Four working to guide it.
In less kind words, she was bait. Then again, she’s done much crazier things with much less severe prompting, so maybe it wasn’t that bad. The Horrorbouros is starting to turn to one of the many side groups, which means it’s her job to get it back on track. There; wrapping around one of the taller towers is a series of grapplinks leading to the other side. If she can cross those without falling downwards she can get the Horrorbouros to move.
It’s a jerky ride and she narrowly avoids falling downwards into the swamped battlegrounds, but she’s made it. Four lets out a harsh, taxi-cab whistle; drawing the attention of a couple stragglers. She’s too high up for any of the Salmonoids aside from the Horrorbouros to reach, and whatever civilians spot her quickly switch back to fighting. Her target has taken note, however.
Four whips out her Dualies and fires at it’s face. It howls and turns fully to meet her challenge, Four’s fingers not leaving the trigger until her ink reserves are exhausted. When she can’t attack any more, it strikes. It’s a lot faster than expected, too. The Horrorbouros barrels forwards with all the wild grace and power of a runway train. She’s prepared for this. She has an actual plan now, which is a first.
Four hops backwards onto a grindrail, dipping into swim form to recharge her ink. Popping back out allows her to see the Horrorbouros keeping even pace. It leans back before trying to slam into the grindrail, aiming to knock her off. Four fires another shot, this one upwards. The momentum of the grapplink flings her into the air, flying right past the Horrorbouros. She has just enough time to see the King Salmonoid collide with the grindrail before she’s off swinging from grapplink to grapplink.
Their chase continues across dashtracks, grindrails, and grapplinks, a tight race to the center. Anytime the Horrorbouros gets sidetracked, Four has to take increasingly risky shots to draw it’s ire, and then avoid getting shredded when it attacks. After a tedious chase, they reach the square. The various tables and chairs that were normally dotted among the Plaza had been tossed to the side with careless abandon or precariously stacked inside boarded up stores. Ink stains of orange and green had been flung on the walls or floor with reckless abandon, an increasingly common sight the closer she gets. Most notably, there are no groups of civilians here despite the telltale signs of battle. Eight must have been holding the Salmonoids off on her own. The Dualies’ dodge roll spurrs her forwards as the Horrorbouros bears down again. This time she’s not fast enough to escape punishment.
While Four manages to avoid taking the brunt of the attack, the Horrorbouros’s side scrapes a painful streak into one of her arms. Stinging agony explodes where it was, skin scraping off with a painful burning feeling. She drops one of her dualies in favor of instinctively clutching her arm, which turns out to be a bad decision when you’re lacking most of your skin and have your hands covered in enemy ink. The Horrorbouros crashes into Deca Tower’s base, unable to turn upwards due to the close space. Thankfully, she’s done her part. It’s time for the real hero to fix this.
Eight stands on the very top of a buttress jutting out of the tower, hefting a giant clamp in her hands. Despite her prowess in battle, she’s still taken a couple nasty hits. One of her tentacles is bitten messily off, preventing any chance of a regrow. A dark green stain across her face has been hastily smeared off by her equally green hand, which is struggling to maintain it’s grip on the clamp. With a grunt, she tosses it over the side where it falls with a massive crash onto the grounded Horrorbouros. It wails, slithers backwards enough to get out from Deca Tower’s now wrecked sliding doors, and launches itself upwards to attack her.
Eight stays for a nail-bitingly long amount of time before finally sliding onto a dashtrack. The Horrorbouros continues upwards, where it slams directly into the Great Zapfish’s underbelly. Four’s current position allows her to see something odd.
It’s frowning.
The Great Zapfish’s whiskers roil with electricity, yellow stripes on the side starting to glow. A crackling noise starts to emit from the two slithering beings, Horrorbouros exhausted from the onslaught allowing the Great Zapfish’s conducted electricity to cleanly transfer between the two. The stripes grow brighter and brighter until flashing with a dazzling glow that Four knows she’s going to be blinking out of her eyes for days. Energy races down the Horrorbouros’s fairy lights and other conductors, causing it to howl and thrash. The Great Zapfish does not let go, teeth digging into the neck of the Horrorbouros as ink starts pouring from between it’s scales.
After what seems like hours, the sparks stop and the Great Zapfish slumps back onto the tower, exhausted. The Horrorbouros drops from it’s jaws onto one of the many awnings that dot Deca Tower. It rises to the sky again, jittery ascent allowing it to reach high above the city. Ink travels to it’s mouth as the mechanism that allows it to discharge so much energy shudders from exertion.
It’s rapidly becoming clear that the Horrorbouros can’t keep it up. It’s head droops with the weight of summoning the bomb while thick ink dribbles from it’s sides. If it stops it can flee back to the sea to live another day, recover from the damages. It does not.
Too stubborn for it’s own good, refusing to back down, it continues it’s futile task of firing. The bomb grows larger and larger as it’s sides sputter and leak.
The Horrorbouros lets go.
The bomb blows up in it’s mouth.
The serpent that devours itself.
A circle.
Four can’t help but see a kindred soul in the electrified remains of the monster that destroyed her home.
Ink laces down it’s sides before it explodes with a thunderous crash, demanding all the attention everyone here has to offer and Four knows she’s going to have the image of the Horrorbouros’s death seared into her eyelids for the rest of her life. The city is quiet; even the Salmonoids stunned by the demise of their king. The silence lasts for a bit longer before it really sinks in and the fighting begins again. She can hear the sounds of battle, this time tinged with a bit of triumph as the Salmonoids begin to retreat.
Bronze and silver scales rain down from the skies, and if Four squints she can pretend they’re confetti from the Final Fest instead and the cries around her are of joy and not of sorrow. Something lands on her head, soft enough to not be a piece of crumbling building. Four reaches up and brings it to eye level, finding a shining golden scale. It looks like it’s been plucked right off of a Goldie.
It feels like a shitty consolation prize from the universe. Congrads, Four. Everything you did in life led to the city getting wrecked by Salmonids. No, no one’s going to understand why you feel guilty about this. Not even Eight. She managed to escape to the surface with no memories and destroyed a giant, world ending statue. What’s your excuse? You’ve got no where to go now. Back home? You burned that bridge a long time ago. To Marie? You’d never make it across the badlands in this state, and the city needs you anyway. Or does it? You were the runner, the escort, the bait who led the Horrorbouros to the real solution. Maybe you could leave somewhere else.
She’s snapped out of her spiral when Eight, brilliant, battered Eight stumbles to her location, dismounting a nearby grindrail by almost toppling over. She limps to where Four’s sitting, sliding down beside her with a hiss.
“We did it. It’s over.” Eight sounds disbelieving, gaze sweeping over the remains of Inkopolis Square. She kicks the left Dualie to her. Four holsters it without fanfare.
“Not yet.”
“What?” Eight’s gaze snaps back to her. People slowly begin to leak back into the square, snatches of conversation starting to brush her ears. Their eyes are focused on the Great Zapfish and the falling scales. Good. Let them think that’s what solved the problem. It saves her and Eight a lot of awkward explanations.
“Four…” Eight reaches a tentative hand towards her. She shakes it off.
“We need to check on the cabin first. Then we can rest.” Four’s own voice scratches at her throat, a painful crackle caused by lack of water. For a couple of seconds she’s worried that she’ll have to walk alone, but the sound of Eight’s footsteps follow behind after a bit. The familiar grate is mucked up with green ink, but Four can slink through. It burns her left arm, but she can deal with that later. Entering Tentakeel Outpost allows her to see the complete disarray spread around the once familiar place.
The floor is coated with the same rancid green ink that now layers the city, clear ink trails leading into the lower areas. The antenna, one so massive it had taken her, Callie, Marie, and Sheldon an entire week of nonstop labor to put together is crumpled through the roof of Cuttlefish Cabin, which has been torn to near pieces. Her only source of communication, gone.
There, in the corner, DJ Octavio’s snowglobe has been ripped to shreds. Shards of broken glass poke up from the ground, strands of seaweed caught on them. The fairy lights have been chewed clean through, Callie’s parting gift mangled beyond repair.
“Nothing’s here.” Four says. She’s not sure if it’s for her own benefit or Eight’s. There is no response. She bets that if she tried to go deeper into Octo Valley she would be greeted with the same wreckage. They would have to go in there eventually. Find a way to block off the Salmonoids from entering. But that’s something for another day, one when her arm is treated and her body does not scream in protest when she moves too much and things are alright again, which they aren’t going to be for a long time.
There, forced to the most screeching of halts, Four weeps.
Notes:
Alternate title: “What’s a sea creature that has a relationship to ash?” (Alitta succinea), “How do catfish hunt their prey?” (they sense vibrations using their whiskers thank you Best Top 5 Gulper Catfish Attacks | Catfish Feeding with big fish - the silent predators), and other fun questions you must ask yourself when writing Splatoon fanfiction.
Chapter 13: Ever Further
Notes:
Intended to get this chapter out earlier. Writing is hard. Author is projecting her own executive disfunction onto Agent Four. I did manage to finish it eventually! The next couple of chapters are going to be more slow paced than chaoter 12. Hope you enjoy!
Chapter Text
The first time she ran a Kettle without Marie, Four was struck by how cold and enclosing it felt. There was almost no sound aside from her footsteps or dualies firing, not even the low drone of machinery. She knew that the lesser Zapfishes had been powering the place and that as a result some things like the music or the artificial lights might malfunction, but a shutdown of this variety seemed strange. At first she was worried it was an elaborate ambush tactic, designed to lure her out into the open and crush her with whatever remaining force they had. When she had discovered the scavenged remains of the lesser Octoweapons, it just felt sad.
That was a good way to examine the remaining kettles. Sad. Empty. The ones leading up to the surface were barren, even at the height of their power. The most personality she could glean from them were the music of Turquoise October or whatever the screens reflecting the sky showed. The kettles actually used for living were squirreled away deeper into the earth, ones so far away Four didn’t bother investigating. She had gotten everything she wanted. It didn’t seem fair to try and push so deep into a world she barely understood, one where people actually lived.
While the lower Octarian forces like the footsoldiers or troopers were single-mindedly devoted to their task of patrolling the grounds, the Octolings were scarily similar to herself. They too had favored weapons and let out cries of celebration when striking her down. They too wailed in pain when enemy ink, her ink, scorched their skin. In fact, it seemed like the only thing preventing them from being just another kid hanging out in the square or taking up a shift at Grizzco was the thick sunglasses obscuring their eyes. Later on she would come to recognize them as the same types that Callie had worn in her “colab” with DJ Octavio, which had opened up a whole new can of worms.
The first time Four had ever seen an Octoling in the flesh was in the ninth kettle. She knew of their existence, another nameless figure from the history books that she was now being made to fight. But just like the concept of weapons made to cause pain, it still stung upon seeing them.
Their leader, one with twin strands of seaweed sticking out from their glasses had barked a command to the others once she got close enough to the first mini Zapfish. “That’s an elite Octoling.” Marie had said. “Usually they hang back until the rest of their soldiers start slipping up, but if they think you’re a threat they’ll join the battle sooner.” A pair of soldiers had superjumped and landed in front of her, weapons at the ready. Their style of fighting was stiff and rigid, as if basic training movements had gotten carved into their mind, no room for improvement or improvisation. Due to this, it was unsettlingly easy to splat them. They never faltered, barely flinched, hands on the trigger until their demise.
Four pulled the first mini Zapfish out of the inkstained glass container. It seemed silly to be fighting over something so tiny. The Octarians needed eight of these to keep one kettle afloat while a giant Zapfish coiled around the center of entertainment in her city, producing enough electricity to have plenty left over even when it disappeared.
“There’s a few more up ahead. If you leave a splat bomb by their super jump spots you can take them out.” Marie speaks, voice staticky through the headset. “Their gear is too old to have Drop Roller or any other evasive abilities.”
Four does as she says. It works. The second mini Zapfish is hers, having to step over the wreckage of the Octarian armor to take it. It’s roughly the same size as her armor. She has to take a few deep breaths before continuing, shaking hands returning to their initial calm state. Marie is counting on her. Inkopolis is counting on her. She can’t freeze up. Not here. Not now. Not ever.
The next Mini Zapfish shines across the eerily accurate replica of The Reef. It’s uncanny, too detailed to remove the creeping feeling that the Octarians have been spying on Inkopolis and too incorrect to properly confirm those fears. Her gaze shifts to the end zone. The Octolings waiting at the spawn stare back, glowing eye on the glasses winking back at her like a sky full of sinister stars. She throws a curling bomb towards her next destination, accidentally triggering the ink mines that guard it. Clever. If she had gotten closer, she would be too preoccupied with battling the Octolings to notice, which would have earned her a trip back to respawn. It’s a trick she’s seen before, back in Inkopolis when playing Rainmaker. Inkmines would dot chokepoints or podiums and splat unsuspecting carriers. The next Octarian superjumps down. Her ink tank still hasn’t refilled enough for another sub weapon, so old fashioned brute force was the way to go. The Octoling didn’t even know what hit them, falling with an outraged sputter that reminded Four of the same sounds she would make after getting jumpcamped.
“They’re getting a bit sloppy, huh?” Marie says with faux joking notes. Four doesn’t respond. “…Yeah. Not funny. Sorry.”
“You didn’t tell me kids would show up.” Four’s tone borders on accusatory. Her hands open the casing holding the Mini Zapfish anyway.
“I didn’t think they would. The more humanoid Octarians tend to be further down.”
“You didn’t tell me they existed at all.” She turns her eyes to the remaining Mini Zapfish. Two are stored relatively close by at the very end of the map, guarded by the Elite Octoling and three other soldiers. Save that for last. She doesn’t want to end up getting splatted in the big group and then fall victim to a trap that might be hiding in one of the smaller groups. Marie always said to retreat if she got on one life, and that was one rule she wouldn’t question.
“Learning that Octolings exist at all can be quite shocking for younger squids. I wanted to tell you when you were a bit more used to everything in the Splatoon at first, but the right moment for the conversation never came.”
“Just tell me what I need to know for this mission.” A large stretch of ink underneath the bridge blocks the way to another Mini Zapfish. There’s definitely something, no, someone hiding in there. A burst bomb causes a small form to swim back to the safety of the Mini Zapfish.
“They’re pretty much like Inklings, just with eight limbs instead of ten. They also have a swim form, they also can fire ink from weaponry, they’ve got the same sub weapons as us, so on and so forth. Any training you have will probably overlap with theirs.” Sheldon chimes in. “They don’t seem to have any specials on them. Their armor can’t contain that much energy without shattering. The higher ups might have something more advanced, but the run-of-the-mill Octarian won’t have anything stronger than their normal weapons.”
Marie picks up where he left off as Four makes a move for the fourth Mini Zapfish.“We share a lot of cognates with Octarian as a language, but not enough for us to hold a stable conversation without further studying. My Octarian is pretty rusty, but if you want to pour over a few of the Captain’s old notes you can. Our culture used to be pretty similar too, but that might have changed over time. A hundred years underground would do that to a species.”
Magenta ink splashed across her arm, causing Four to grit her teeth. There, hiding behind one of the fake trees that littered the area. An autobomb is all it takes to flush out her target and splat them, residual ink shattering the barrier guarding the Mini Zapfish.
Mini Zapfish number five and six were both guarded by splash walls and a single Octoling. The dashtracks on the walls made it easy to avoid the ink cost that manually removing the splash walls would require, allowing her to take down both Octolings. Number seven was easy too, sitting in a corner with one guard.
All that left was the last Mini Zapfish. All the way at the far end of the replica of The Reef, the eighth Mini Zapfish was guarded by three normal soldiers and one Elite Octoling. Two splash walls flank the chokepoints, normal walls rendered uninkable by the plastic that’s been stuck on. It’s banned in official matches, but smaller, less legal places allow for such practices alongside modified weaponry. There’s a thriving scene someplace in the Splatlands that’s been gradually rising in popularity. Some people have been speculating that it might develop into a full-blown city at some point in the future.
“Try and take out the leader first.” Marie snaps her out of her musings. “She’s by the container, but you could probably lure her out with something.”
Four plucks a burst bomb out from her reserves, delicately hefting it in anticipation. If she lands it right, she can shatter the barrier guarding the Mini Zapfish and chase away the leader. If she doesn’t, she’s alerting everyone to her presence and wasting some of her ink. Like so many other things in her life, she hits the halfway mark.
Her aim was off and caused the burst bomb to hit the splash wall and a normal soldier, forcing her to move quickly. The Hero Dualies’s dodge roll spurs her on, avoiding most shots and allowing her to actually enter the area, splatting the soldier who took damage from the burst bomb in the process. The three other soldiers are quick to take advantage of the brief window after a dodge roll when you can’t move again, ink breaking the extra armor she picked up. It’s enough for her to recover and fire back, taking down the second guard. The leader panics and with a bright whoosh of energy pulls out a splat bomb launcher.
Getting exploded was her least favorite way to go. While Flooder showers and Octosniper shots were painful, they were at least over quick and were very direct. Bomb launchers were numerous, and the chances of surviving one if you weren’t directly next to it was high and only prologued your suffering. She relays this to Marie when she respawns with a huff. Her headset’s a bit crooked from her unfortunately demise but it’s not bad enough to warrant the time and energy it would take to properly reattach it.
“I once had a pretty bad experience in the field with a seeker bomb rush. They’re retired now, but before Three rolled along they were practically everywhere in Octo Valley. It’s thanks to our efforts that the Octarian army finally ran out. It’s a long story that I can tell you later, but the gist of it is that Agent One was downed and had cleared the way to victory. I was desperate and tried to complete the mission, but had ended up getting swarmed by the little freaks and got blown to high shell. There’s a reason I stay in the back during missions.”
“How did you and Ca- One make it out with only three lives?”
“We had more respawns back when the Zapfish was still in Inkopolis. Trust me, I wish I could accompany you through the Kettles, but if each of us got splatted twice then one of us wouldn’t be making it back.”
Silence falls as Four ruminates on that and her plan for how to defeat the remaining two Octolings. The splash walls will be back up when she returns and she doubts they’ll fall for the same trick again.
“I’ve looked over the designs for their armor and it looks like the Elite Octoling won’t be able to sustain another special without risking shattering their armor. You’ll only have to fight them normally.” Sheldon adds. Cod bless that nerdy, determined horseshoe crab.
Four’s return trip is a long one, held up by her need to destroy boxes and find any little goodies inside and the return trip she makes when dropping a sunken scroll and sardinum at the entrance. She can’t find any more armor pieces, so she’s fighting with her base gear. When she returns to her earlier hiding spot, the plastic has gotten jostled loose by the bombs from earlier. Serendipity. The now inkable wall allows her to gain the high ground and remain out of reach of the Octoling’s weapons. They didn’t even see it coming.
Confident in her victory, Four hopped down to grab the eighth Mini Zapfish, floor now coated with yellow ink. The shot directly to her head was a rude surprise. As her armor shatters, her headset containing the camera Marie and Sheldon monitor her through flies off, communication method long gone. She knew she should have fixed it back at the respawn point. She fires her dualies in response, activating the dodge roll to get to cover. What she doesn’t expect is to collide with her attacker, knocking both the wind and the Octoshot out of their hands and causing them to slam into the wall with a thud and tinkle of shattering glass. Whoops. Actually no, not whoops, this is really good for her!
Four whirls around as her armor reforms to see her attacker curled against the wall in pain, hands raised high in the universal sign for surrender. With one half of their glasses missing due to her accidental assault, she can see the Octoling’s eyes blown wide with fear. She knows what Marie would say. Splat them before they can splat you. Four knew that if they ever met again, it would be as enemies. But looking at the soldier hiding in the corner, her own hands trembling on the dualies’s trigger, she couldn’t help but feel like they both were just kids who didn’t know what they signed up for.
She left one of the mini Zapfish behind. It turns out, even one of them can power up a respawn anchor, just enough for one final time. And hey, if they left while she loitered by the entrance, drained mini Zapfish waiting to be picked up by her when the kettle was deserted, that was just a secret between the two of them.
Maybe no one had to lose today.
Years down the line, Four would see that same Octoling wielding another Charger, this one pointed at the Horrorbouros’s face as they fight against a common foe. Four sees the fingerprints of a life once confined to beneath the earth flourishing on the surface, and all her time spent down there feels like nothing more than a distant memory as all types of cephalopods and sea creatures try and defend their home.
And what a home it was. Inkopolis, once proud and shining, had taken quite a beating in the Big Run. Four’s gaze sweeps over the city. It's been four days since the attack. Normally ink-based attacks weren’t powerful enough to destroy objects stronger than the average box. Even specials had limits, not lasting long enough to cause the property damage they were more than capable of doing. The Salmonoids were an entirely different beast, and she wouldn’t be surprised if their ink was actually corrosive, seeing the long trails had been scoured into the ground despite the absence of green. Buildings are wrapped in scaffolding (one of which she’s currently standing on) like bandages on a wound but construction hasn’t begun yet. Dumpsters are stuffed full of rubble, glass shards, and wood too badly damaged to repair it. Even the square’s crown jewel, Deca Tower, had taken massive damage due to the Horrorbouros and Great Zapfish’s battle. The normally glowing screens that displayed advertisements or news broadcasts have either been smashed or fizzle with static. Atop one of the many awnings, a small pile of scales have accumulated in tribute to the Great Zapfish. The legendary power source is still sleeping, drained of electricity for a while.
Inkopolis has dealt with so many power outages it’s almost routine. Or maybe not. With DJ Octavio missing at best and dead at worst, the Great Zapfish is safe as can be. Four hopes it’s the latter. As annoying as he was, death by a thousand Salmonoids was a fate she wouldn’t wish on anyone. At least they brought a good replacement with them. The countless golden eggs left behind have been put to work powering essentials and assisting with construction. Makeshift camps have popped up almost overnight hosting anything from medical supplies to food, all brought in by helicopters commandeered by Off The Hook’s influence. Badly wounded civilians were airlifted out a few hours after the Big Run ended. Grizzco still hasn’t made a statement.
Four sighs and starts to move towards her goal, the line for the food kitchen. The establishment popped up almost immediately after the attack ended, courtesy of Grizzco. It’s a smorgasbord of seafood and prepackaged non perishables, half a mix of official supplies and half scavenged remains that have been deemed safe. A bottle of water is given out with each tray, signs reminding any citizens to dump their cutlery and trays in the recycling bins that sit a safe distance from the table where the disaster relief workers serve people.
“Hey, weather dude!” Bisk’s voice causes her to snap to attention. The spider crab is already standing in line, waving her over with one of his arms. His battle footwear has been swapped out for more practical hiking boots, thick soles allowing for safe passage over the rubble.
“Hey. Glad to see you in one piece.” She dips her head in acknowledgment, standing behind him. The line isn’t as long as it was earlier in the day, which means she won’t get the freshest food but she wouldn’t have to wait for ages.
“You too. Where’s your buddy?”
“Eight’s off trying to find our old apartment and see if they’re allowing people back inside. She ate earlier.” What she doesn’t say is that the reason Four didn’t join her was because she was too busy stubbornly trying to put the antenna back together and almost cried when she realized it didn’t work. It’s been a very emotionally taxing few days for her.
“Yeah. My shop managed to survive the worst of the invasion with only a bit of property damage. Windows are cracked and the inside’s a mess, but at least it hasn’t collapsed like the others.” The line moves slowly but surely. There’s only a few more people till Bisk gets served.
“Yeah. Is Judd alright? Usually he’s snoozing around Deca Tower.”
“Yup. He left right before the warnings for the invasion came in. I guess you didn’t hear the news out on your boat.”
“Really? Who’s judging matches now?”
“Someone managed to dredge up an old scoring machine from a storeroom somewhere until we got a new judge. Apparently it was going into effect at the end of the week but…” Bisk looks at the wreckage of Deca Tower. “I think it’s gonna be a while before anyone plays again.”
“Where’s he gone off to?” Please say he’s on vacation. Do not say he’s moved. I think that’s going to be the last straw in my miserable life.
“Splatsville. There’s a new market in need of a judge and the fighting style was interesting.” Bisk takes his tray and moves aside.
“Ah. Thanks for telling me.” She takes her tray with a bit more force than necessary.
“See you around, dude!”
She knows it’s stupid to feel upset. He changed locations before, when he moved from the plaza to the square and everyone’s moving these days, everyone except for her but he was Inkopolis’s judge, just as notable and important as an idol group or the Great Zapfish. Smaller places didn’t have official judges, or at least ones that weren’t as fast as the Judd’s. Her old stomping grounds used to have a rotating cast of judges of varying quality and a myriad of flaws.
Four decided to drown her sorrows with the very mediocre food she had retrieved, returning to her previous vantage point of on top of one of the scaffoldings. It lacked any taste, sliding down her stomach to mix with the exhaustion that was currently curled there too. For a few fleeting moments, she contemplated just retreating to one of the sleeping shelters set up and just lying there until the day ended. No. She couldn’t do that. If she wallowed in her own misery she would end up doing that until the end of time. She was able to keep moving before this, right? She just needs to find something to do.
Finish eating. She doesn’t like the way it feels on her tongue. Do something more productive. Like what? Try and salvage something. She can’t leave her food here. It’s wasteful. Finish eating. Someone probably needs this more than her. Find them. If she doesn’t like the food, then why would someone else? She needs the energy. Finish eating. It’s a stupid small task. She should be able to do this. She’s been able to do this with no hangups before, what makes this time different? The brief, impulsive though to hurl the tray comes to mind. That would draw too much attention. She’s gripping her arm too tight, starbursts of pain starting to hurt beneath the bandages. Stupid.
“Greetings, Four.” Eight’s soft voice breaks the silence. This spot has become their designated meet up point with Cuttlefish Cabin in shambles and their apartment building under investigation to make sure it didn’t sustain any structural damage in the Big Run. It was on the outskirts of the city, but it was better to be safe than sorry.
“Hey, Eight. Check up on our apartment?” The river of thoughts in her head slow to a trickle. If she wanted something else to focus on, her partner couldn’t have arrived at a better time.
“Yes. They’re starting to let people back in. We can return by tonight.”
“That’s a relief. I’m glad we didn’t end up like the other kids who were closer to the square.”
“Thank our lucky stars.”
“Thank low property value. That’s why I brought the apartment in the first place; the rent was so low.” That gets a laugh out of Eight, a warm feeling starts to gently push against the exhaustion as a result. Four was always good at making people laugh. She’s glad she hasn’t lost that yet. “Any news on the flash drive?” It was nothing short of a small miracle that it hadn’t been completely crushed in the Horrorbouros’s attack on her arm. She had pawned it off to Eight afterwards, who could probably keep it safer.
“Not yet. Pearl and Marina are still busy with the recovery work. It’ll also be a massive blow against Grizzco if it’s discovered that they were hiding something this important and I think it’s best to avoid that until the city isn’t relying on them for life support.” Eight leans against one of the metal poles keeping the scaffolding upright. Her eyes are locked on the horizon as if trying to map out the future.
“Ah. Smart.”
“Do you still have our keys? I fear I left mine back in the apartment in the rush to join you in Ammo Knights.”
“Cod, that feels like a lifetime ago. I think so, let me check my pockets.” Four’s still in her Hero gear, sans headphones. She’s managed to avoid questions based on her outfit so far, most people assuming it’s a lesser known version of a Grizzco slopsuit. It was built for longevity, so Four was able to wear it for as long as she needed without worrying about wear and tear. It definitely needed a wash once she got access to other clothes. Her hand bumps up against the keys, yes, but also against something thin and bumpy. She brings it out to observe it.
“I’ve never seen a Salmonid scale of that color before.” Eight observes, watching the sun shimmer off it.
“Yeah. Got this thing from the Horrorbouros when it exploded. It’s been a dead weight ever since.”
“I think it’s more of a good luck charm. You managed to survive something terrifying, and that scale is proof of it. Like all of our missions, it was a combination of your skill and fate’s whims.”
“Good luck, huh?” She holds the scale up to the sun, watching the rays pour from behind it. “I’ll hold you to that, Eight. I could really use some.”
Chapter 14: Not Bad, Do Better
Notes:
SALMON RUN FANS STAY WINNING! Really hope that jellyfish at the end of the trailer isn't a final fest teaser.
Exams are upon me, so I'm going to be a bit slow. Plus, the two chapters after the next one are going to be longer than usual and I'm working on some other fics. Thanks for reading!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
“Last one! Ready, Eight?”
“Ready!”
“Three, two, one-“
An explosion followed by the screech of destroyed metal. Four watches as the supports holding up the circular arena of the Octoshower snap one by one. Unease has taken a firm root in her stomach, being back here. It’s the easiest one by far, only having two platforms to destroy, but the faint smell of cleaning products and gasoline are dredging up uncomfortable memories. Not now. She has to focus on getting her partner out. Eight’s strange two piece (the one she uses for official agent work) has an emergency superjump feature, courtesy of Marina after her escape from the Deepsea Metro. Four’s hero gear has a more clunky version as well, courtesy of whoever made the handmedown. One person can activate the emergency superjump manually if need arises. It was how Marie got her out of the Kettles after she took the Lesser Zapfish powering the place, and that was how they had been avoiding falling into the churning water below.
With the invasion of the Salmonoids, the normally clear water that was ferried through a system of pipes which connected into a small pool at the bottom of the Kettles to cool down the metal had been turned the same murky green as the rest of the unfiltered seawater. Four bet if she drank some, it would be salty. When she relayed that information to Eight, she said that “you got lucky with the bouncepad” and “we don’t have enough supplies to treat a potential infection”, so that was the end of that. The unraveling cords that crumble and sink below mean it’s time to get out.
As Four activates the manual return, her own thoughts on their current task follow. In order to ensure that the Salmonoids wouldn’t be able to get back into the city through the Kettles, Four and Eight began cutting off the entrances to the suspended islands found in Octo Canyon. The cords holding them up were thick, so creative and explosive force had to be employed. In order to make sure the Kettle’s interior would fall without further hassle, they would weaken the cables to the brink of collapse by breaking off the protective layers and inking them so the airborne microbes would end up eroding the metal too. After that one of them would stay on the final island that led back to the surface in order to activate the emergency superjump and the other would take one of the many bomb launcher specials left behind and hit all of the cords at once with it, taking turns.
They couldn’t close off Sector Five’s kettles due to the fact that it was entirely underwater. If they wanted to they’d have to get specialized diving suits and with Inkopolis’s current state that was impossible. The best they could do was cut off the launchpad that led to and from Cephalopod H.Q. and pray that the Salmonoids would never find a way to use them. Otherwise, they were fine. Their task wasn’t fun. It wasn’t even entertaining in the bad way. Tiredness followed her every move as she and Eight destroyed the levels and then the literal Kettle afterwards, but it was something productive to do that wouldn’t result in another paralyzing downward spiral. Plus, it helped Inkopolis’s chances of recovery now that the Salmonoids were returning. Eight comes crashing down, shaking off their lingering shock with a full body shudder. “That’s all the Kettles in Slimeskin Garrison.”
“Yup. We’ll have to do Sector Three some other time, the special-spawning machines are flat out of cans.” Four replies, watching the it fall with a loud splash. The arena’s remains had been torn apart when she arrived, any part salvaged by either deserting Octarians or the Salmonoids. The two things that had been there was the green ink of said Salmonoids and torn apart oil drums, presumably for the Octoshower before they got wrecked.
“I didn’t know that was the last special.”
“It wasn’t. We’ve got a few more, but not enough to clear all of Beaker’s Depot. Then again, we don’t have to do it all in one go.”
“No, better just to wait.” Eight waved a dismissive hand, taking their next position. “It’ll be easier to organize once we replenish supplies. I’m sure we can find bomb launchers of any kind somewhere. Did your horseshoe crab friend have any of those stashed somewhere?”
“Nope. We’ll have to go poking around someplace else. Grizzco has oodles of specials. I’m sure we could borrow some of those.” Four follows suit, checking to make sure her ink tank’s full before standing beside the next tether.
“Great. More theft.” Eight gives her a disappointed look.
“I’m sure they’d agree if they knew of our noble cause. Besides, they make millions. They’re not going to miss a couple of canned specials. If we rifled through a couple of those supply crates we could find what we were looking for without having to saddle Pearl and Marina with more work.” It’s a low blow, but Four’s desperate. If she had realized what was happening before leaving to the Ruins of Arc Polaris, maybe they could have stopped the rest of the Big Run from getting worse. She can’t do that again, risk Salmonoids making it back in.
“Four…”
“This takes top priority. Sure, other civilians can help out with food dispensing or cleanup or whatever but only you and I can do this.”
“Four.”
“We need to finish up over here and then find a way to rebuild the antennae and then do… something else. Maybe go back to city reconstruction work or-“
“FOUR!”
“What?”
“Can we please finish with the task at hand before moving on to something else?” Eight asks, foot tapping in a way that is meant to replace pacing and is very clearly failing at filling the niche that pacing does for her. Her current weapon of choice, the Hero Shot she brought to the fight against the Horrorbouros, has it’s muzzle pointed at the tether.
“Oh. Yeah.” Four takes a few deep breaths. It’s about as effective as placing a bandaid over an infected wound when it comes to easing her nerves, but she’ll take what she can get. Her Dualies are torn out of their holster with a clunky yank. Her injured arm aches when holding the position. “Yeah, we can. Ready?”
“I have been for quite some time.” Eight snarks. Both of them have been run rather thin as of late, resulting in snappy comments that tap dance on the line between friendly banter and genuine annoyance.
“No need to get so pissy…” Four mumbles under her breath before yelling, “Three… two… one!”
The groan of the cords being unable to withstand their attack reverberates through the Kettle before they snap, causing the horizontal platform to turn vertical. Two other cords hold it up, but time will cause them to drop their load once they’re out. They weakened them beforehand, but not enough to break.
Another scream of metal, this one unplannned. The eyes in her swim form allow her to see the fallen cord slam into an oil barrow, sparks scraping along it’s side. The thick black liquid is already spreading across the water, sparks landing on it and flickering to life with a soft woosh. If she was able to speak, she would have cursed.
Four turns to their exit. Her partner follows her frantic retreat upwards into the teal-green ink, the signature color of Slimeskin Garrison that they’ve laid in preparation for when they knocked out the supports for one side of the platform that connected back to the surface of Sector Four. The gaping abyss of escape beckons as Four swims as fast as she possibly can. The faint feeling of warmth tries to chase them as they pop out of the grate, smell of smoke and salt water hot on their heels. Eight throws herself forwards as Four activated her dodge rolls. A few seconds later, a thick cloud of smog erupted out of the Kettle’s spout with a harsh whistle, growing louder and louder until it rattled and semi-exploded.
“Are you alright?” Eight pants, eagle-spread on her back.
“Yeah. You?” Four says between gasps for air, collapsing the second the Dualies allow for movement again before rolling onto her back as well.
“I truly and utterly hate doing this, but physically? Unharmed aside from exhaustion.”
“Ok. That’s good. I’m just gonna lie here for a bit.”
“Me too.”
A rock digs into her left arm, not sharp enough to pierce through the bandages that annoyingly remain (who knew it took so long for skin to grow back?) and not dull enough for it to not hurt. Four’s too tired to care, watching the artificial clouds drift across the dome’s screens. It was pretty neat how high quality they were. Some part of her wondered why the other Octarian machines she had fought were so scrappy in comparison. If there were limited resources, why didn’t they use them for something more useful or combat focused? A screen that could project images had always lined the domes, the one exception being the Octobot King II, even if it was just for performance reasons. Or did the base desire to look up at sky, even if it was fake, still haunt the Octarians after a century? A sky she took for granted?
“I’m ready to go.” Four says, picking herself off the ground.
“Very well.” Eight replies, peeling herself off the floor. “Do we have to pick up supplies from the tents again, or do we have enough for now?”
“Uh… I think we have enough food for today and tomorrow, but then we gotta swing by there after that.”
“What about medicine? Your arm-“
“My arm will be fine in a bit. Most of the skin’s come back and I barely feel any pain when I brush up against it. I don’t need any painkillers or fresh bandages. Someone else can have those.” Eight looks unconvinced, but drops the subject. Good. Four doesn’t think either of them are up for an argument right now.
They traverse the Canyon’s various sectors in silence. Maybe when they’ve eaten something or taken a shower back at their apartment the conversation will pick up again. If the water is working. It tends to fluctuate between normal and coughing out a few drops before shuddering to a halt ever since the Big Run hit a week ago. You’d think running water would be the biggest priority of Inkopolis, but no. The rubble of Cuttlefish Cabin greets them as they leave. Another task to complete.
Four slides out of the sewer grate, Eight in tow. Numerous unmarked boxes have been strategically placed around it before one of their earlier treks down to Octo Canyon. There’s plenty of debris and crates around the plaza, anyway. No one will notice. The dashtracks have been removed and the grindrails have been deactivated and slowly disassembled due to the power required to keep them active. A team of civilians are removing some grapplinks right now, perched in the basket top of a service crane. The Bouncepads have stayed. Maybe it wasn’t their time to go, or maybe they wanted a way to keep people safe in case any buildings collapsed. Their bright yellow-whites bring a bit of cheer to the dull streets.
Another color catches her eye: orange. A group of Grizzco employees are pulling on their slopsuits, chatting to each other as they do. Probably to patrol the ruined wall. Even though their numbers have dwindled significantly, Salmonoids keep showing up. At first it seized the beating heart of Inkopolis with an ice-cold grip. The fallen city immediately raced into action, attacking with overkill force. Whatever Salmonoids that had been lurking about were splatted nigh instantly, kickstarting a series of disorganized patrols that marched though the streets, searching fruitlessly for more intruders. The unspoken question about the return of a King Salmonid hung over the city like a guillotine blade. The hype eventually dwelled down when people realized that only lesser Salmonoids were showing up, and the amount was getting lower by the day. One set of patrols was kept just in case; ones managed by Grizzco.
No official statement from them about the Big Run yet. Just a promise to continue supplies until the city recovered from a nameless spokesperson. They’ll have to tackle the issue of getting more supplies before the announcement or run the risk of getting detected when the company’s in full swing. Maybe she can find something out now. Four strains her ears to pick up the water cooler conversation between the workers as they clip their buckles.
“This place has really gone to the dogfishes, huh? The second the trains are back up and running, I’m getting away from this place.”
“Yeah. A bit too much hustle and bustle for my tastes. Plus, what if that giant snake thing or something like it comes back? The Great Zapfish doesn’t look like it can take another fight for a long time.”
“There are other places with Zapfishes. We could go there.”
“Main Inkopolis is way too close to Inkopolis Square for my tastes. There’s another place out by the desert that has one.”
“Splatsville? Didn’t you just say there was too much hustle and bustle here for you?”
“Well yeah, but if anyone can deal with a monster like that it would be the people there. Have you heard that they’re allowed to use modded weaponry out there? If we had some of that, we could have killed that thing before it even broke the barrier.”
Guilt comes back like a roaring tsunami. Could they? The Hero Weapons were modded and dealt tremendous damage to the Horrorbouros when normal weapons could only hope to pop the bubble it filled in it’s mouth. If she had distributed them without letting on where they came from, gotten Grizzco to release their modded weapons, done something, could the city still be intact?
Another worker comes stomping forwards, saying something about the shift beginning soon but Four can’t make out their words over the thoughts in her head. Her stupid, shaking hands unzip her vest’s pocket and reaches to the scale inside. It’s become somewhat of a grounding tool, running her fingers over the ridges and bumps. It’s subtle, too. No one has to notice her failure to control her emotions.
“C’mon, Eight. Let’s go home and draw up a plan. I’m not in the mood to get launched again.”
Notes:
Hey, we're approaching the birthday of this fic! To tell you the truth, I originally intended for this to only be three chapters long when I first started writing.
Chapter 15: Happy Little Workers
Notes:
Hope you all had a good Big Big Run! Like I said previously, the next chapters are going to run a bit long so it'll take longer for them to come out.
Chapter Text
The cold night air bites at any unsuspecting traveler’s skin, slowly eroding the body’s temperature. The howl of wind races through the ruined city as people hurry to their respective shelters. The sky’s blackness reflects the mood permeating Inkopolis. This could be traced back to the Mudmouths that were currently menacing the city. That was also why Four was currently knee deep in sludge with an Explosher.
She’s had to trade her hero gear out for a more typical Grizzco Gloopsuit in order to preserve the secrecy of the NSS now that the chaos of the initial attack no longer masks her and make sure their mission is pulled off properly. Their equipment is mostly up to snuff. The rubber boots have maxed out ink resistance and the thick overalls are a familiar fit that’ll protect her from the usual wear and tear of the job. Rumors have been floating around that Grizzco’s working on an updated version of the suit ever since the Big Run, partially because updated gear will keep people safer and partially to avoid a potential lawsuit. They’ve promised an official statement soon and Four wants to be far away in Beaker’s Depot before the hustle and bustle really picks up.
“On your left!” Eight calls from somewhere behind her. Four swerves to toss a bomb in the newly formed Mudmouth’s… well… mouth. After extensive testing on behalf of the non-agent high ranking members of Grizzco, it turned out that explosives could damage them. While normal ink would just get absorbed into it’s biomass, a well timed bomb to the mouth would shred the more vulnerable spots inside and splat whatever puppeteered the thing.
A golden egg falls to the ground with a tinkle, Four snagging it before hurling a splat bomb behind her. There were no quotas here, but the extra power was a welcome benefit so makeshift basket have been spread on the remains of the wall. Sure, she could ferry eggs in the quickly approaching morning, but the clutter would be too distracting if she had to keep it up and could have hid something like Smallfry.
“How’s everything holding up on your end?” She yells back, starting to hurl ink at the oncoming Chums. About time. The last few Mudmouths spat Smallfry.
“Almost done with this one! The sun’s rising as well!” Eight’s response is followed by a gargled scream too loud to be hers and a rather nasty popping sound.
“Ugh, finally!” Four groans. They aren’t on a strict timer, but they’re on one nonetheless. A few more shots allow her to clear her path of any Chums, with enough ink left in her tank to finish it off. The leer that the Mudmouth had spawned with had faded into a grimace as she threw a fresh volley into it’s gaping maw. It gives a full body shudder before exploding outwards with a tide of orange ink.
The thump of boots approaching caused her to turn around. “Hey, Eight. Ready for phase one?”
“Indeed. I finished up with the eggs from my Mudmouth. It doesn’t seem like they’ll be any more tonight. Or would that be today? Dawn’s breaking, after all.”
“I was starting to think the sea would never run out of sludge monsters to throw at us.” She drops her borrowed Explosher to the ground before bending over to grab some of the remaining eggs in her arms. She’ll have to take a return trip to snag the last few ones.
Eight laughs and picks up the discarded Explosher, own one presumably given back to their employer. “Too right. I’ll take this one back to the return station. You wrap up here.”
Four walks beside her, arms full of eggs. “I always thought that they look a little sad.”
“They meaning?”
“The Mudmouths. I wouldn’t want to be covered in goo and trash either, and it must hurt to cough up lesser Salmonoids. It’d be like if you threw up Octarians.”
“Oh, that’s nauseating. Don’t say that again.”
They’ve reached the egg basket. In contrast to the longstanding, high tech ones that could transport eggs through underground pipes and rise and fall automatically with the changing of the tides, these ones were wood structures with a net strung between them and had to be disassembled and reassembled manually. It’s not the most sturdy and requires you to dump in every egg at the top instead of being ejected by your lifesaver. For one of the richest companies in Inkopolis, Grizzco was pretty cool with dumping low quality wrecks without batting an eye. It seemed some things never changed.
“I’ll wait for you here once I drop this off.” Eight says, confirming step 0.5 of their mission before making her way to one of the pulley systems that had been set up alongside the baskets. It was a rickety wooden elevator that ferried passengers to the top and bottom of the wall, and was where Grizzco’s tents had been set up.
“Gotcha.” Four swims back to the remaining eggs. One of them is put in her lifesaver, but the last egg is balancing on the edge of the guardrail. She’s lucky it didn’t fall over. As Four takes it into her hands, she notices something lying in the water below. The thing brushing against the crumbling wall are large chunks of painted wood. Four considers calling someone else over to get them to help her lug them onto land, but closer inspection stops her. It’s whatever remains of Sheldon’s boat.
It was dashed to near pieces by a combination of the waves and Salmonids, heavier metals parts presumably at the bottom of the sea. She hadn’t even realized this part of the wall used to be a watchtower. Must have been wrecked in the attack. Intwined between the planks of broken wood are threads of various colors drifting in and out. The remains of her sweaters.
Four had picked up knitting a long time ago, back when she was still a paralarvae. It was her parent’s main form of income due to the lack of paid turf war tournaments in her hometown and at the time she wanted to follow in their footsteps. When she developed hands that weren’t constantly coated in ink (which made the needles very slippery), she started.
Logically, Four wasn’t going to be born a knitting protégé. It was one of those things that took years of practice and lots of failed attempts to get good at, and she had all the time in the world to get better. Emotionally, she hated it. When she couldn’t replicate the pictures in the tutorials or the grand visions of knitted grandeur in her head, she would blink away frustrated tears and hide the half complete mockery of the noun “sweater” somewhere no one would find it (read: underneath her bed). A few times she would return and try to pick up from where she left off, but there never was enough satisfaction gained to keep her going, so back under the bed it went.
Eventually Four left for Inkopolis and took her collection of sweaters along with her for some far off point when she would be good enough at knitting to fix her mistakes. She was rusty by then, opting to try smaller scale projects like socks or gloves but the specter of the unfinished sweaters loomed over it all. Every dropped stitch, every unfixable tangle, every time she picked up the needles the specter of her past failures hang above her. Small. Inconsequential. Unbearable.
Shell, even the scarf she gave Marie was flawed. It was still her best work, but Four was willing to call it quits after that. Maybe she wasn’t good at knitting, but she had a new “hobby” to fill, one she was actually pretty great at! Yeah, right. That was before she had someone to show her how hilariously out of depth she was in comparison. She was fine at the little things. Big stuff was where she fumbled.
Four has the feeling that if she stares at the boat for much longer, she’ll wreck the pacing of their mission. It’s too easy nowadays to let herself get pulled into the flowing current of self doubt, and there aren’t half as many things that can pull her out of it. She needs to start running again, and this operation is what she needs to kickstart that again. Stagnation had always dragged her down, and she wasn’t going to let it hook it’s suckers into her yet.
True to her word, Eight leans against a guardrail, eyes looking up at the brightening sky. Once she hears Four’s approach, she speaks. “I’ll never get over how beautiful the sky is. It fills me with energy every time I see it. Or that could be the caffeine kicking in. How about you?”
“I saw Sheldon’s boat. It was ripped to shreds.” Four slides her eggs into the basket.
“Poor thing. She had served us so faithfully, and then she had died for our escape.” Eight mourns.
“It kinda sucked, Eight.” Four voiced her opinion.
“She.”
“Huh?”
“She. Boats are a she.”
“Fine. She kinda sucked. She needed ages to start up.” Four reaches her hands up to start untying the net from it’s supports. They had to bring it in manually at the end of every shift due to the lack of automation. Any other time she would have found it annoying, but not now. Not when it was giving them access to Grizzco’s warehouses.
“Do those who suck not deserve recognition for their acts?” Eight joins her in her task, holding the untied net up so it wouldn’t fall and drop its bounty.
“Her noble sacrifice didn’t stop her from sucking.”
“She- what’s her name again?” Eight asked.
Four let out a laugh of triumph before realizing, “I- uh. I don’t know.”
“You don’t? You worked on her!”
“I listened to Sheldon talk and brought him a few spare parts from a store. That’s not working on her.”
“Aren’t the names of boats written on the hulls?”
“I didn’t see anything like that and I checked over it top to bottom.”
“That’s a rather tragic fate. To die and have no name.” The net’s safely untethered now, slung over Four’s shoulder with a firm knot Eight tied keeping it in place as she walks towards the basket.
“We could give her one.”
“Good idea! Something grand, like Chariot to Victory or Bringer of Salvation. Fitting for a warrior who sacrificed herself in combat.”
“I vote we name her Agent Five.”
“That’s so mundane!”
Four’s about to snark back about how it’s not boring, it’s actually incredibly funny when their lift shudders to a halt on the ground floor. Play it cool. You’re just two normal employees ready to go home after a long night of unpaid work.
She and Eight step out, conversation put on indefinite hiatus as they make their way past the bright orange tents that house crates full of gear. Workers flit in and out of them, passing equipment of all types and used back and forth. It’s a smoothly turning gear in the giant machine that makes up Grizzco, and with any much they won’t notice the two people who shouldn’t be there.
They slink their way to the warehouses on the outskirts of the city, the ones that house all manner of things. All it takes is a gesture to the net they’re lugging for the squid allowing passage to open the doors and check off something on a clipboard they’re holding. It’s far less disorganized than Grizzco’s usual iron-clad security, another sign of the devastation wrought by the Salmonids.
As the massive wooden doors roll close once they’ve entered, Four moves the net to the side and drops it with a huff. They’ve made it inside. Now all they need to do is get bomb launchers and leave.
Operation Good Night is officially a go.
Chapter 16: Tide Goes Out
Notes:
The Grand Fest... things really are coming to an end. I know I said I wouldn't be switching POVs anymore. I changed my mind. Hope you enjoy!
Edit: Biden announced that he dropped out when I uploaded this.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Despite all the time they’ve spent here, Alterna’s artificial snow was still a mystery to Marie.
It was still powdery and crunched beneath her feet but there was no chill and no matter how much they shoveled away, more would always appear. Callie had tried to chat to O.R.C.A about where it came from and Marie had looked for dispensers in the ceiling or floors, but no results had been found as of late. As far as she cared, that could remain a mystery. The New Squidbeak Splatoon’s Splatsville chapter (known colloquially as the New New Squidbeak Splatoon) had hunted down enough human secrets for years to come. Even then, Marie has one last question.
The decision to pick “snow” baffled her. Wouldn’t the humans want grass instead? Or sand? The text logs that Neo Three had managed to piece together had sparse details about a sustainable ecosystem they had created, but what was sustainable about the lack of non-oozed creatures? Or maybe the snow wasn’t planned at all. Maybe it was ash or glass fragments. Given everything they’ve discovered, it doesn’t seem impossible.
Despite there being no cold from the snow, there is still a chill in the air. Cryogenic Hopetown seems to have been intentionally designed to replicate the cold, so Four’s teal scarf is currently wrapped around her neck. Sure, she’s switched to gold and black for now, but her old student’s gift is both practical and a nice reminder of what she left behind.
Speaking of what she left behind… Marie was starting to worry, which is why she swam all the way to the second sector. There had been news stories floating around about a massive Salmonoid attack, ones Marie had verified as true a few hours ago. There had been no response from the radio connecting them despite the fact that something of that magnitude definitely warranted a call. She really hoped this wasn’t a repeat situation.
Four reminded her a bit too much of Callie and her own stubborn insistence when it came to agent work. They both had a strong will, one that allowed them to think fast and make unconventional solutions on the battlefield. They also favored a more frontline based weapon, Callie with her Roller and Four with her Dualies. Marie was more like her granduncle, for better or for worse. The sharp precision of a Charger was soothing and predictable, unlike the danger that came with using a Roller. Sure, they were powerful and excelled at turf control, but you were putting yourself in very close quarters to the enemy when using them. That’s what had made them such an effective duo before Agent Three came along; Callie was the offense and she was the support. There were talks about working as one unit once Three became a part of the NSS, but they quickly died out when they realized that the Lesser Zapfishes could only power up a Kettle for three respawns. None of them were willing to take that risk.
They also couldn’t stay in Octo Valley for very long. The Squid Sisters was Inkopolis’s freshest band, and their schedule was a routine designed to keep them as that. Business lunches, PR photos, working on their latest album, Inkopolis News, and much more. A life of fame requires a heavy cost, and she’s not sure if she wants to pay it sometimes. Her relationship with stardom had always been a constant rise and fall.
Somedays Marie would be dancing on a stage with millions of kids cheering her and Callie’s names and she would think, this is what makes it all worth it. It was hard not to think that when people buzzed about how much their music meant to them, how it snapped them out of a deep depression, how it helped them make a friend, how they were amazing. The money was also pretty great. Somedays Marie would skip rehearsal lessons because the pain from the injuries from the long hours of practice would be too much. She would throw her phone to the ground and avoid it when all of the negative remarks from critics and fans alike became too much, and regret it in the morning when she had to buy another. She had to look at the life of wealth and think, I don’t want this anymore , like a child bored of their shiny toy. She was in no condition to complain with a secure job and all the houses she could want, but some nights she felt like her life was being sapped away, bit by bit.
She couldn’t really have bad days in public. She had to be snarky and a tad bit awkward because that part of her brand, but she couldn’t be mean because that wouldn’t jell with the persona that people had become familiar with. Callie suffered the same fate, having to be sweet and bubbly but not airheaded. Their emotions couldn’t be too raw because then they might turn away younger or more casual listeners, but they couldn’t be too flat or no one would listen. Given all of that, it’s no wonder that Callie left for Octo Canyon, and when she disappeared Marie got to tell the public that she was taking a mental health break and became Agent Two.
Agent Two was someone else. Agent Two was a cold, battle hardened warrior who could snipe the weak point of an Octarian war machine from miles away and still have enough ink left over to take out the reinforcements that were coming. Agent Two didn’t have to worry about frivolous things like if the Squid Sisters merch was doing well or if their concert was going to have to take a rain check. All she needed to do was patrol the Kettles and ensure that the Octarian menace would stay underground.
The month and a half it took to reunite with Callie was the worst of her life. Before, when only the Great Zapfish had been stolen, it was impersonal. Sure, it was cute but aside from powering the city, there wasn’t a big driving force to get it back. Great Zapfishes could produce so much energy it would linger for weeks after if they were removed and there were other power sources kept on standby just in case something happened. Callie was her closest confidant, her dearest friend, and even though they were actually cousins, her sister-in-arms. Their disguises when they were Agent One and Agent Two were easy to see through when in a non-combative setting, and if the Octarians had found out that Inkopolis’s idols there was no telling what they’d do. The corpse of an icon would be an incredible way to stir up fear.
The one thing that had stopped her from storming through the Kettles was Captain Cuttlefish, who seemed to be fighting the urge to do the same thing himself. She had complicated feelings towards him. He loved them, the countless hours spent taking care of them and cheering them on during their idol career (even if he didn’t understand some of it) spoke to that. He was their oldest and most devoted fan, and would have taken on the sea herself if it meant keeping her and Callie safe.
He also enlisted them as child soldiers. When she was fourteen and Callie had whispered to her about what she was doing on her weekends, Marie was able to dismiss it as an elaborate game of pretend or Callie humoring an old man’s delusions. When Callie had insisted that Marie come look, she followed, ready to give Gramps his meds and talk to her parents about moving him to a nursing home. She didn’t expect it to be real. At first it was thrilling, like one of her spy books come to life. A secret world beneath the surface, filled with strange places and things to discover! Sure, they were here under the pretense of a potential attack from a lost, vengeful species but the fact that almost no one had noticed still shocked her nonetheless.
Despite the fact that an old war friend of his with a clothing company called Cuttlegear was willing to supply them with some equipment, their supplies left much to be desired. Because of this, most of their training was the standard type like how to use different weapons effectively even if they weren’t your main, how to survive if you don’t have food or water on hand, equipment used on the battlefield, so on and so forth. As the novelty wore off, Marie still stayed. Maybe because it would have been to hard to go back to normal. Maybe because she didn’t want to leave Callie in case something did go bad. Maybe it was because some part of her genuinely wanted to keep learning how to become better. Whatever the reason, it was still only training drills and situational things until they reached fifteen years old.
When Marie was fifteen years old she got handed the Hero Charger. It was a gorgeous weapon, braces circling the muzzle to prevent it from shattering when releasing high-pressure shots and smooth handle to allow for a variety of different attacks and the latest in new technology allowing it to “store” charged shots for a brief amount of time. It was made on behalf of the now-retired Ammoses Shellendorf, who’s weapons made for the Great Turf War had slowly seeped into the greater world when it had ended. The breed of Rollers known as “Dynamos” and the shooter class Aerosprays were among the more famous ones, past history blissfully oblivious to the civilian population. If anyone saw Marie with the Hero Charger, she would be able to handwave it away as an old family heirloom.
Callie got the Hero Roller which was equally high quality, and that was their official initiation into the New Squidbeak Splatoon. From now on whenever they entered the underground they were Agents One and Two, with a duty to preserve the normal that had kept them safe for so long. This meant looking into the Kettles near the surface to make sure nothing fishy was going on and patrolling the sectors. There were also a few missions before the kidnapping of the Great Zapfish. Thanks to their efforts, none of them ever saw the light of day, but there were times in the field when it looked like it was. One of those times was when they were sixteen and got a mission to destroy a Seeker manufacturing plant.
“Alright, girls. This is going to be your toughest mission yet.” Gramps said, proud and pointing at a makeshift map of Octo Valley.
“I didn’t know he could stand that straight without his back cracking into a million pieces.” Callie whispers to her. Marie bites her tongue to stop her from laughing.
“Our weeks of scouting have allowed us to uncover a secret Octarian plot! They’re planning on mass deploying Seekers into the streets of Inkopolis, splatting anyone and everyone without even having to leave the comfort of their Kettles.” He jabbed a finger at the map to a circled Kettle that hadn’t been there before, nestled in Area 5’s shadows. “This is the entrance to their manufacturing plant. If it’s collapsed before their mission is a go, we’ll deal a massive blow to not only their progress but their morale as well!”
“Alrighty then! Let’s go, Marie.” Callie trills, picking up the Hero Roller.
“Not yet. It can’t be this easy. It’s never this easy.” Seekers were also the next target of the Special Protests due to their history as war weapons and potential damage if used outside of Turf Wars. She really couldn’t blame them, especially considering what would be happening if they failed.
“Right you are, Marie. They’ve swapped out the original patrolling Octarians for Octolings, which was the main thing that tipped me off. Yer old man hasn’t lost his eyes just yet! Anyway… if those octojerks are bringing in the big guns, it’s safe to say that it’ll be harder than the average Kettle. Be on the look out for traps and patrols, and make your way to the core of the facility.” Gramps gives a friendly pat on the shoulder that turns into a grip; something that says stay safe.
“We won’t let you down!” Callie’s beanie and sunglasses are already on, and a vertical swing from her Roller paint the way forwards. They’ve both switched their ink color to a lime green for this mission, due to that being the prevalent Inkling color in Area Five. They hop from inkrails to clusters of concrete cubes, Marie occasionally shooting a sponge or propeller to allow progression. The Seeker factory is nestled between a collective of platforms, rim of the Kettle barely above sea level with the dark waves camouflaging the silver metal. If Marie hadn’t known about it from their debriefing, she would have missed it entirely.
“I don’t think there’s any more platforms from this point.” Marie settles on a filled sponge, watching as Callie takes up post on a nearby cube.
“Hey, Two? I want to talk to you about something.” Callie asks, agent names present due to their close proximity to the Kettle. Marie was fairly sure no one was by the entrance, but better to be safe than sorry.
“Shoot.”
Callie looks towards the shack, now a distant speck. “Do you think we’re really doing good here?”
The question catches her off guard. “We’re stopping a potential invasion that could destroy the city. It’s hard to get any gooder than that.”
“I mean like, as a whole. The Kettles are so drabby and all we seem to do around here is kick our way in and blow stuff up. If I was stuck somewhere here, I would want to leave to go to the surface too.”
“Doesn’t mean they get to blow us up.”
“Yeah. Yeah. But like, what if we didn’t have to fight at all? The Captain keeps mentioning a king and the seas receded a long time ago. There’s probably some land that no one’s using.”
“One.” Callie’s eyes snap up to hers. “We have to finish the mission. We’re agents, not-“
“Agents, not diplomats. I know.” Callie groans back. It’s one of the many saying that Gramps has repeated when training them. It was usually followed up by a line about how if an enemy surrendered, respect that because if they turned their back on their morals, they were no better than Salmonoids. It had became a bit of an in-joke between the two of them in their civilian lives. It wasn’t funny now. “Sometimes I think we should be.”
“Slot that in amongside news anchor, secret agent, and pop star. It’s no wonder we have no free time.” The joke falls flat, as most of hers do. It’s why she’s glad there’s a teleprompter for Inkopolis News; Marie can’t crack a joke to save her life. “Sorry.”
“It’s fine. Let’s just go.” Callie’s tone is muted as she picks up her roller. “How do we get down there?”
“I think we’re going to have to take a running leap and hope it ejects us on the return trip.” Marie fires a shot at her sponge just to make sure it’s at maximum capacity before she walks to one end, drops into squid form, and hurls herself forwards, slipping into the Kettle’s mesh and into it’s insides. When she morphs back into kid form, she’s standing on a small floating island, one launchpad leading out and one leading in. Callie lands shortly after her, staring down at the main island at the very bottom that holds rows and rows of conveyer belts and machinery. It’s surrounded by three blocky rings floating above each other, grates and propeller platforms allowing for transportation between each of them.
“Can you see anything on the other rings?” Callie asks.
“No. Looks like we’ll have to do them one by one, which won’t be an issue considering how few of them there are. Besides, we have unlimited respawns and they don’t. If worse comes to worse…” Marie trails off. That’s always been an unpleasant caveat of their role as agents, the deaths. Fatalities were avoided as much as possible and the pair took extreme measures to make sure that they didn’t knock out respawn points but there were a few times when they’d have to collapse a particularly dangerous Kettle without knowing if the Octarians inside were synced up to an emergency respawn point or if they had one at all. “You first, One.”
One is always first. It’s intentional. Rollers are frontline weapons and are great at getting an early hold on important turf. Callie casts another look down at the rings before sighing and dropping into swim form. The launch pad sends them flying onto the first ring. The bright green speck that is Callie waves her hands over her head. The signal for safety. Marie swims into the launchpad.
Octarian hover technology was still a mystery to Inkopolis. Pre-Great Turf War relics or photos show that it was once common knowledge or at least shared freely between the two races, but when the fighting started blueprints were destroyed at best and people were killed permanently at worst, so the secret remains below the earth’s crust and in small groups of refugee Octolings that fled to other areas of the world. Some place out in the Splatlands look in those refugees and a small town had been built in the wake of the war. Marie couldn’t lie, she was a bit curious about the idea of talking to a society outside of the history Inkopolis was seeped in. Unfortunately, the large desert between the two locations not only made travel hard but harsh sandstorms would cut the average radio signals in half. There were some higher powered ones in case of emergency, but even one of the Squid Sisters couldn’t get casual access to that. Until technology advanced, it was just a happy pipe dream.
Marie slams down onto the first ring, bright green roller trail leading forwards. The discarded shells of Octarian machines litter the halls alongside tiny puddles of magenta ink that the Hero Roller hadn’t been able to wipe away in one clean swoop. They weren’t big enough to matter, but they were a reminder of who was inside the factory they were traversing. Marie follows the trail, shot charged up in case anyone unfriendly shows up. Eventually it leads behind a metal crate, Callie leaning against the wall.
“One, wha-“ Marie opened her mouth to speak before Callie shushed her and pointed to something on the ceiling at the point between the crate and the rest of the hallway. An undeployed Splash Wall. The second someone of an unfriendly ink color walked under it would activate, shutting them out. Rollers had to be more aware of traps like that and Ink Mines, and Callie’s expertise saved them from walking into a potential ambush. The Splash Wall was probably tied to an alarm and the second it was triggered they would be facing down a squadron of Octolings.
“Good eye.” Marie whispered, turning the muzzle of her Charger to face the Splash Wall. A shot from point blank would shatter it before it could even hope to deploy, but that would trip the alarm as well. “Get ready. This room’s going to be crawling with Octarians in a few seconds.”
“Right. Riptide maneuver?”
“I was leaning more towards nautilus strike, but that’d probably work better.” The riptide maneuver was a relic from the first Squidbeak Splatoon and usually required at least three people to pull off. Like it’s namesake, one central path would lead to a soldier posing as bait. When the enemy would rush forwards to take them out, the two other soldiers would pop out of the ink at the entrance of the enemy and fire on them. It was an ambush tactic and was highly situational due to the fact that in the Great Turf War most battles were fought in more open areas, causing it to fade into obscurity. They were banking on that obscurity now as Marie shattered the Splash Wall and Callie fired off a vertical swing that painted the floor in front of them.
Marie swam into one of the splotches that had been flung into the corner. Small enough that any squid that hadn’t been trained to minimize the space they took up when swimming in ink wouldn’t have been able to make. Small enough to avoid detection. As the Octolings rush into the room their gamble is rewarded with three clean splats, two from Marie’s charged shot piercing clean through the soldiers that overlapped and one from Callie’s follow up vertical swing.
“We should speed things up. There’s more on their way and this is gonna be the first place they go.” Callie says, starting to roam the hallway up ahead, ignoring the splotches of enemy in that remain even after her attack. Before Marie would have seen it as a sign of a determined agent. After their conversation, she sees it as the sign of a fighter pushing it down until they get out.
“There’s a grate at the end somewhere. Watch out for traps.” As they sift through the first ring, there aren’t anymore Octoling squadrons even though Marie shatters multiple Splash Wall traps and Callie lobs Burst Bombs to trip Ink Mines. Was that all they had? Surely not. For something as important as this, they’d fill it to the brim with their forces. There’s probably a respawn point somewhere. Maybe on the lower levels. That could explain why it was taking so long.
True to her word, a grate awaits them at the other end of the ring. What would normally be a loop is blocked off by a wall, probably leading back to where they first started. It doesn’t look like they could break it without something stronger, but they’ll sooner be able to find a perfectly intact human city than get a wrecking ball down here. Callie slips through the grate while Marie’s still staring. “Don’t fire any shots, Two. There’s gushers down here.”
“Guess that’s plan B if there’s no launchpad.” While the ink used by gushers depended on who deployed them, technically not being harmful, if they were activated it would be like lighting up a giant sign to their location due to the color contrast.
“Ugh. Sprinklers. You think you can shred em’?” Like Callie said, sprinklers line the hallway, constantly spewing out enemy ink. It’s annoying, but can easily be taken care of.
“Yeah. I’m a bit confused on why no one’s jumped out of the ink and shot us. Were the sprinklers meant to deal chip damage to intruders while a bigger threat attacked?“
“Probably. You get the ones further down, I’ll get the ones on the floor and sides. We wanna have some space to swim to when that bigger threat does come.”
Marie starts with the ones on top as Callie gets to the front. They clear out the hallway and walk down it, weapons at the ready in case anything jumps out at them. What they see is far more confusing than a fight. The end of the hallway branches off into two paths, each lined with sprinklers of their own. Through the churning haze made by said sprinklers, Marie can see more paths sporting the same things the rest of the ring had.
“What’s this, DJ Octavio’s sprinkler maze of laziness?” Marie snarks.
“No way in shell is this what they’re using as a defense. There’s gotta be something more. An enemy we haven’t seen. I can feel it in my membrane.” Callie responds, eyes searching every little corner available.
“If there were soldiers then we would have been attacked by now. Unless this is a horribly thought out ploy to get us to waste ink and then get us, but that’s pretty far fetched.”
“Keep an eye out. I don’t like this place at all.”
Marie and Callie begin to creep down one of the hallways, beginning the tedious process of removing sprinklers. Callie was right. The more this goes on the more suspicion builds up and by the time they clear the second hallway Marie feels like a taut wire about to snap. The second hallway also leads to two more, each lined with sprinklers. A loud groan from Callie sums up how Marie feels.
“Is this his plan? To break us with torture? I hate to say it but I think it’s working.” Callie sighs, leaning on her roller. Marie’s about to say something in response when a distant rattling reaches her ears.
“Do you… hear that?”
“What, the sprinklers whirring? I think it’s stuck in my head forever.”
“Not that. It’s like a train but smaller.” Marie turns around to look down the hallway they just came from. It’s dark, but the floor is coated with the same teal ink they’ve been using this entire time.
“Maybe it’s the machines that make the searchers? We are in a factory, after all.” Callie picks up her roller and starts to work on one of the passages.
“We were quiet before on this level and we didn’t hear whatever this is before.” Marie’s eyes stay locked on the darkness ahead of her. Something in her body is screaming at her to keep watch. It wasn’t a bad idea. Even if the rattling was just paranoia or old groans from unstable metal it was smart to have a lookout in case something came up from behind. As Marie keeps staring, the noise gets louder. She charges up a shot. Two pinpricks of light fade in. So does recognition. Marie knows that sound very well. A Flooder.
“Run!” She screams, whirling around and firing the charged shot. With the hallway almost clean of any sprinklers it coats the floor in enough ink to give them a clean getaway. Marie drops into swim form and takes off, chasing the end of the hallway. Callie turns around to see what she’s looking at, eyes widening once the tracking laser of the Flooder locks onto her.
The next hallway was also lined with sprinklers because of course it was. The two of them don’t have the time to methodically clear it out, so Marie just shoots a charged shot to make as much headway as possible before they’re forced to re-ink it. Something confuses her. Why is this hallway open and not split into paths like the rest of them? Why have the walls switched from inkable stone to a thick plastic material? Marie can see a grate now that they’re closer but there’s no relief because the roar of gushers activating is followed by an overkill amount of Octolings rising out of said grate, weapons locked and loaded and suddenly everything makes sense. The Flooder can’t kill things that are the same ink as the ones it produce.
Many old human sayings found their way into seafolk languages whether that be Inkish, Octarian, Manta, or anything else with slight tweaks to better fit their frame of reference. They took a lot of things from humans, from inventions to form. Sometimes she wondered why that was the case and she was far from the only one. Human research teams were abundant and the closest thing they could come up with was that when evolving seafolk were influenced by the culture around them and grew to replicate that. Regardless of how it got there, the saying rattling in Marie’s head was “like shooting Salmonoids in a barrel”. She was the Salmonid. This place was her and Callie’s barrel.
Before the shots can pierce her body, Callie hurls the whole Hero Roller in a Hail Mary River Cod that works . The massive weapon slams into the first two rows of Octoling soldiers, splatting them instantly as the piercing properties of the Hero Charger’s shots take care of the overlapped soldiers in the third and fourth row. All of them seem stunned for a few seconds, so much changing in the blink of an eye. Marie pounces on the opportunity and plunged through the grate as the exhausted gushers retreat. Callie comes crashing down next, damaged Hero Roller falling beside her as Marie activates the gushers with her ink, buying them some time as long as she keeps activating them.
“Stealth’s gone out the window.” Callie groans, pushing herself into a sitting position.
“Yeah. I think they’ve pulled out all the stops for the second ring, so we might have an easier time down here.” Marie responds, periodically hurling Burst Bombs to make sure the gushers keep their color of ink.
“Might.”
“All of our missions have mights in them.”
“I wish we could get a straightforward answer for once. You’ll either pass with flying colors or die miserably.”
“If only.” Marie looks upwards. The gushers prevent anyone from getting down as long as they’re active, but little purple drops are starting to sneak their way through the tiny areas that aren’t protected. “How’s the Hero Roller holding up? It looks like it’s seen better days.”
“It’s functional. Not as good as it used to be, but it still works and we can get it fixed up when we leave.”
“By who? Ammoses is on the other side of the globe in retirement.”
“Didn’t he have a grandkid who ran some store in Inkopolis? Ammo Knights? If he’s anything like his grandfather then he’ll be too excited at the chance to mess with it he wouldn’t even care where I got it from. I’ve been poking around that place and it has some good stuff. If things don’t work out then it’s good to have another option.”
“We can sort it out later. If I set up some sprinklers of my own then I think I can keep the Octarians out for a bit.” Marie said, placing them strategically to make sure they activate all the gushers. The hero ones were modified to last longer, but that didn’t mean they were forever.
“The next time I see a sprinkler I’m going to barf.”
With that set up, Marie and Callie wandered deeper into the final ring. Usually these were the most guarded and given everything she’s seen in ring two she’s really hoping that’s all. In a word twist of faith, she gets her wish.
Ring three’s a lot more homey than any of the others, which is a very weird thing to say about an enemy bomb factory. It’s still got the harshness that applies to every Kettle, but there’s bulletin boards with notes reminding someone to clean the Flooder’s fuel valve and smaller crates gathered around a makeshift table with a half finished game of cards on them. The only remotely evil thing is a massive security screen on the wall with four different tiers, fizzing whenever Marie switches to another tier. They’re the layout of the factory, and the Octolings are marked with pink dots while they’re a deep green, harsh and unfriendly like the spill of toxic wastes in cartoons.
“Two. Look at this.” Callie calls from behind a corner. She’s bracing herself for torture machines or dried out corpses or something equally horrifying. She isn’t expecting a massive scrawl of paper written in Octarian pinned to the wall.
“You know I can’t read this fluently.”
“Then look at the drawings.” Callie’s tone is blunt. Marie doesn’t get why she can’t just translate it for her, but she’s indulged some of Callie’s crazier requests before.
“Fine.” Puzzling out the answer with whatever words she can detect alongside the various blueprints also pinned up, Inkopolis isn’t mentioned once. This wasn’t a secret plan to invade Inkopolis. It was a plan to replenish their depleted searcher stock because they didn’t have any backups.
“So? We still have to destroy this place.”
“So? The entire reason we were sent here was a lie!”
“The Captain didn’t know that. Besides, this doesn’t mean they won’t invade Inkopolis later. Better get it out of the way now than risk them having seekers in the future.” Marie muttered.
“You’re not getting the point I’m trying to make-“
“No, Callie, you need to let this idea you’ve got in your head go. Were the Octolings back there going to spare us? No! They were fully prepared to shoot us and didn’t care if we could respawn or not. This isn’t some stupid playground dispute, this is war. They’re still making weaponry. What we need to do is snuff this entire place out before one of us ends up dead. For good. If you’re too confused to do that, then at least keep the sprinklers active.”
Callie stares back at her, like she’s trying to determine if a stranger has taken her membrane and is wearing it instead. They stand there for a tense couple of seconds before she utters a quiet. “Fine. Go off and play soldier. I hope one day you’ll understand what you’re doing.”
That was the moment where the rift in their relationship formed. Outside of Octo Valley they were still the same rising pop stars they once were, but things hadn’t seemed the same after that. Callie requested a break from agent work and while she came back, so peppy about doing their duty it was definitely fake, Marie was foolish enough to let it slip her thoughts. It had faded to a dark corner of her mind that would only rear its head on bad nights, and she would get the bad nights over with and try to never think about them again.
And then Callie had disappeared and all those thoughts came rushing back.
Marie couldn’t remember much individual days. They all swept together in a chaotic haze of searching Octo Vally for something, anything that would clue her in to where Callie had been taken. Three, still a fresh face back then, was all too eager to assist. Marie worked them hard. In hindsight, too hard. All of that had culminated in a huge fight with Gramps.
“You’re working Three too hard. They’re rerunning kettles every day, sometimes clearing through the same one ten times. I know you’re worried, squiddo. I am too, but causing Three to pass out due to exhaustion isn’t going to help anyone”
He was right. Marie was too angry, too worried, too stubborn to let it go.
Maybe, she had spat through gritted teeth, if she wasn’t juggling a performing job and his insane demands she would still be here.
Both of them had stormed off, resulting in a rather bewildered Three being dragged off for a “research trip”. Marie was too worked up to care until the disappearance of both of them caused her to drag another kid off the streets into a world of fighting. Four was good. Incredible, really. While she could be too risky at times and didn’t take criticism well, Four had a determination unmatched and a proficiency in weapons to rival the most experienced people around. She was a one-squid army and managed to claw her way to Callie in a matter of months.
When Marie saw what happened, she brought her sister back with the only way she knew how, music. It was a grueling fight, Four taking the bottom of the Octobot King II while Marie tried to appeal to the top half. With the combination of a well timed shot to the head and a boom box containing the Squid Sister’s greatest hit, Callie returned to her as Four took down Octavio. While it would take some time to fully remove the effects of the brainwashing, she as confident the two of them could get back to a semi-normal life and find the missing members of the NSS. That was until Callie disappeared again.
This time Sector Five was the first place they checked. Marie and Four went through the same song and dance as the first time, her mind racing the entire time. How had Octavio managed to break out and grab Callie on his own? Was this just an elaborate plan that they had played into? The answer was no, Callie had thought that the hypnoshades were “really fresh”. Marie was a little disappointed but was quick to smother that thought out. Of course it would have lingering effects. This was only a brief period of withdrawal, and Marie would make sure that it didn’t happen again, hiding the hypnoshades somewhere deep within the mess of Cuttlefish Cabin. She didn’t want to destroy it just in case they could somehow reverse engineer the technology to prevent it from effecting any of them. Safe within boxes of boxes, she left for the day. It happened again. This time they had a talk about it.
“Why, Callie? Do I have to babysit you to make sure you don’t put these on again?” Marie tried to keep her frustration from leaking into her tone. She failed. It was the third time Callie had put on the hypnoshades and this time was dire enough to warrant a talk.
Callie refuses to make eye contact with her, gaze locked onto the floor and occasionally towards the snowglobe where DJ Octavio resides. “…I just think-“
“No you don’t! There’s something going on here and you’re not telling me! Is someone threatening you? Are the aftershocks just that bad? Maybe you should take some time off of agent work. Even more time off if this keeps happening.” She’s walking now, pacing back and forth while she shoots hypotheticals.
“Marie, listen.”
“I mean, you can’t expect me and Four to be able to bail you out every time. She’s got a life of her own and we really need to keep an eye on the distress signal we heard, it could be from Gramps or Three, maybe both of them. I can’t come back every time you relapse and if this happens in public we’ll both end up in a lot of hot water.”
“I need you to know-“
“This has happened three times! Three! I know you’re more frivolous but-“
“I’m not being brainwashed.” Callie’s next words cause Marie to snap to attention.
“What?”
“I’m not being brainwashed.” Callie repeats. “I left of my own free will to help the Octarian people. They were suffering down there, you didn’t get to see the state of the civilian domes and we’re not making it any better by storming down there and splatting everything that moves! The hypnoshades? Just modified versions of Octarian army visors that monitor things like your ink level and the strength of your armor.”
“This is a trick, isn’t it ? You were programmed to say these things.” Marie said, grasping at straws. The snowglobe wasn’t the sturdiest prison, but there was no way to open it without being on the outside.
“For Cod’s sake Marie, can you just listen to me for a bit? I haven’t been mind controlled this entire time! Do you really think that I’m that stupid? No, I saw the things that were happening and the one person who I thought would always be on my side was willingly ignoring all the signs that something more was wrong. Those people, innocent people were suffering for a battle their ancestors lost, one that doesn’t even matter now because we’ve got so much space for them to live too!”
Marie felt like she had been walking on a frozen lake this entire time and just now it had cracked. She had ignored all the danger and now that the chill was seeping into her membrane she was forced to reap what she had sown. “Then why the kidnapping plot? Everyone was searching for you. You don’t think a tiny note saying that you’re off doing something private would have sufficed?”
“Oh, like you would have accepted it. The kidnapping was the only thing that would have managed to stop everything from being found out. It was Octavio’s idea, and before you jump in with anything he said we should frame it as a kidnapping because then I would have plausible deniability.” Callie’s gaze returns to the snowglobe again. The DJ inside is knocked out due to Four whacking him on the head with the Rainmaker. “He’s really not as maniacal as he presents himself. If you ever looked closer maybe you’d know that.”
Silence falls as Marie puts the last seven years of her life into a new context. “I have to say, I don’t think I understand all of this.”
Callie let out a sad sigh. “Figures”
“But I want to. If you’ll teach me, I’d like to see what I’ve been overlooking this entire time. Just… can we get rid of the hypnoshades this time? I think Four’s going to lose it if she sees it again, real or not.”
In order to avoid any backlash from the other members of the NSS, Marie went along with Callie’s lie. Four, like with most things Marie said, believed it without question.
That blind admiration directed at her was kinda awesome. It was also scary. Four was willing to both kill and die for her at the drop of a hat and took every single word to heart. It was why she was trying to distance herself from Four. The poor kid needed some time to come into her own and learn how to be someone who wasn’t constantly searching for the approval of someone older than her.
Neo Three whizzes around the makeshift ice rink, coating any inkable areas in Alterna’s yellow. Little Buddy coos excitement from their post on Neo Three’s back. They’ve been trying to get this Sunken Scroll for about twenty minutes now, barely missing the balloon containing it in their last attempts. They’re remarkably similar to Four, same proficiency and high energy spirit, but there was a difference between wildness and recklessness.
Four’s reckless power always needed a guiding force to be effective, and given all of the Captain’s talk about Agent Eight, she seemed like someone who could help her out. The Captain is also similar to her given the inability to ever slow down until it caught up with them, just with one major difference. To put it simply? Three was haunted. Four was not.
Three was forced to go through a baptism by fire, countless mistakes tearing them to shreds. Due to the lack of experience that they had, Three was forced to take heavy damage and while they went on to eventually surpass Callie and Marie in terms of power and retook the Great Zapfish, the experience had left heavy scars on the young agent who had been in field combat at the same age when she and Callie were learning what spots were the best to place Ink Mines. Gramps and the two of them would try and coach Three through it the best they could, but the end result was a heavily damaged fourteen year old with the knowledge and skills on how to wipe out an entire army.
Things only got worse when they fell into the Deepsea Metro. Marie wasn’t privy to the whole story, just a recap from Gramps while a haggard Three with a massive ink scar across their face clutched tight onto the blanket wrapped around them back in Octo Valley. Eventually Three had recovered, but they were never quite the same again after that. They had taken up the mantle as Captain, and while they technically were still able to do agent duties even with the scar they didn’t unless something major happened. Marie didn’t pry. It was frightening watching the life slowly drain out of a once bubbly and excited kid until they were a battle scarred veteran who only knew fighting.
That was the purpose of the Factoidpedia. While Callie mistakenly thought it was born out of a stress-addled mind trying to control anything it could by listing them down (which, fine, maybe that did play a small part in the creation of the Factoidpedia), it was actually meant to monitor Four’s health, both mentally and physically. Marie couldn’t let something like that happen again to anyone, not when she knew the signs. If she could find a way to help Captain Three while she was at it, then all the better.
Four didn’t separate her agent identity and civilian identity, a dangerous combination of both worlds that could easily come crashing down upon her. Time as an agent could be deadly and dangerous while time as a civilian was meant to be a getaway from all of that. Four, however, viewed her normal life as something getting in the way of her agent work. Marie wanted to grab her by the shoulders and tell her how lucky she was to have a civilian life that was her own. She didn’t before they left, and she’s regretting it now.
A loud howl of frustration that snaps her out of her thoughts tells her that Neo Three failed again. Marie turns to see a heavily ink covered balloon float into the sky, out of reach of any of Neo Three’s weapons. They’re staring resentfully up at it while Little Buddy hops up and down like if they jump high enough they’ll be able to make it up.
“You know, Four used to use burst bombs when chasing balloons. Your upgraded gear will let you throw out five before you need to recharge.” Marie advises.
Neo Three stares at her for a bit before sliding beside her on the shore of the icy lake. “Who’s Four? This is like the third time you’ve mentioned them.”
“Another agent. She got the Great Zapfish back when it disappeared in Inkopolis Square and defeated DJ Octavio the second time he tried to pull a trick like that. She stayed back to keep the space safe.”
“Huh. Thanks for the advice.” Neo Three hefts a burst bomb and takes off, skidding on the ice as they did. Marie watched as they raced through, occasionally throwing burst bombs instead of just trying to shoot the large clusters of balloons that would spawn. The sight of the dashtracks and ice hurling them around reminds her of a pinball machine. Eventually they reach the crowd of balloons that thwarted them from getting one of the sunken scrolls and throw a burst bomb, popping most of them and heavily damaging the rest. Neo Three shoots them down with a howl of triumph, grabbing the sunken scroll and sliding to Marie to show it off.
“Hey, Three.” Marie bares her teeth in the awkward grin she’s always tried to make more photogenic after she looks at it. “I hate to ask this of you so soon after Alterna, but…”
“No prob! Let me guess, more recon duty?” They’re a bit restless, adrenaline from their earlier missions keeping them shifting from one foot to another.”
“Something like that.”
“Oh?”
“There’s trouble in Inkopolis. A massive Salmonid attack hit the city and disrupted the power supply. No one can get any messages in or out. I want you to check in on Four and Eight. They’ve been holding down the fort pretty good so far but this attack has got me worried. Whenever you’re ready I can hook up the old Squid Sisters tour bus. The paint’s chipped off by now so there’s no risk of being recognized.”
“You got it! Gimme some time to grab my stuff and me and Little Buddy’ll be good to go!” Neo Three throws their partner into the air and catches them before taking off to the Kettle that leads back to the city.
“Be careful! We don’t know how badly damaged the city is!” Marie yells back.
“Don’t worry! If we can take down a giant bear in space then we can handle a little wreckage.” Neo Three yells back, slipping into swim form and leaving.
Marie can only hope she hasn’t made a horrible mistake. Again.
Notes:
Don't worry, you will get to see what happened at the end of the seeker factory eventually. I couldn't find a good way to wrap it up in here, so I'm putting it in a later chapter.
Chapter 17: Happy Little Workers - 24/7 Mix
Notes:
This chapter was hard to write. While I had a vauge outline of what I wanted to do before and after this chapter, this chapter was just a massive blank space that I kept saying "eventually I'll figure out what to do with this". Spoiler alert, I did not. Instead I played through all of Octopath Traveler 2 and got bombarded with inspiration for every single wip I had except this one. Eventually I scraped by, but this is going to be a lot rougher in comparison to some other chapters. I do intend to finish this fic before I do any other multichapters, and hopefully this is the worst roadblock I face for YWAICIWAIS. Two months later, I present chapter 17.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
There was something about carrying the Rainmaker that made you into a martyr.
While you had to intentionally pick up the mystical missile launcher to activate it, therefore accepting the responsibility that came with carrying it, it was also painting a giant target on your back. Four’s clutched out enough Rainmaker matches that went into overtime to know that the match revolved around the carrier. While teammates there to either support them or splat the enemy carrier were no doubt helpful in their own right, the only way to win was for someone to hold the burden. That doesn’t mean people didn’t like using the Rainmaker at all. It’s an addicting adrenaline rush as you fire out superpowered shots or jump from the rapidly disappearing ink puddles to get even a tiny inch ahead of your enemy. Your allies cheer you on when you win and when you don’t they wail like it’s the greatest tragedy that you’ve fell. Sure, maybe they’re not sad because you died, but the mourning’s still there.
For a few shining seconds whether good or bad, you’re the most important person in the world. Four sure feels like that now.
The circular grindrail allowing her to chase the Octobot King II ends in a loop, and will keep looping until she deals enough damage. The Rainmaker’s certainly up to the task, safety limits removed allowing it to take it’s place as the strongest weapon she’s ever used. The metal is uncomfortably warm and every shot fired causes a massive burst of light to sear into her vision and the sides to shudder. Another flying punch comes her way, Four’s charged shot sending it spinning back at Octavio. He’s been taking hits for a ridiculous amount of time and it’s starting to show as smoke pours from his machine’s side. With one last strike it goes down.
“Finish it, Four!” Marie calls from the flying version of the Squid Sisters tour bus as the grind rails begin to point downwards. The shape and feeling reminds her of a whirlpool.
She’s getting closer and closer, her enemy attempting to climb out of the collapsed rubble. The rails point downwards as Four takes a leap at the end, whacking him with the Rainmaker as hard as she possibly can. It explodes in a shower of sparks and shrapnel, rapidly covering the entire arena in a haze of yellow ink. Her own head’s feeling fuzzy, exhaustion finally settling in as she slides down the pile, looks up at the circling rails and tour bus, gives a smile, and passes out.
——————————
The second the massive warehouse doors shudder shut, Four and Eight spring into action. They don’t have an exact amount of how much time they have to complete the mission, which is somehow worse than knowing exactly how many seconds are on the clock. Eventually someone’s going to realize that they’ve already dropped off the Golden Eggs and drag them out, so they need to find the specials and get out fast. The massive letter painted on the warehouse doors is lucky number seven and houses all golden eggs. Numbers one through three hold the vehicles that allow Grizzco to either swim or fly out to the various locations where Salmon Runs take place, number four holds the fuel for said equipment, numbers five and six hold bonus balls and other forms of rewards, and numbers eight through ten hold weaponry, gloopsuits, ink tanks, and specials.
Originally they planned to go in as armorers for warehouses eight through ten but Grizzco was incredibly strict about who they sent there despite their current shakiness. Having illegally modified weapons hanging around would land the corporation in hot water if they came to light. There was an entire page dedicated to making sure that employees wouldn’t squeal when they first signed up for work. Even Four’s ranking as Eggexcutive wasn’t enough on its own. She would have to go through a six week training regime before guarding some of the less important warehouses, and that was time she didn’t have.
Eight beckons her over. On the security cameras it would look like they were taking the net of golden eggs to an empty storage container, and part of that was the truth. If they were lugging this net the whole time they would undoubtedly get caught. The main reason was because this spot wasn’t reached by the cameras, and could therefore allow them to get into the management office without getting discovered.
Four slides open the top of the storage container as loudly as she can without arousing suspicion as Eight sprints to the wall and begins working on it. Unsurprisingly, it was just an ordinary wooden wall but apparently “I can handle getting us in the vents”, so Four was on distraction duty again. She was getting really good at this. At one point she lets the sliding top clatter to the ground with a massive clang before slowly dragging it back up. It sounded a bit like what would happen if a cheese grater was used on steel wool. Perfect. A scraping sound starts to reach her ears, no doubt Eight getting them in, so Four kicks it up into double time. She rattles the lid as she slides the container shut as loud as she possible can. When she turns around again a plank of wood has been jostled open, Eight holding a screwdriver in her hands.
“It’s a short way to the other warehouse.” She says, slipping into the vents with Four following shortly after.
The insides of the ventilation shaft was cramped, cold and really hard to sneak around quietly in without making noise. Sure, their swim forms were much more stealthy than their kid forms, but even the slightest of misplaced tentacles would cause soft tapping sounds to reverberate through the metal corridors. She was a tad bit disappointed because in all of the movies sneaking through vents was a quiet and foolproof way to infiltrate any facility or jail. You'd think it would hold a grain of truth, but no. Even without the deceptively loud walls, the vents themselves are pretty badly maintained, creaking with age and the cheap materials it was constructed with. Four remembers a chemistry class back when she was in school; her teacher had shown them a piece of tin and explained how once it got cold enough it would get incredibly brittle. They passed a solid piece around the class and she had marveled about how something so sturdy could become so fragile. Her teacher had then taken the piece and put it in a freezer, taking it out at the end of the end of the class and shattering it to pieces once everyone was behind a protective screen. She shudders and pushes that thought to the back of her mind as they continue deeper.
Eventually, Four and Eight find their way to the grate leading into warehouse ten.
It's rather similar to warehouse seven in terms of height and size with one major difference: a metal catwalk outlines the walls in a blocky "u" shape, guards stationed at every corner. Some of them lazily lean against the railing and talk with their partner, others clean their Splattershots. Makes sense, they wouldn't use Grizzco weapons in a place that would probably be subject to the occasional inspection. Below them lie the locked up crates containing the specials.
The materials specials were stored in differed from place to place. In official matches specials were already activated, just with a limiter so no one could spam them instantly. Instead, the limiter would deactivate once a certain amount of turf had been inked and would reactivate once someone with a full special meter died or used it. In areas like Octo Canyon, specials had to be gained by external sources. Back in the Great Turf War, instant special technology was a distant dream for the future and the only way you could activate one would be by using a canned special. Canned specials from back then were made for speed, something you could wolf down in a foxhole before returning to battle. The end result was an energy packed, slightly salty meat sealed tight in a can that was surprisingly tasty for what it was. With the technological advancements made after the war allowing for the more modern versions, the practice of canning specials disappeared excluding spaces that didn’t have immediate access to said technology, which is why they remained in the Kettles.
Grizzco’s version of a special couldn’t be implemented through clothing means due to the high energy cost already required to make sure the lifesavers would activate instead of sending you back to the nearest respawn platform. Specials used in Salmon Runs would instead be stored in plastic pouches ziptied to the top of your hat so you could yank ‘em off and bite into them when trouble arose. Biting into them would cause the jelly-like substance they contained to be released, and activate whatever special you had.
Four peers through the grate, thankfully still hidden. The guard's ink color is a soft purple, not the bright orange Grizzco had associated themselves with for so long and the one that Four and Eight are currently sporting. Probably so any intruders could be dealt with without going through all the trouble of a capture. Unsurprising, but still discouraging to see.
She and Eight settled on a plan earlier, one that had thankfully included the presence of guards. Four would cause a diversion by cutting the power (the fuse box was nearby their particular vent) and drawing fire while Eight would slip through the grate, open up the crate that held the bomb rush specials, and scram before the auxiliary power kicked in. It wasn't a flawless plan by a large margin but they were really pressed for time and each of them had been up against worst odds before. Eight’s tentacles slide her the screwdriver, Four picking it up with her own. All she has to do is slip out of the grate once Eight gives the signal and-
"What do you mean the shipment line's been shut down?
—————-
Te- no, she's Four now, Four eyes the shady establishment clinging to Deca Tower's side like a neon, fishnet-covered tumor. Grizzco was an up-and-coming business that had seemingly sprouted overnight into Inkopolis Square and was currently sweeping the people. A quick, easy way to make cash that didn't require prior job experience or documentation or anything at all seemed far too good to be true. When Four first arrived she was fully ready to dismiss it as an elaborate scam and kick back when the elaborate way it all fell apart was aired on the news. She was currently eating her words, as Grizzco seemed to be getting bigger than ever. They switched from posters stuck on lampposts to sponsorships in Off The Hook's news segments, almost everyone in the streets was chattering about the massive egg haul they made, and the boats that took people out to do whatever it was that Grizzco did were leaving in bigger numbers than ever before. Sheldon had actually managed to rope her into helping him repair one of the scrapped Grizzco boats when she wasn't busy with agent work or ranked battles. Even he wasn't safe from the frenzy.
Is Four really that strapped for cash that she's seriously considering joining what is probably a multilevel marketing scheme? Yes. She needs to make extra money even with the dorms at Inkblot. Sure, for hobby stuff and meals, but also to prove to her parents that she could do it. Part of their agreement for letting her come out here was showing them that she could survive and make enough cash to sustain herself and she barely squeezed by last time. Ranked battles were a decent enough source of money but you had to make it into the bigger ranks if you wanted to survive purely off of that, and half the time she couldn't rank up in Tower Control or Clam Blitz, which severely limited her options when the alternatives were out of rotation. She never got the hang of Turf War, eventually just giving up once she reached a high enough level to unlock competitive, so Grizzco was the only place left that would allow her to work without more personal information getting shared. Four wanted to avoid that for both personal and professional reasons. If anything gets traced back to her allegiance to the NSS, not only her but Marie and everyone else would land in hot water. There's also the non-zero chance that her parents are looking for her, and Four never wants to see them again.
The shady side attachment to Deca Tower’s neon lights wink back at her. Last time she passed by it was closed, metal gates covering the door with a sign promising to be back soon. Four thought it was closed for good. Apparently not. With that last thought, she steps through the door. Grizzco's interior is just as covered in neon and fishnets as the exterior, just signifigantly more cramped. Power eggs are bundled in a basket, wires snake across the floor, life rafts are tied to the ceiling, and old TV screens with training tapes are bolted to the walls. She's gotta give them credit where credit is due, they've really gone all in on the themeing. The centerpiece of the room is a bear statue with an antennae sitting on a cooler like it's a pedistal holding a golden idol. It speaks.
“Are you ready,” Mr Grizz asks, “to be a part of something bigger than yourself?”
—————
“What do you mean the shipment line’s been shut down?” A voice down on the floor level barks, freezing her and Eight in place. It seems to have a similar effect on the guards, who straighten up and stop talking once the voice speaks. She’s thankful for the echoing corridors now, allowing her to hear the speaker perfectly given how loud they’re yelling.
“I mean that executive orders have closed it! There’s no sign of broken equipment or anything else that might warrant such a thing, but it’s been shut down anyway. We only got the news an hour ago!” A second, more desperate voice chimes in, footsteps frantic in comparison to the yeller’s even but hurried place.
“An hour ago? I have three month’s worth of trucks prepared on an exact schedule and you’re telling me I have to cancel all of them for something that doesn’t even have a reason?” Yeller snaped.
“I can’t talk about it out loud, but there’s an email in your office that should clear everything up.” Desperate squeaked back.
“Oh, that makes everything better. An email. In a place that has fluctuating power.”
Four knows that somehow Grizzco and the Big Runs are connected, but there are too many pieces missing to ever explain exactly how. If they were aware of the Big Runs and the other Boss Salmonids, why didn’t they tell the public? How did they find out which areas were under attack? Are they causing the Big Runs? What do they want with all the golden eggs? She can’t let this pass opportunity pass by. She won’t let Inkopolis get destroyed a second time thanks to her mistakes. I’m sorry Eight, but I need that folder.
Eight taps the side of the wall three times with one of her tentacles, the signal for the plan to begin. Four slides out and sprints to the fuse box, prying open the panel guarding the valuable interior. She’s thankful for the thick rubber gloves in the Grizzco Gloopsuit, nullifying the sparks that go flying as she stabs erratically at the wires. The power cuts with a low hum, a soft metal tinkle letting her know that Eight’s gotten out of the vent. A few of the guards groan, and shuffling can be heard as well as the click of keys being used. The employees below them.
“Someone check on the fuse box. This is what, the seventh time this week?” A beam of light suddenly pierced the darkness, others starting to appear as well. Flashlights. Squit.
“I went last time. You go.” One of the guards at the long end of the catwalk says as Eight slips into swim form, falling through the holes in the grate. Hopefully their conversation will cover the sound of her landing.
“Ugh, fine. Would it kill upper management to get some windows in here?” Footsteps clang on the metal, getting closer and closer. Four has no choice but to slip through the grate as well, unable to see anything through the thick haze of self-imposed darkness. There, a horizontal bar of light; the office that the first two voices had been talking about. If she could get in there, she could read that email. She had to move fast; that door wasn’t going to stay cracked open forever.
Four squirmed closer and closer, dreading either the shut of the door or a flashlight’s beam. Hopefully Eight would have gotten to one of the crates by now. She slips into the cluttered office, barely managing to duck underneath a cluttered desk in time to recognize not being spotted.
“An abrupt cancelation of every truck headed to the Great Crater. Who do they think I am, a miracle worker? We’ve had those shipment routes planned out for years, paid for them too, and the second Mr Grizz kicks the bucket it comes crumbling down? No contingency plans at all.” Yeller groused, stomping around angrily.
Mr Grizz was a real person? Four had always treated him more like a mascot than anything, a figurehead that the company had to establish an emotional connection between them and their workers. Sure, someone had to record those radio lines, but Four always assumed it was a voice actor. Apparently not. Apparently he’s dead as well.
“Power’s been given to the Vice President. They’ve ordered a shutdown on all operations in Alterna. Something about a group lurking there messing up the rocket.” Desperate says as her heart lurches. She doesn’t know what an Alterna is, but a group in Splatsville preforming vigilante justice could only be the NSS.
“I recon that stupid death trap’s the thing that killed him?”
“Affirmative.”
A snort from Yeller. “Good riddance. Meddling with human technology’s about the stupidest thing he could have done, but billionaires have got to have their thrills somehow. Let’s hope the new president’s more competent than that.”
Mr Grizz doesn’t feel like the kind of man to do dumb things for kicks. Four’s spent enough time working in Grizzco to see that everything in that codforsaken place is done by design, right down to the color of their uniforms to the fishing nets used in it’s decor. His support of Team Order was well known to everyone in the Final Fest even if he didn’t participate himself. The NSS, the death of Mr Grizz, all of these are important things she needs to tell Eight-
Eight.
Four just left her only friend high and dry in an enemy facility. What kind of person is she, willing to do such a thing? She promised she would be better than this, but like every single important promise she had made in her life this one was dashed to pieces because of her own mistakes. It’s a bit too late to not sneak into the office, but Four can fulfill her role as the distraction. She morphs back into kid form, rolling out from underneath the table. A wide-eyed squid stares back at her, but Four’s out the door before Yeller or Desperate can do anything.
“Stop!” One of them calls to her, and the thud of her boots is loud enough to draw the attention of all guards nearby. Thank cod her face is obscured by the baseball cap that’s part of the Gloopsuit, they don’t need Grizzco trying to track them down. The next part of the plan required her to reconvene with Eight by one of the watchtowers after she gets the specials, and her partner isn’t anywhere in here. Now all she has to do is avoid getting fatally shot. Easier said than done.
—————————
“Why can’t you just leave me alone?” Four spat into the phone, cornered in her own dorm by people who weren’t even there. “I’ve already proven to you that I can make it out here without any help.”
“You’re still a child, not to mention your grades have been slipping. Who’s to say that you’re not slipping up with something you’re not telling us about?” Her mother says and Four experiences the anger that only someone in an argument that can’t refute the point that the other party made because it was true can feel.
“Oh, so I’m a child now but you pulled me out of the grind rail squad because I was going to become an adult soon and needed to get my prospects in order?”
“You know that’s not what I meant-“
“Yes it was! I can’t do anything without you or dad triple checking it, and even then it’s a no! I’m glad I left and-“
Her mother is yelling now. “Why do you make me do this? I ask one thing of you, and it’s to be a part of this family. It’s not a big thing.”
“It is! If you can’t make up your mind on who you want me to be, then don’t even try to talk to the real me.” Four hangs up before pondering her words. Really? That was her great argument ender? Her phone buzzes; mom’s trying to call her again but she declines the call, tosses her phone into her backpack and sits on the floor. That was the third argument they’ve had this month and it was starting to take its toll on her. Four’s arguments were getting sloppier and her mom’s points were getting sharper and she was pretty sure that any day they would be knocking on her dorm room door, ready to drag her back to home where a suitable highschool would be.
She can’t go back. Not after she’s become part of the New Squidbeak Splatoon. Not after she’s got people counting on her. People- Marie- the beginning of an idea sparks to life in her mind. Her parents can’t find her if she’s not here. Four shoves most of her immediate essentials into her backpack; her wallet, some clothes, her license to partake in competitive games, even the emergency phone she got in case a situation like this ever happened. In the future they might describe it as their poor daughter’s impulsive decision to run away, but she knew the truth. This plan was a long time coming, and in her wild flight away from her own life she has a loose outline of what to do next.
It pains Four to leave behind some of the things in this dorm. A box of comic books she collected ever since she was young, her unfinished knitting works, the little trinkets she accumulated from shops on the outskirts of town and other such objects. Alas, it would take too much time to completely move them to her temporary refuge, so backpack it was. She slips out the door and into Inkopolis Square, Inkblot’s security measures lax to those who dwell within it. The security guard tips their hat and says, “Don’t stay out too late, youngster.”
“Wasn’t planning on it.” Four lied. Inkopolis’s populace isn’t too bothered by another shifting face in the crowd as she makes her way to the sewer grate that leads to Tentakeel Outpost.
“You’re up late.” Marie greeted, coming out of Cuttlefish Cabin once she announces her presence with her footsteps.
“So are you.”
“Can’t sleep lately. I never know if I miss a clue that could lead to Callie. How about you?”
“Got into a fight with my parents.” It sounds pathetic the moment it leaves her mouth, but Marie dips her head in understanding.
“You can crash here anytime you like, kid. Just don’t expect a high quality bed. Or a decent bed. Maybe you could sleep on the bench…” Marie muses, turning back to the interior. “I need to get a bedroll in here eventually.”
Four takes that as a cue to walk over to the bench. Sector One looks like an entirely different world in the dark, and while some kettles tried to replicate the night it would never come close to the real thing. She slings her bag onto the bench and begins to stuff some of her clothes into a shirt. This’ll work as a pillow and it’s not cold enough that she needs a blanket.
“I get the feeling you aren’t going to sleep soon. Might as well pass some time with target practice until then. Your Hero Charger’s in the bin.” Marie emerges again, this time holding an ornately carved Charger the same green as her tentacles. The bin is what she and Marie have been affectionately calling the Ammo Knights Enhancifier. Four retrieved the weapon.
“Should I get my agent gear on?”
“Nah. We’re just shooting balloons.” Marie leads her down into Suction Cup Lookout and up the tower where Kettle 5 sits, triggering the balloons. “So, what was the fight about?”
“They can’t make up their mind if I’m a kid or a grown up. When I want to do something childish I’m too mature for that but when I want to do something mature I’m too childish. It’s stupid.” She fires a shot, cleanly missing the first balloon as it soars upwards instead of sideways.
“Yeah, they can be like that. Me and Callie used to get into fights like that with ours. Turns out when you don’t tell them that you’re doing part time as a secret agent they think everything in your civilian life is bogging you down.” Marie snipes the balloon she missed, the one she had missed and thought was a lost cause.
“I know, right? Like, you’ve already got me doing your plan to get me into your college, just lay off.” Four grouses, popping a balloon with a fully charged shot. Overkill, but it feels good to let out her frustration.
“Do you even want to go to college?”
“I mean, kinda. I like the idea of getting to pick out a school that focuses on stuff I like, but there’s no way in shell that my parents are ever gonna let me apply to a place I’d want to go. Anyway, I’ve got too much on my plate now. I’ve started doing shifts at Grizzco, and they’ve got a pretty good thing going. A week or two more with them and I can get my own apartment!”
“Nice. Look, are you sure you want to just want to ditch school? It’s a big experience, moving out, and you really don’t want to cut ties with someone before doing so. Trust me, I know.”
“I’m sure. All the grades in the world aren’t gonna matter if I-“ Four pauses to swallow down a sudden knot in her throat and clears it when she strikes down another balloon. “If Inkopolis never gets the Zapfish back.”
Marie’s voice has the same tone to it when she’s about to tell Four about a risky plan. “I think you should give it a last try. Take a week to think about it, give your parents one call, and if you decide it’s a no after that I’ll drop the subject.”
Four thinks, letting the remaining balloons fly away. She does not want to see her mother or father again, at least not until many years later. But her mentor, the one person here who saw something more than yet another kid has just asked her something. “Alright, Marie. I’ll give it a shot, but no promises.”
—————————
Four runs as fast as she can, shots wizzing past her in the dark. She snakes between the metal crates in the warehouse, barley avoiding the light that would give her away. Despite her best effort a few shots graze her, marking her with glowing purple ink. They come faster and more on point as she heaves the massive warehouse doors open and disappears into the tangle of boxes piled outside for shipping. Four runs and runs and runs until it feels like her lungs are on fire and runs even more after that until the watchtower they agreed upon looms over her. Four squirms out of her stained uniform, leaving her in only a blank shirt and pants stained with slight bits of lavender ink. Here, by some scaffolding is Eight.
“Did they shoot at you?” She asks, rushing forward to frantically check at Four. Eight’s fine, no thanks to her. What if she didn’t manage to make it out unscathed?
“Only a little bit. The Gloopsuit ate enough hits for me. Do you have the specials?” Four chooses not to mention the slight bit of enemy ink that’s currently causing her skin to sting. They got the mission over with. No need to worry her.
“Yes. Stowed them away safely at the pickup spot. Four, what did you do?”
“Got a bit reckless when making a distraction.” Something stupid, but what else is new?
“Well, I’m glad you’re alright. We should get home now. Grizzco’ll probably be on high alert after we broke in…” Eight leaves her uniform behind as well, pausing to kick it into a corner where it won’t be noticed. Four does the same after that.
“Actually, I need to take a breather after running all the way here. You can go on ahead.”
“Are you sure?”
“Yeah. I’ll catch up soon enough and text you when I go.” Four waves a dismissive hand.
“If you say so.” Eight gives her one last look and turns away, leaving Four to right her mistakes.
She sits down first because she actually does need that breather, willing to trade all the specials they just got for a bottle of water. Once she’s breathing normally and her legs no longer feel like they’re going to give out from underneath her, Four pushes herself up and makes her way to the pickup spot. The cooler that they placed awaits her, and Four is quick to start wheeling it towards Inkopolis Square. It’ll be a nice surprise to give Eight when they wake up tomorrow morning, saving them the risk of losing it. It’s a brief trip down into the sewers, and there’s Octo Canyon. She wheeled it by the wreckage of Cuttlefish Cabin and sat on top of the cooler.
She came down here not just to deliver the cooler, but to get some privacy. Eight and her have been on strange ground as of late, both worn thin by the Big Run and the remnants of the attack. They haven’t fought and they don’t seem to be inching in that direction but she can’t help but wonder if they’ll drift away too. Eight’s made for great things. Four’s just the backup. She pulls up her old phone and her parent’s voicemails.
“I’m sorry about how I yelled at you. That wasn’t fair, but it isn’t fair when you snap back at me either-“Four switches to the next one.
“I know you might need some time after a fight like that, so if you could tell me where you are or at least give me a response I’d greatly appreciate that.” A short message from one week after she left Inkblot. Looks like they came looking for her.
“Please talk to us, or at least let us know that you’re ok. We’re going to try and contact the authorities soon, or whatever Inkopolis has.” Shorter. Three months since she left Inkblot. There are more in a similar vein, so Four just skips past them until she lands at the most recent one, a week ago.
“I don’t know if you have this phone at all and we’re starting to lose hope, but it’s the best shot we’ve got. I don’t care if you never want to see us again, just please let us know that you’re alive.”
Please let us know you’re alive.
Four has complicated feelings on her parents, that much is true. She never really thought about what they were doing after she left, banishing it to an unpleasant corner of her mind where she wouldn’t have to think about it. She owes them some closure, at least, but she doesn’t want to see them again until she’s sure that they can understand why she did everything she did. Her finger hovers over the screen before leaving one message.
Hey, mom.
—————————
Operation Good Night, or Operation Do Not Go Gentle Into That Good Night, was named after an old human poem that Eight read. The only reason it had a name in the first place, however, was because Four thought it would be cool.
“Coolness factor.” Eight scrutinized, leaning over her shoulder to look at the drawing below her.
“Yeah! The only good thing about dangerous missions is that you get to give them awesome names. Besides, what’s more memorable, something named mission A-7 or something named Operation Undertow?” Four smiled back. Some of the tension between them was starting to dissipate now that they were working as a team for a mission.
“Fine, fine. We can give it a name.”
“Yes!” She really hopes Eight can’t tell how strained her personality is. Being the Four that befriended Eight was so easy before the Big Run hit, and now she’s trying to keep up that easygoing, friendly demeanor. If Eight notices any cracks, she doesn’t tell.
“This is a mission to fight back against the devastation that has been wrought by the Salmonids, yes? I think I have something for that.” Eight leaves the room, allowing Four to look over the step list for what must be the twentieth time this hour.
Step zero, Four will use her old phone and Eight will use her CQ-80 to keep in touch in case of separation. Step one-point-five, bring a cooler to the outer watchtower nearby Grizzco’s warehouses and enlist as workers keeping back the Salmonids. Step two, get into the building by disposing eggs. Step three, Eight gets us into the vents (thanks, blueprints). Step four, distract guards while Eight gets specials. Step five, meet at watchtower and flee the scene.
“I’ve got it!” Eight proudly proclaims, dumping a massive book onto the table. “I read this poem a while back and it always stuck with me. It’ll be perfect for our mission.”
Four skims over it. “Now you’re getting into the spirit of it! I like this, Eight. I like it a lot. Now that we’ve got our name, all we need to do is start walking. Ready to go?”
“Ready.”
—————————
Somewhere on the outskirts of Inkadia, a squid and their Smallfry get out of a bus.
Notes:
EDIT- Just realized this one was accidentally named Ever Further again. Fixed it!
Chapter 18: The Girl From Inkopolis
Notes:
I’m going to be fully honest I thought I would take two more weeks to write this chapter but then my dnd group starting up again, caffeine, and the sheer euphoria from the latest Mets game somehow combined into a perfect storm of writing fuel so uh here’s chapter eighteen two weeks early. Thanks Francisco Lindor (?)
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
As much as she uses the word, Four doesn’t think she’ll ever have the capacity to truly hate someone. Feel annoyed, sure. Feel angry at their actions, yes. But hate? That was a toxin far thicker than any sludge the Salmonoids produced. Hate was something that drove the Inklings and Octarians to tear themselves into shreds over the few remaining bits of land. Hate caused an ancient A.I. who should have been spreading knowledge to kill thousands of innocent people through tests or reanimate them.
Four does not hate Splatsville. Splatsville was a thing to point at and say, “this is what’s causing my problems”. Splatsville was the straw that broke the camel cowfish’s back in a city that had it’s last hurrah. Splatsville was a place that had gained a frenzy of hype, just like Inkopolis Square. Admitting it to herself feels strange. She spent so much time agonizing over something that didn’t matter in the slightest, and that thought is both relieving and infuriating.
Four does not hate the Salmonoids. They invaded and destroyed Inkopolis, yes, but only after it’s denizens went to their spawning grounds and harvested their eggs for quick profit. It was only reasonable that eventually some kind of retribution would have happened, and she has the sinking suspicion that Mr Grizz had something to do with the frenzies that struck them in the past few years. When she was younger, she alongside all of Inkopolis, was too blinded by the opportunities present to see the shady underbelly.
Four does not hate her parents, either. She feels frustrated towards them for refusing to ever see things her way, she feels guilty for leaving them behind with nothing more than a final conversation for company, she feels sad that a constant in her life had disappeared over the course of one night, and she feels freed now that they’re gone.
The best way to sum it up is that time her birthday party got postponed in favor of a financial literacy camp. For one thing, having a summer birthday meant that it was hard to coordinate and on the week that July 21st took place, most of Four’s friends were away with either their own sleepaway camps or off on family vacations. Of the few that weren’t away, it would be rather hard to have a party with only two people (herself and parents excluded) so they mutually agreed to postpone it until more people were back in town. After receiving this news, her parents told her that an opportunity was presenting itself; a spot had opened up for an overnight trip to a nearby college to learn about financial literacy. It was an incredibly important skill for a young squid to have and it wasn’t like her birthday party was going to happen now, so she could go! It was a small thing to be upset about given the fact that she couldn’t even have a party if she wanted to and her parents would call her on the day of her actual birth, but Four couldn’t stop thinking this camp stole my birthday.
Her parents wanted to give her the best, only their version of the best often took away the small pleasures that a kid her age should have had. What was the point of having a great carrier at the age of twenty five if she’s been slogging through the years before that? They were well meaning but went about it in the worst way, which was why she was worried about what to say next.
Four’s been staring at this message for some time now, trying her hardest to decide the best course of action. She could throw the phone into one of the flooded kettles and wash away one of the last remnants of her old life. She could say that they got the wrong number and that this phone was found intact, so whoever it is that they’re talking to is probably alive. Or… or she could lay in her bed after she’s made it. There’s no reason to chicken out now, especially not after initiating the conversation.
Tetra?
Yeah it’s me.
Four’s fully ready to get an answer an hour, shell, three hours later, but her phone hums with a notification almost immediately. Another pang of guilt diffuses through her membrane. The texting bubble pops up, disappears, pops up again, and disappears again before another message comes through.
Are you alright? I heard that there was something called a Big Run at Inkopolis?
Four paused before replying. “Bad” was probably not a good thing to reply with. “Bad” invited questions, attempts to see her, asks about what she was doing that got her in this position. A few words from Marie come to mind.
“Hey, Four. Trains got you held up?”
“Nope, just my afterschool tutor. I swear I’ve pulled the exact same excuse about being sick three times.”
“The key to getting a good excuse is not giving information. If I tell my manager that I’m going to Arowana Mall for a coffee break, he can still reach me there or try and work out an advertising deal. If I tell him that I need a little me time, he can’t exactly argue with that.”
Alright. Things have been better, though. I’ve got a stable place, food, and water. Electricity’s coming back.
That’s a relief.
Her mother tapers off into silence. The two of them are ignoring the massive, runaway elephant in the room, and frankly Four can’t blame her. There’s no easy way out for either of them.
How have you been making money?
I pick up odd jobs here and there. Work shifts for Grizzco. Play a few ranked battles. Make enough for necessities and some stuff left over. The city’s handing out food as well.
No stable job?
Four frowned. This was a point in their arguments; Four had to go to college so she could get a good, stable job, one that would lead to a good, stable life. Frustratingly enough, they never explained what that good, stable life was , just that it was something she should want.
It’s worked out well enough for me, hasn’t it?
She pauses. That sounds a little too aggressive. She’s quick to add some more words to tone down the bitterness.
Besides, there’s no real thing as a stable job. Life is crazy. You can be having a perfectly nice day and then a giant Salmonoid attack hits the city.
I suppose so.
Four stiffened. “I suppose so” was never a good thing to hear, especially not from her mom. That usually meant “I don’t agree, but I don’t want deal with this now”. Whatever. She could deal with a bit of disdain from her mother if it meant that she’d finally manage to get a bit of closure on the part of her life she axed off.
What about you? What’s been going on in knitting land?
Unlike you, miss freelancer, we actually have to stay in one place. Shops are expensive to own.
That was a joke.
Ah. Sorry.
Things have been fine. We used to try and find you in Inkopolis, but we gave up after six months and just tried to call you. We were convinced that you weren’t going to contact us again.
So was I.
The little timestamp telling Four that her mother’s read her message appears as she tries to come up with a response that doesn’t boil down to I never wanted to see you again .
What changed?
The Big Run. That, and checking in on my old phone. It was a really big wake-up call when the Horrorbouros came to town. Luckily the Great Zapfish got rid of it, but it was still really scary to go through. I didn’t want you guys to have to wonder about where your daughter went in case something ever did happen to me.
It’s a cleaner version of the story, one that cuts out any arm wounds or emergency scouting missions or fellow agents. Maybe one day she’ll tell her parents about the NSS or at least about her involvement with the Horrorbouros’s death, but until then those are secrets reserved for the people Four holds dear to her heart and at this point in time her parents are no longer there.
Well, I’m glad you’re safe. If you ever need a place to stay, our doors are open.
I’m fine here.
Are you sure? It would be no problem at all, tons of people are taking temporary refuge in smaller cities. You could take a year to rest before going back to college.
College. Four is about as far from college in her life path as she could possibly be. Did they expect her to still be following their life plan after she left? Apparently yes.
Yes, I’m sure. I thought this decision through before I made it, something you apparently don’t think I’m capable of doing.
Not everything has to be a fight, Tetra. It was just a suggestion.
Ugh. That was another one of her mother’s favorite lines for arguments, which was what this was starting to become. There was a reason she didn’t reach out in person and that was because the wound of her flight, even if it was years ago, was still too fresh for her to risk reopening in a petty spat. It was easier to talk in a format where she could think things out before saying them.
I’m just worried about you.
Tetra?
Yeah?
Could we try again? Forget all of our past arguments and be a family. You could stay in Inkopolis and commute back on holidays or weekends. We could talk regularly or go places together or whatever you want. A fresh start for all of us.
Four thinks long and hard about what to say next. She doesn’t want to come back, but to deny her mother a response would be to shut the door on all future conversations. They care for her. They overworked her. They didn’t understand her. They wanted the best for her. They used her to fulfill their own dreams, even if they didn’t realize it. Her mother is no great evil trying to smother Four’s spark out with her own goals, but she is no innocent parent who’s child fled for reasons entirely selfish.
I can’t forget. You’re the reason why I’m like this. You’re the reason I am where I am in the first place. I don’t think I can forgive you, at least not now. Maybe a few years later. Right now, I’m really busy and I don’t think meeting you will be good for either of us. You know that I’m alive, that I’m doing fine. That’s all you need to know. I’ll talk when I want to.
Four almost puts “thank you for understanding”, but decides against it. That’s basic common courtesy, and she shouldn’t give that to her mother until she shows that she understands. She can’t just give up on Inkopolis, not when Inkopolis didn’t give up on her.
Alright.
Thanks.
Four puts her phone down on the bench she made out of two crates and a piece of plywood. All things considered, that went remarkably well. It’s about time something went her way, and the return of her good luck charm might help with that. It sits in the zipped up pocket of her Hero gear, just as shiny as ever. She’s never considered herself a superstitious squid, but there was something reassuring about proof that she survived following her around.
Tentakeel Outpost has seen better days, but just like everything in this city it’s starting to get a little better with every time Four comes down here. A bench, as barebones as it is has been erected. The shards of Octavio’s snowglobe have been swept away. The more removable parts of the rubble that was once Cuttlefish Cabin have been cleared out. It was little progress, but progress nonetheless. The rattle of the grate causes her head to perk up as Eight reforms and shakes off the spare bits of teal ink.
“Ready to go?”
“Yes. Let’s just hope the cooler hasn’t been found yet.”
“Oh, there’s no need. See?” Four waves a hand towards the object in question, nestled safely by the ramp leading downwards to the kettles, praying that the gesture looked casual and cool.
“Did you go ahead of time to get this?” Eight says, eyes wide as she walks past her and opens the lid. The crinkling of the sealed specials reaches her ears as Four leaves her old phone on the bench and hops off to go meet Eight.
“Nope! Last night.” Pride practically explodes in her chest as Eight throws her head back and laughs, the first proper one she’s heard ever since the scouting mission. They should probably come up with a name for that too. Later.
“You’re full of surprises, Four. I don’t think I would have taken Inkopolis’s destruction half as well as I have if it wasn’t for you.” Eight shuts the cooler and starts to drag it down the ramp. Time to go.
“For eel?” Four follows as Eight makes it to the first launchpad, rooting around for a few specials of her own. They fit snugly in her pockets as Eight does the same.
“Yeah. The surface was all I had wanted to see for so long, even when I was a footsoldier. One of memories that I have… I would find one of the kettles in Octo Valley that had a replica of one of Inkopolis’s battle stages and pretend that I was really there. For a few seconds, I could forget that the sunlight was artificial or the Kelp Dome I was walking was meant for training instead of leisure. Of course, the illusion didn’t last long when the commanders called us for training drills but it was nice when it lasted.”
Eight looks down at the sealed special in her hands, holding it tightly enough to burst. “I wish the people back in the Deepsea Metro got to see what I see now. I keep wondering, why was it me that made it through? The answer was that I was lucky. If it wasn’t for the Captain then I wouldn’t have found the subway at all, and without Pearl and Marina’s help I wouldn’t have managed to get the willpower to get out, not even mentioning the NILS Statue. Agent Three saved me in the blender as well. If any one of those people hadn’t been there alongside me then I would have either died in the test chambers or in the blender. What if someone else, someone better had made it through? Someone who mattered more than a random soldier that-“
“Stop that.” Four didn’t realize that she spoke before her hands were grabbing Eight’s shoulders. “You matter, Eight. You matter so much. You say I made the Big Run easier? That was you for me. I would have just lied down and died if I didn’t have something to keep me moving and that something was you. You’re my friend, and you’re amazing. The reason you made it out was because you’re incredibly talented, and everyone needs a little help sometimes. That doesn’t make you worthless.”
Another laugh as Eight wraps her into a hug. “I can always count on you, can’t I? Thanks. Really, watching you zip across those grind rails was terrifying. I kept thinking that the Horrorbouros was going to knock you off, but you led it across an entire city. If it wasn’t for you, it wouldn’t have made its way to the Square without destroying a lot more. You’re a hero too, Four. Don’t forget that, alright?”
You’re a hero, too. How long has she been waiting for to hear someone else say those words? “Yeah. I won’t. This has been a really crazy month for us. Might as well wrap it up with a successful mission.”
“I forgot we came out here for the Kettles in the first place, if I’m being honest.” Eight confesses, looking down at the slightly crushed sealed special in her hands. “All we have to do is seal off the remaining ones, and then we don’t have to worry about another invasion.”
“Let’s get to it, then.” Four smiles at her partner and swims into the launchpad. Things are finally looking up for her- for the both of them. Knocking down the entrances to the Kettles goes by in a blur full of teamwork, return trips to the cooler not a burden but an opportunity to work in unison after so long of splitting up filled with plenty of talk about anything under the artificial sun. Eventually the topic of Operation Good Night comes up, and Four can stay silent no longer.
“Mr Grizz is dead.” She blurts out, rooting around for one of the specials. Suction Cup Lookout is halfway done by this point and there are still plenty of bomb rush specials waiting for them. Maybe they can save the leftovers for another mission when heavy firepower is needed.
“I thought he was just a mascot?” Eight asks back, stopping to look up at her.
“Nope. He was a real guy who died in a rocket accident, if what Yeller and Desperate were talking about was anything to go off of.” Four pulls out a decent amount, trying to see if she can fit a few more in her pockets so the return trips aren’t as frequent. She would like to be home by sundown, thank you very much.
“Who?” Eight looks at her, bewildered. Right. They probably had real names, didn’t they? Ah well. Too late to figure that out.
“The two Grizzco employees that were in the warehouse. I managed to overhear their conversation when you were getting out, and I have a sneaking suspicion the other half of the New Squidbeak Splatoon has something to do with it.”
“I was wondering where you were. Warn me next time, will you? I want to be able to watch your back if you attempt something like that. You’re far more important than a few packets with jelly in them.”
“Thanks.” A worry Four was carrying disappears suddenly. She was bracing herself for Eight to find out about her break from the plan and get disappointed or angry, but it seemed like their bond was stronger than that. Or Eight didn’t have enough of a sense of normality to determine why that would be anger-inducing. Probably both. “Anyway, I hope we can get the antenna operational after this. Marie might know more, and even if she doesn’t it’ll be nice to hear from her again.”
“Indeed.” Their conversation ended after that, having all the specials they needed to finish off Suction Cup Lookout and swimming into the launchpad. The manual superjumps went off without a hitch, and for the first time in a long time the type of freedom Four had first felt when she arrived in Inkopolis had returned. Tentakeel Outpost was barely a problem, Kettles much closer to the surface than the others. Time moved as quickly as they did when exiting, and they walked up the ramp with the satisfaction of a job well done hanging in their hearts. There was just one minor hiccup; a strange sound that was coming from the the area that used to house Cuttlefish Cabin. It sounded a bit like someone gargling water and trying to sing at the same time. It could have been a disconnected pipe from the Kettles that ran underneath. It could also be a threat they’ve never faced before.
Four and Eight cautiously crept up the ramp, weapons at the ready. There, standing on top of the wreckage, hopping and trilling out a tune for the whole world to hear. There are no usual streaks of ink that trail behind it which is strange because Four knows for a fact that the Cabin and it’s remains aren’t inkproof. She’s seen a lot of this creature. Killed lots of them, too. Smallfry. Where there’s one Salmonoid, there’s always more.
A couple years worth of instincts kick in, as Four dives forwards and pounces. The Smallfry doesn’t fight back, actually. It looks vaguely delighted by getting scooped up and dangled in front of her face. She can use this little scrap as bait for the rest of the cohort. Or , she thinks as a loud crash reaches her ear, something bigger.
“Hey! Let little buddy go this instant!” A distinctly not-Salmonid voice yells. The speaker makes themselves known in the next second by scrabbling onto the bench.
“This Smallfry? Kid, I’m doing you a favor. Smallfry travel in packs. I know people usually get salty over killsteals, but the situation is far too dire to get petty about things like that.”
“I said, let them go.” They start to reach for something. Ugh. Four’s really not in the mood to fight unless she has to.
“Fine.” She drops the Salmonoid and watched it scurry towards this strange squid. Their clothes are all ripped up, but in a way that highlights the bright yellow undershirt. Braided tentacles cascade down their shoulder, and a curious weapon is slung over their shoulder. “If you need a new change of clothes, go back to one of the aid stands in the Square. Otherwise leave. This isn’t the place for civilians.”
Mystery Squid rolls their eyes, a gesture that immediacy causes annoyance to boil in her belly. “You city squids are all the same, thinking you’re so much better than us and barking orders.”
“Big words for a lost kid.” Four scrutinizes the stranger a bit closer. They’re a few years younger than she is, still carrying the signs of being freshly teenage. Fourteen? Fifteen? “At least I’m supposed to be here.”
“I was sent here! YOU’RE the scavenger!” Mystery Squid stomps their foot, eyeing her up like she’s some sort of target balloon.
Hah. They’ll have a lot coming if they try and take on a team like her and Eight. The two of them can disarm a foe like this in their sleep, and then it’s just a matter of coming up with a convincing enough lie to make sure they don’t find out the truth about being a cleanup crew that stumbled into this weird place. It does feel a little insulting to be called a scavenger in her own home turf. “Just who do you think you are?”
The squid puts both hands on their hips and leans back. “I’m Agent Three of the New Squidbeak Splatoon. And you’re supposed to be..?”
Notes:
Did I name her Tetra after the dualies? Yeah.
Chapter 19: In Filtration
Notes:
This chapter’s going to be a bit like 11; more of a set up for the next one. I hope Neo Three doesn’t come across as too much of an asshole, they mean well but Inkopolis’s standards of friendly teasing are very different than Splatsville’s.
Chapter Text
Agent Neo Three was starting to get annoyed by whoever these people were.
They had told Marie that they didn’t mind going all the way to Inkopolis shortly after they completed the final Kettle in Alterna and that was partly true. They’ve been curious about the other members of the New Squidbeak Splatoon for a while, Four and Eight spoken of as distant heroes battling against a threat long gone instead of people who were one desert apart. While Captain Three was a constant presence in their adventures, Four and Eight were reduced to tricks they used or a fond memory. How were they supposed to pass up an opportunity to meet them?
The one problem was that they didn’t know anything about the two aside from a few assorted facts that really weren’t clear enough to paint them a picture. “Hey, you’re the octopus that got trapped in a blender, and you’re the squid that almost died fighting a shower!” wasn’t exactly the best conversation starter, especially for people they had just met. Would meet? Are meeting?
The two people glaring at them are devoid of the usual Grizzco uniforms they’ve been seeing scattered around Inkopolis like someone’s spilt orange paint all over the bleak grey canvas that is the current state of Inkopolis. It felt weird seeing so many people don their uniform, completely ignorant to what Grizzco’s real motives were. What felt weirder was that the entire place hadn’t collapsed once they took out Mr Grizz, but apparently the corporation had dug its tendrils deep into Inkadia’s world and wasn’t going to leave without further prodding. That does make another question: if these people aren’t Grizzco, then who are they?
“What’s the plan?” An Octoling holding a rather monochromatic shooter said, lurking by a ramp dragging… is that a cooler? … a cooler behind her.
“This trespasser says that they’re Agent Three.” Skepticism leaks off of the first one’s tone, some sort of weird-looking dualies at the ready.
“That is not Agent Three. They’re far too young and they’re lacking the sanitization scar. Considering how much noise they made, I doubt they’re half as talented.” Wow. Rude.
“How do you know that name?” They demand, drawing up their stringer. The familiar tension of a bowstring yearning for release is a comfort, but they keep their shots low in case the strangers sue for peace. The two strangers eye it wearily. Callie had said that Inkopolis doesn’t really have weapons like this, at least not yet. Good. They’ll have the advantage if they come to blows.
“I think the better question is how do you know? This isn’t a place for kids chasing rumors.” Another jolt of indignation shoots through them. No. The squid in the flashy vest was probably trying to rile them up so their shots got sloppy, and then they would strike! Crafty. Well, they weren’t going to fall for it.
“I’ve been sent here by the captain themselves. What about you?”
The strangers exchange a look. The Octoling in black and heels asks, “Cuttlefish?”
“No? Agent Three?” Okay, now they’re confused. These two know who Craig is, but don’t know that Three got promoted?
“Alright, alright, stop. Weapons down, we’re not going to get anywhere by talking in circles.” Vest Inkling interrupts, slowly lowering their equally shiny dualies. Heels Octoling glances at them and then to Neo Three, offering a bit more resistance before lowering their weapon. They must trust Vest Inkling a lot to do so. It’s only fair to do the same. Vest Inkling scrunches their face up in thought. “You’re… Three? New Three?”
“ Neo Three. New Three sounds dumb.” Heels Octoling mumbles something under their breath about how Neo just means new . They’re going to choose to be the bigger kid and ignore that. “I take it you work with the NSS?”
“Yeah. I’m Agent Four.” Vest Inkling, Agent Four, says. Her dualies slip into their holsters, but she doesn’t hold out a hand to greet them or say anything else. In their defense, Marie had said that she was yellow, not teal.
“And I am Agent Eight. As you can see, we have been left out of the loop as of late. Three got promoted?” Agent Eight launches into a question, probably to distill the tension in the air.
“Yup. They’re the boss now, and they’re keeping a watch on Alterna. Not that much is happening there now that we’ve had our way with it.” Neo Three tries to keep their tone cool and confident as they scream internally. They pretty much shot themselves in the foot right there, threatening their senior agents. Cod, this was going to be so awkward.
“Grizzco mentioned Alterna when we were poking around. Did they show up there?” Agent Four asks, eyeing Little Buddy suspiciously.
“It’s a super long story, but I can break it down in a bit. What happened to this place?” They briefly consider adding a little line about how Splatsville managed to make messy and chaotic look good, but that doesn’t seem like the right thing to say now.
Agent Four stiffens. “Salmonoid attack. We shut off the Kettles so they can’t return again, but Inkopolis has still taken a lot of damage.”
“So, this is Octo Canyon? Yeesh, I can see why people left. It’s a dump.” Neo Three jokes.
“It was a lot more put together before.” Agent Four snaps, looking weirdly defensive of the place she infiltrated. It wasn’t like she lived there or anything. Strange.
“Calm down, Four.” Agent Eight says, placing a pacifying hand on her shoulder. They can see bandages poking out from underneath one of the vest’s sleeves. They’ll have to get her to tell them the story later. “You’ve caught us at the tail end of a long day, I’m afraid our nerves are a little fried. You showing up so abruptly didn’t help.”
“It’s fine. Not all mission are as fun as the ones in the Alternan Kettles.” Neo Three waves a dismissive hand before hopping off of the bench, Little Buddy jumping into his usual post of their ink tank. That was a thing agents did, right? Brag about their missions to each other? Callie and Marie did it all the time to them.
“You said you were going to tell us about Grizzco. Talk. They somehow knew that the Big Run was going to happen ahead of time, as well as having files on hand of the King Salmonoids. What does any of that have to do with Alterna?” Geez, and Marie said that Four was cheerful. Then again, they also get the same way at the end of a long day. The sun was starting to dip when they came down, and if they were here this whole time that must have been at least three hours of whatever “blocking off the Kettles” entailed.
“In a place this exposed? You’re practically asking for someone to overhear it.”
“No one’s here but us. Any kettles they could have been hiding in are collapsed and we would’ve seen someone if they were in Tentakeel Outpost.”
“You didn’t see me.” Neo Three pointed out.
Agent Four’s hand clenched and hovered over her dualies. What’s her problem? Agent Eight was quick to lower Four’s hand back down. “We have an apartment. Will that work?”
“Yeah, lead the way.”
“You two go up ahead. There’s something I want to check out.” Agent Four turns away from them to the wreckage. Agent Eight looks like she wants to say something to her, briefly raising her hand to reach out, but setting it down. She gestures for Neo Three to follow, and the two of them slip out of Octo Canyon and into Inkopolis.
“I apologize for me and my companion’s earlier harshness. Four is usually much more amicable.” There it is again. No agent in front of her name. They must be pretty close. Not that she minds. The titles kinda dragged at times.
“Eh. I’ve met worse in Anarchy Battles.”
“That’s right; you’re from Splatsville, yes?”
“Born and raised! Both me and Little Buddy have lived in the badlands for all our lives.” Neo Three makes sure to tuck him closer into their hood once they’ve emerged into the square. The exit is annoyingly close to a Grizzco location and even though it’s been hidden with a few strategically placed crates it’s best to not take any chances.
“You’re rather close with such a dangerous creature.” Eight leads them between scaffolding-encrusted buildings and pop up tents, not paying any heed to the wreckage. Probably old news to her.
“Little Buddy wouldn’t hurt a fly! Well, if I told him to, maybe. But he’s harmless to anyone else, cross my heart and hope to die.”
“It’s wise to keep him out of sight, then. Four has a rather large distaste for Salmonoids.”
Neo Three scoffed. “Yeah, I noticed. Practically bit my head off when I asked for him back.”
“You can’t blame her. The Big Run has left us all rattled, some more than others. She’s been sleeping less and staring off into the distance at times. It’s rather worrying for someone who’s usually so alert.” Eight replies. “I hope you’ve come bearing answers. Both of us are in dire need of them.”
Neo Three snickers. “Oh yeah, I’m bearing them, alright.”
Eight gives them a weird look, but continues forwards. “Our apartment would normally be a train ride away, but the Big Run has caused subway flooding and track fires. People aren’t too keen on using them until the repairs are over, so we’ll have to walk further. I hope you don’t mind.”
“Not at all! I believe the best way to get to know someone is take a long walk with them. That reminds me of a story, actually…”
————————
Tetra sat at her desk, flicking a pencil up her desk and catching it before it rolled down. She had been doing this for about five minutes or so, leaning her head on the arm that wasn’t currently in use. The math study book she was supposed to be using was open, and problem sixteen was half finished.
She had to do thirty questions in one week, which didn’t seem like a lot on its own. When you paired it with extracurriculars, study for other subjects, homework, and her own vanishingly few hours of free time it got a lot more problematic. She’s tempted to reach into one of her desk’s drawers and pull out one of the many cheap comics she got from a shop down the road, but if her mom catches her with them when she’s supposed to be studying they’ll probably get taken away.
She liked comics for many reasons. The art was eye catching and easy enough to replicate if she really put her mind to it, the stories could range from a nice slice-of-life about people her age to a superhero battling it out in a futuristic city, and they were affordable. She had a decent allowance, but her filled schedule stopped her from taking any jobs aside from the rare babysitting ones.
Tetra sighs. Tetra flicks the pencil up. Tetra watches the pencil roll back down. Rinse and repeat.
For some reason, she just couldn’t do her work today. She would sit down, pick up her pencil, try and work, but the words would just slide right off of her mind. It was so bad that she had to reread a simple multiple choice question five times in a row in order to absorb what the book was asking her. Moments like these struck randomly, and whenever they did Tetra hated them. The basket full of clean laundry would wait on her floor for days until her father inevitably pointed it out and the shame would follow her around like gum to the bottom of a shoe. She’d try and get a bit of writing for an essay done, but no words would come to her mind and trying to look up the information her teacher had linked felt as impossible as moving mountains.
There was no use crying over spilled milk, so she just picked up her pencil and stared the problem over again. Underline the important facts. Break it down into easier questions. Consult the formulas in the key. Ha. A thousand study tips couldn’t help her now.
As if sensing her anguish, her mother pushes her door open. “Hey, Tetra.”
“Hey, mom.” She’s grateful that she tried again just in time for her mother to see. It gave the impression that she had been working hard the whole time so there was no reason to dwindle in her room at all, just her hardworking daughter doing her best to keep her grades high!
“I talked with your Language Arts teacher today.”
Tetra doesn't really like her Language Arts teacher, which is a shame since it used to be one of her favorite classes. She's just a little too peppy too early in the morning and acts like they're all friends, calling them "children" and "lovelies". It feels uncomfortable at worse and annoying or not. "Uh huh."
"She gave me a brochure for a high school fair a few months later and I want you to take a little look at it before coming down for dinner." Her mom leaves it on the desk and walks out, shutting the door behind her. As much as Tetra wants to shove it into a desk drawer to never look at it again, mom'll probably ask questions about it at dinner and she would rather deal with a quick read than an argument.
A few schools have been marked with a little dot of black marker, but they're all for carriers like doctor or scientist, nothing that intrigues her. One page catches her eye, though. A vibrant splash of color stays behind black text saying Come join us at Inkblot Academy! as various Seafolk loiter around in a lobby. It promises not only typical classes but future carriers in art like animation or graphic design. Their extracurriculars are boasted as well, things like theater and school turf war teams (even one for grind rails!) written neatly in a bulletpoint list. It had dorms on campus that were paid with the money used by lending out their courtyard for matches as well as other such supplies.
A plan appears in her mind, as fragile as a single thread in the moment. Inkopolis was decently far away, requiring a roughy fourty minute ride by train to reach it, but not far enough to be concerning to her parents. It was mainly art focused, but it had decent enough credibility and a high graduation rate. Good for networking and getting your foot in the door for one of Inkopolis’s higher ranking colleges.
She walked down for dinner, not ready to broach the subject just yet. There were still things she needed to work out and it would take a lot of convincing to get them to agree. Her father was fond of jokes about how little art carriers paid, often pointing to their own profits when selling knitted wares as the punchline. That was why he was also trying to get her into a “good college”. He would be the easiest one to appeal to out of her parents.
“Hey, squiddo,” Dad says, pulling out dishes as he piles reheated leftovers onto her plate, “workin’ hard or hardly workin’?”
“The second one.”
He laughs, leaving her plate on the counter. “Good to hear! Your mom did say that you had needed a bit more practice with parabolas.”
“Mmhm.” She takes the plate and sits, but doesn’t move to eat. Mostly because she hasn’t gotten her utensils out, but also because she’s got a few questions. “What if I don’t in a good school, though?”
“They’ll always be another shot, Tetra. It’s not the end of the world if you don’t get your first pick.”
“But what if I don’t get my second pick? Or third pick?” Tetra didn’t really care, but this was more about testing the waters than having a conversation.
“You’ve really worked yourself up over this, huh? Your mother and I will always be there to support you, no matter where you end up. Someone as hardworking as you can always find a place. They’d be stupid not to take you in! You’re capable of great things, Tetra. You just need to harness your potential.”
————————
Four stared at the wreckage of Cuttlefish Cabin and did her best to not kick a piece of broken wood as hard as she possibly could. She thought she had gotten over this, coddamnit. She had been doing well recently, shell, she'd even say that she's been getting better, and Neo Three brings it all crashing down.
Agent Three, the first one, had always felt like a creation of myth more than an actual squid. They had managed to take down the original Great Octoweapons with nothing more than an underdeveloped Hero Shot, when the NSS was still reeling from the sudden theft of the Great Zapfish. They had managed to defeat DJ Octavio at full power, back when the Octarian army was still at maximum capacity at the age of fourteen. They had managed to scour Octo Valley for every last secret it held, recovering Sunken Scrolls thought to be lost to time and the ocean forever.
Neo Three was… alright, she guessed. Fine. They had the skills, they had to if they made it this far. It was probably just her being tired after a hectic couple of weeks. Still, the new kid on the block dredged up some unpleasant feelings of inadequacy Four had tried to kick to the curb so many times. She had gotten shot, exploded, crushed, broken, and dissolved all while trying to keep her head high so it didn’t drop into the metaphorical tar below, and Neo Three started talking about how fun their missions were. Was it a her problem, then? Is she the outlier? No, she reasoned, probably not. Eight was in the same boat as her. Maybe Neo Three just had more support from Marie and the others.
Speaking of Marie, why hadn’t she talked to her? Neo Three had been sent across the desert in cod knows what to check in on them, so she was still thinking of her. It was the destruction of the radio antenna that caused their communications to fall apart, and it doesn’t seem like it’ll be operational for a while. If it was, then Marie probably would have called, or at least listened if Four initiated it. Still, that’s it? No letter? No note? No “hey Four, I hope you’re ok?”
It wasn’t like her teachings were restricted to Four, anyway. Three was the first to have her guidance alongside Callie and Caprain Cuttlefish, Four was just the runner up. If the position of mentor was able to be passed around so easily then was she even needed anymore? By Marie? By the rest of the NSS? There were people better suited to take her place.
Eight was made to be a hero. Eight deserves to be a hero. Eight deserves parades and awards and all the things that should come with saving the world from a rampaging A.I. trying to wipe out all of seafolk-kind, not a shared apartment and having to keep go on missions. Three defeated the Octarian army and DJ Octavio at full strength while Four just dealt with the falling apart scraps. She sits down on the bench, continuing to look at the pile of rubble. How can Agent Three just do that? Give up such a large part of their identity like it doesn’t even matter?
Inkopolis was known as the city of fresh starts, which probably gave it it’s naming culture in the first place. Originally derived from soldiers in the Great Turf War trying to cover up their identity to keep loved ones safe, code names were common among those fighting. They ranged from random words to number combinations, some even choosing to put symbols and underscores if a name they were eyeing was already taken. When the war was won, many people chose to keep their code names in place of actual names out of fear that the Octarians hadn’t been fully defeated and were merely biding their time.
As the future marched forwards, it became a bit of a tradition to pick another name when entering the city’s database for inksports. There were many people with the same name, so unique ones on their official license helped make each person have a distinct record. Team names were a thing since Turf Wars came into existence. While small games mostly for fun would just have the names reflect the color of the ink, larger tournaments would require specific names. There was no overlap allowed, even if a team disbanded or got blacklisted.
Choosing a code name when you first signed up for inksports was a serious decision. You were allowed to change it, yes, but it would often take a long time and there would be a cooldown period between such things. None of them ever felt right until Four and the thought of having something so precious to her ripped away was rather distressing. That was her new self, the hardworking agent with her own life. Tetra was a runaway kid, no one special in the expanse of Inkopolis.
She doesn’t like that Three’s changed their name. Not at all because it means that one day there might be a Neo Four and everyone, including Marie and Eight, will just call them that and she’ll be a forgotten footnote in the history books because she’s done nothing notable.
A shakey breath leaves her. She’s spent way more time down here than necessary, and Eight might get worried. Or not. She seemed to be getting along rather swimmingly with Neo Three. A pang of guilt slips through her chest. So? She doesn’t own Eight. She can have more than one friend, even if that friend is a tad bit obnoxious. More guilt. She doesn’t even know Neo Three that well yet, and she’s already calling them names. It must just be her exhaustion, that’s all. She’ll get a good dinner, a nice sleep, and apologize in the morning.
Four slips through the grate and through the streets. Inkopolis isn’t that bad anyway! There’s a ton of cool stuff they can show to the latest agent (even if most of it will be under construction or closed) like her favorite haunts and maybe even some agent tricks. Yes, that’s a good plan. If she and Eight could hit it off, then surely Neo Three and her can make it work even if it’s just a mutual toleration of each other. She walks up the steps to her and Eight’s apartment, puts her key in the door, and-
“And that’s when the whole rocket started rumbling, it was crazy! Steam was flying everywhere, bits of metal were flaking off, and there me and the rest of the NSS were-“ Four tries to ignore the stab of annoyance that shoots through her. First they swaggered into Octo Canyon and now into their apartment? It wasn’t like she was going to kick Neo Three out and make them sleep on the streets, but seeing them splayed out on the couch she and Eight picked out together like they owned the place as they talked irked her.
“Ah, hello Four! Neo Three’s just telling me about their experience.”
Eight has the decency to look a bit ashamed that they started telling the story before she arrived, but Neo Three just shrugs and says, “I’ll give you the abridged version later.”
“Forget it. I’m going to take a shower.”
“This early?” Eight looks confused.
“Long day.”
“Very well. We already ate, but I picked up some food from the tents on the way back for you. It’s on the counter.”
“Thanks.”
Neo Three interrupts. “I can’t believe you guys can stand eating that stuff even when you know what Grizzco’s been doing!”
“We don’t.” Four spits back, slamming the door behind her a bit too hard to be normal. Whoops.
“I do.” Eight pipes up. Both of them turn to look at her. “Neo Three was just explaining what Mr Grizz was doing in Alterna, and given the things we know it’s very possible that-“
“Forget it.” Four stomps past them into her room, catching the view of the packaged lunch on the counter. There’s something that isn’t her that’s currently eating it. The Smallfry. She lets out a loud groan, causing the little pest to look up at her before going right back to eating. “Control your pet, Neo.”
“Sorry!” They call after looking over, but they don’t sound too upset by the whole ordeal. Four turns around and stomps back out the door, throwing it open.
“I thought you said you were going to take a shower?” Eight asks.
“I need to eat something.”
Four slams the door shut again, but it’s not soon enough to not hear Neo Three mutter, “Someone’s in a bad mood.”
She storms down the stairs, retreating back to the Square. All of the hot food’s been given out, so it’s a cold sandwich and a pack of salteen crackers with a sad bit of carrot sticks on the side. For a brief few impulsive moments she considers going back to the bench in Cuttlefish Cabin’s vicinity and just staying there for the rest of the night, but she’s not going to get run out of her home by a young upstart. She finishes off her depressing meal, turns in they tray, and walks back to her apartment as the sun dips low in the sky.
Four pushes open the door quietly this time, hoping that the two of them will miraculously not notice her getting in. This fails, as Neo Three perks up and says, “Hey, Four!”
“Hey.“ She mumbles, not caring for their sudden enthusiasm.
“Listen, I’m really sorry about Little Buddy eating your meal, but he hadn’t gotten anything in a while and I was going to ask you guys if you had something to give him and then I got so wrapped up in telling Eight my story that I forgot, that was definitely my bad. I cleaned it up, but I’ve got another way I can make it up to you!” Neo Three speaks at a rapid fire pace, looking excited to disclose this idea of theirs.
“I’m all ears.” This should be good, both in the sarcastic way and in the genuine way.
“Fight me!”
Bewilderment hits Four like a bolt of lightning. “What?”
“You heard me! What’s a better way to settle an argument between people than proving your might? Word is that you’re pretty skilled, and I wanna see some of those dualie tricks Marie told me about in action!”
“I’m sorry?” For a couple of seconds Four wonders if they’re really just going to go at it here in the middle of their room, swinging fists and exchanging blows before her mind catches up to her.
“Not here, duh. In the training arena or whatever you city heave have instead. No holds barred, any weapons allowed! I’ll warn you, I’m pretty good myself.” Neo Three places their hands on their hips, trying their best to look like they’re not interested in her answer.
Four mills this over in her mind for a bit. She was a bit rusty when it came to fighting kids, opting to flee Grizzco’s warehouses instead of getting her hands on a weapon and blasting her way out. The Salmonoids weren’t human either, more about brute force than battle strategy. It’s an unbalanced matchup, a rusty agent verses one coming off of the heels of a new one. On the other hand, it was a chance to show Neo Three that they weren’t just going to roll over and die, they intended on sticking around for as long as they possibly could until the New Squidbeak Splatoon begged them to leave.
“Tomorrow. Suction Cup Lookout. Bring your best.”
Chapter 20: Suffer No Fools
Notes:
Thanks for 40 subscriptions, it’s crazy to me that so many people want to follow along with this story. I had a lot of fun writing this chapter so please let me know if you enjoyed it!
PS: I would recommend familiarizing yourself with Sector Two before reading this. While it isn’t a requirement it’ll make the whole thing a lot less confusing.
Chapter Text
Bring your best. Neo Three bounced their leg as they waited for their adversary to appear. After what passed as a hearty breakfast in a city still relying on aid from the stingiest corporation around, Four had disappeared down into Octo Canyon to “check if it’s even fit for fighting”. “It”, they were assuming, was probably Suction-Cup Lookout. Callie and Marie never really went into detail about their previous operations, Deep Cut had never heard of the place to begin with, and the Captain (told through Callie) said if the place was anything like the Valley then it stunk.
“Are you two really going to go through with this plan of yours?” Eight asked, rolling up what appeared to be a shredded green cloth from the pile of rubble.
“Yeah. Look, I know it sounds bad, but a bit of friendly competition is the best way to loosen up by far. Plus, turf war isn’t really my style and it doesn’t seem like any official maps are open.”
“I happen to rather like it. Safe, inconsequential, relaxing…”
“I guess. My personal favorite is getting to toss the fizzbangs around. Nothing better than the hiss and crack of one blowing your enemies to smithereens!” Neo Three punctuates their last word by pumping a fist in the air. Turf War wasn’t their favorite, but still a decent way to kill time.
“What is a fizzbang?” Eight asks, Little Buddy watching her eagerly as she pulls a crumpled box of metal with a funny face on it out, looked at it, grimaced, and promptly tossed it over the edge.
“Oh, they’re these little capsule things that explode when you toss em’ and are Splatfest exclusive. Good way to flush people out of their bases or just get some ink coverage when the round’s almost over.”
“There was something similar to that in a Shifty Station. Mounted ink cannons that allowed you to fire at competitors or the ground. A… friend of mine worked on them; kept talking about how to properly keep the shells pressurized so they wouldn’t do serious property damage.”
“For eel? Looks like you city kids know how to party hard after all.”
A wry smile creeps on Eight’s face as she shuffles some debris around. “Wouldn’t I know it.”
Neo Three looks down at their supplies for what must have been the tenth time. Three types of bombs, the signal to Little Buddy, ink tank, and finally their choice of weapon. The Hero Shot was more rounded and shot faster, but their Tri-Stringer was not only modified (it was a personal one for underground matches, so it wasn’t like she was using it on people just looking for a bit of fun, alright?) but could go further and deal more precise shots if fully charged as well as keep Four at bay if she tried to dodge roll up to them. Like a Charger, but with none of the drawbacks! “Hey, Eight? Can I use a personal weapon?”
“You did say it was a no holds barred fight. Four will likely use her Dualies which are of the hero variety, so whatever you have will be allowed.”
“Likely?” Neo Three cocks their eyebrow. Eight does not notice, too busy trying to drag something out from the pile.
“I cannot disclose anything, but Four’s a… what’s the term? Jack of all trades? Yes, that is her. She does favor the Dualies, however. Hope you know how to counter those.” Little Buddy hops off of the bench and scurries up to Eight, entering the hole she was inspecting with a golden glow. “Does your friend normally do things like this?”
“Oh, Little Buddy can sniff out treasure! There was something in that pile that must’ve caught his attention.” True to their word, he comes scooting out of the tunnel with a dirty but folded piece of paper clutched in his teeth, looking back and forth at Eight and Neo Three as if trying to decide who he should give it to. Eventually he drops it at Eight’s feet and she picks it up.
“Curious. This is the original map that the first Squidbeak Splatoon used. I was certain it was destroyed.”
“Was that what you were looking for?”
“Not entirely, no. Me and Four have been trying to clean this wreckage up for quite some time, but I considered this forfeit to the Salmonoids. It’s a miracle that it managed to survive not only the attack but all of the years being poured over or passed around.”
“You guys should really put this in a museum or something.”
Eight laughed. “Yes, maybe once everything is in order with Inkopolis.”
The metallic thumping of ski boots on a ramp caused both of them to look over to Four, returning from her scouting mission. “Aside from the wrecked Kettles, Suction-Cup Lookout’s ready to go.”
Neo Three grinned. “About time! Ready for the best fight of your life?”
Four snorted. “You wish.”
—————————
When Four first arrived in Inkopolis, she felt as small as a drop of water in an ocean. The sights; towering buildings lit up with dazzling signs, each of them changing into a flashier advertisement every few seconds. The sounds; idle chatter, the faint roar of trains, and music spilling from boomboxes. The people; each with a style so distinct it makes her headband and old t-shirt feel like nothing more than rags on her body in the face of them.
She felt rather small now, slipping into her well-worn gear like a second skin. The highlights on her jacket have started to scratch a bit and the fabric has gone from eye searing neon yellow to a more tame just neon yellow. Even her headpiece was showing the effects of time, a few lights blinking themselves out even when the rest of it shone a prismatic rainbow. She’s not going to let herself become a relic, not like the map Eight’s holding, not like her hand-me-down gear.
“So like, what’s the deal with that pedestal thing in the corner?” Neo Three asked as they walked down the ramp, curious weapon slung over their shoulder.
“It used to be a snowglobe that we kept DJ Octavio in. He’s been missing ever since the Big Run hit.” Four tries to ignore the bit of guilt that wriggles through her; he was going to try and take over Inkopolis if she let him out. That doesn’t change the fact that getting eaten or trampled was a dreadful way to go.
“Really? He’s chilling in Alterna with the rest of us after that. Showed up in this giant mech with an equally giant vacuum. It’s cool now; he helped us take down Mr Grizz and I’m pretty sure him and Cuttlefish are buddies again.”
Four feels a bit of relief that she didn’t doom an old man to die via frenzied Salmonoids. She also feels a bit of annoyance. “You couldn’t have told us earlier?”
“I did! You just weren’t at the apartment when it happened.” Eight laughed. Four tried not to roll her eyes. One scuffle and she would prove that she was worthy of at least a tiny scrap of Neo Three’s- of the whole New Squidbeak Splatoon’s- respect. They could start fresh after that, and maybe their tiny jabs would stop feeling like gaping wounds.
“Get in.” Four pointed at the launchpad with her foot. There was no way to block off these unlike with the Kettles, so Four and Eight just kept them around and tried to keep any power sources away. That had changed for today. Four took a replica Mini Zapfish from her room back here. The things had bristles that managed to store and conduct electricity much like an actual Mini Zapfish which is what kept the Kettles temporarily operational when she took the originals. Poor plushie currently had metal clamps biting it’s whiskers as the three of them filed in. She’d make sure to give it a little extra stuffing when she got home as thanks.
Sector Two’s sturdier materials ensued that it hadn’t taken too much damage. Bricks and metal mesh were far more durable than cracking glass and cheap plywood as well as the fact that most of the area was vertically oriented, so Suction-Cup Lookout was left unscathed aside from a few peeled off stickers. Four picked this as their battleground for a few reasons. First, it was large enough to make sure it didn’t just be an open and shut case of who got shot first. Second, the amount of dashtracks and sponges ensued that the fight would test how well each of them could use their surroundings to their advantages. Third, any of the other sectors were either too small or were too spread out to allow for something that wouldn’t just be the two of them firing charged shots back and forth. A perfect medium.
“Alright, go poke around for a bit,” Four made a shooing motion with one of her hands, “It wouldn’t be a very fair fight if you didn’t know the terrain. Come talk to me when you’re ready to go.”
“You got it!” Neo Three whooped and took off, Little Buddy in hot pursuit. The fella was actually kinda cute when it wasn’t eating her dinner.
“You’re being remarkably sporting for someone who is currently itching to attack.” Eight comments, amusement at the situation leaking through into her voice.
“I don’t know what you’re talking about.” Four’s response is curt, keeping her eyes locked firmly on the horizon. A second and third Mini Zapfish plushie keep the dashtracks and respawn point operational. Sparring matches in Inkopolis typically include fatal attacks due to how inksports worked even though officially regulated weaponry was designed to cause as little pain as possible. Weapons designed for war and ones used in illegal fighting rings might be a bit different, but both of them wouldn’t be here if they couldn’t take some pain.
“Four.” Eight said, tone much more pointed this time.
Four waited a beat before crumbling. Might as well get this over with instead of carrying it for the rest of her life. “Argh, fine. Yes. I want to fight Neo Three, but they put the option on the table in the first place, so blame them.”
“That’s not what I was wondering about.”
“I want to win, Eight.” The words feel freeing after so long. This issue didn’t start at the Big Run, didn’t start at her agent work, maybe didn’t even start when she first entered Inkopolis. “Win at something for once, not just survive. Win at something because of me, and not because I lucked out or had backup. My whole time spent with the New Squidbeak Splatoon has been spent either taking orders or playing support.”
“…I see.” Eight rests a hand on Four’s shoulder. “Know that I will always think fondly of you regardless of the outcome of this match.”
Fondly. That will not stop her from disappearing. Fondness is for bittersweet memories of times long gone and opportunities that never came to pass. “Thanks.”
Neo Three’s on top of the building where Kettle 7 used to sit, peering down the side of the building. Their default ink color is also yellow, but one that’s a bit more dull than Four’s brighter one. Canary, if she had to put a name on it. While the ink color you hatched with was determined by who your parents were, often taking the form of spots on your tentacles, your default ink color was determined by how much time you spent around a certain color. Hardcore Grizzco employees would often have the signature orange as their default color, but it would usually be a shade darker due to the green of Salmonoid ink unintentionally mixing in there as well. She knew this for certain; in between stretches of Octo Canyon Four would don the orange as well.
It was also possible to pick ink merely for aesthetic choices, many inkfish having a small bottle of their preferred color on hand in their house if they were aiming for a specific shade in particular. There was a whole thriving cosmetic industry that Four couldn’t make sense of, just catching snatches of conversation in Inkopolis Square about how amaranth was currently the “in” color while anyone sporting falu red deserved to be shot. In a city where freshness used to be king, what colors you picked were a major part of your identity.
Both her and Neo Three had yellow as their default, similar enough to have the undercurrent of a binding tie. Members of the NSS went with whatever color their sector or Kettle or whatever Alterna was, but they each had a distinct one that was their own. Marie was green and grey. Callie was pink and black. Three was orange. Four was yellow. Eight was magenta. Apparently Neo Three was yellow as well.
Speaking of the Giant Devil Ray, they skid to a halt in front of her, bow-thing slung over their shoulder. Inkfish weaponry had to be portable due to the species’s ability to swim. Older iterations of weapons like the ones used in the Great Turf War were made to be collapsible so soldiers could break them down and rebuild them relatively quickly. This had varying degrees of success, more complicated weapons like Chargers or Splatlings requiring significantly more time to set up than the average shooter or Slosher. In her era, new technology allows for weapons to be registered to someone’s swim form, becoming ink-soluble and reforming alongside the user.
“Is that the weapon you’ll be using?” Four gestures to the bow-thing.
“My Tri-Stringer’s probably more fair than the Hero Shot, so yup.”
“More fair?”
“Both are modified, but the Hero Shot’s completely upgraded by three levels. Feels a little like cheating.” They shrug at the end, fixing Four with an unreadable look. A challenge? An apology?
“My weapon is modified as well, but only by one level. Is that alright with you?” She doesn’t really have a plan if Neo Three says no. There’s the Hero Dualies Replica but those are in her apartment. It would be rather awkward to scurry back and it would throw a major wrench in her battle plan as well.
“Sounds cool to me!” Neo Three’s combative attitude softens for a moment as they put their hand out for her to shake it. “Win or lose, no hard feelings, okay?”
Four shakes their hand. Neo Three turns their attention to the other person waiting. “Ready to go, Eight?”
“Indeed.” Eight walks in front of the launchpad before clearing her throat. “As a reminder, this fight will allow for any weapon to be used as well as fatalities. You each will have three lives. Once you lose all three, you will be out of the fight and the other will be the victor. Specials are not available to both parties, so the use of any will cause for disqualification. Neo Three, you wait here. Four, walk to the end of the sector. Once both of you are in place, I will count down to ten and the fighting will begin. Are both fighters aware of the rules at hand?”
“Yeah!”
“Yup.”
“Very well. Ten…” How to start? A dash straight across the arena would result in almost instant death if the Tri-Stringer had increased charging speed and Neo Three opted for that right out of the gate.
“Nine…” Then again, if they didn’t Four would be able to kill them cleanly with the speed the Dualie’s dodge rolls provided.
“Eight…” Four thinks of the stories swapped between her and her closest ally, about what sub weapon paired best with whatever task they were trying to tackle and the burn of enemy ink on skin as one of their shakey hands squeezed tight on the trigger. Thinks of the yawning darkness of the Deepsea Metro’s entrance and of ruined statues sinking into the sea and Octolings downplaying their own efforts in a strange attempt to stave off survivor’s guilt. There has to be something she can pull from past experience that’ll help. Like how if such a gambit didn’t work and Neo Three dodged, Four would be a sitting duck for a charged shot.
“Seven…” Best to play it safe and retreat behind one of the many brick and mortar structures dotting Tentakeel Outpost. Then she can either take potshots at Neo Three or switch things up.
“Six…” The ever-faithful Hero Dualies are drawn from their holsters, spots glowing a soft blue as she takes a deep breath in. Focus, Four. This is one of the most important matches in her life.
“Five...” A loss will not cause her connections with the members of the NSS to sever instantly and violently. Instead it will be a slow, creeping alienation like trying to hold a clump of snow in your hands; it melts because of your heat.
“Four...” They will remember how one of their senior agents failed to beat back the hoards of Salmonoids that attacked Inkopolis, but dismiss it. It’s not her fault, they’ll say. There was no way she could have won there. That will not stop them from reconsidering giving her an assignment. They will remember how she was beaten by the newest agent and switch her from something high stakes to a safer, harder to mess up mission. They will then remember how she hasn’t featured on any recent missions of great importance, and wonder about how well she will do if they throw her into the fray. A kindness , they’ll think as they send her on a scouting mission while the more important members wait in the back. They’ll remember the jokes or tricks they did on the mission, the ones that bind them together and shrug with a you just had to be there if she asks why. They’ll remember any potential mentors when a new agent inevitably shows up, and shake their head when it comes to selecting Four. Not her; she doesn’t contribute anything unique worth passing down. They will forget one day, and she will still wait by the sidelines hoping to hear her name called once more.
“Three…” Her adversary waits, staring down the battlefield with their hand on the grip of the bow. They don’t seem to be drawing the string back, unwillingness to telegraph their actions to her keeping Neo Three a mystery. What do they want that they have not already stated? Do they see Four as a relic of the New Squidbeak Splatoon’s most lackluster era when it was staffed by two scared squids and a horseshoe crab that has never affiliated with them again? Do they see her as a fighter who sits in the same lifeboat as them, nursing old battle scars and sharing bits of wisdom? She can never tell; Neo Three is as fickle, playful, and confusing as the tides that lap at the shore.
“Two…” Will news of their duel reach Marie? Maybe not after, maybe not for weeks, but if it does what would she think? Would she be proud of her for choosing to rise to the occasion and grant Neo Three the fight they asked? Would she be disappointed that she indulged their youngest member in a battle against someone in a different weight class, one that will inevitably result in someone getting splatted? Will she recognize how hard Four has fought for the past couple of months or will she see a washed up fool clinging to a label that has been passed on to Neo Three?
“One…” Their eyes connect across the sector. Win or lose, no hard feelings, okay? Four cannot promise anything, not when her previous ones have been broken.
“Go!” Eight yells as the two of them spring into action.
—————————
As Neo Three nocks an ink arrow, Four disappears in two bright yellow flashes. Dodge rolls. She’s probably gone behind one of the buildings as they silently thank their luck. If she had gone on the offensive there was a very high chance of Neo Three disappearing in a flash of yelllw ink. They’ve let Four pick which color she uses for the duel; it’s common courtesy to let the person you’re challenging pick what type of fight you’ll be doing and let them get dibs on their favored ink color. That meant they were stuck with Sector Two’s default ink color: lime.
There were two places she could have gone, either behind a rather short platform on her right or to her left which held another short platform, this one connecting to a taller tower. She might have had the home turf advantage, but they were quicker on the uptake than most people expected. Splatsville was a city of constant change and those who didn’t adapt often got left behind. Alterna was the same way, Kettles hiding challenges that ranged from simple exploration to being left weaponless in an arena full of Octostamps. Four’s a kid just like her. She’s bound to slip up eventually.
Neo Three fires in the direction of the right platform (or would it be the left platform for them?), quickly dipping into swim form. If they can chase down Four, corner her, and then take her out it’ll be an early lead that can hopefully keep going. A vertical grate greets then as well as a dashtrack. Not that, it would be too flashy and Four would be able to see her easily. There’s a bunch of small boxes guarding the grate, but a normal shot is more than enough to break through them and coat the floor in ink. They slip on through, stopping before rounding the corner of the structure, charging up a shot just in case.
A loud popping sound causes their attention to snap up quickly; the Balloon Fish’s been popped in a bright spray of yellow ink. Had Four been trying to reach higher ground? Strange, Dualies were usually a weapon where the user got up close and personal with whoever they were fighting. Neo Three fires up onto the platform next to the structure they’re pressed up against; there was a dashtrack on top of that one which would allow her to reach the bigger pillar to their left and if she got up there Neo Three would be a sitting duck. They angle another shot to try and knock her off of it, but that plan’s quickly dashed when Four comes skidding around the corner, propelled by her Dualies. The Balloon Fish was just a diversion.
They drop into swim form almost immediately after firing their shot, which misses after she activated her second dodge roll. A squid roll around the corner keeps Neo Three safe from a drizzle of shots that fly past her. Four’ll be able to move now, which means that Neo Three has to make a coin flip. If she tries to follow them through the grate it’s best to get the high ground, but if she just goes over they’ll need to retreat fast. Best to use the dashtrack now, they’ll reach the top faster than Four and can defend themselves if she gives chase.
The sound of someone splashing into ink hits their ears as Neo Three shoots to the top. Their eyes grant them a view of Four swimming away from their location and towards the tallest tower in the sector. Was she really aiming for height this whole time? There’s another dashtrack on the roof, this one leading to the uninkable top of the middle structure. From there they scurry up to the rectangular structure that overlooks the tallest tower. Yellow ink is sprayed all around the floor and the beginning half of the wall leading up to the dashtrack; Four might be hiding but any sudden moves will give her away.
Neo Three readies their charged shot, modified Tri-Stringer trembling with the weight of it's payload. There, a flick in the ink as Four swims up the dashtrack. Once she reaches the top she'll be vulnerable and they can snipe her clean out of the air. They watch as her swim form shoots up and-
Four kicks off of the wall and reforms almost immediately after the dashtrack slings her upwards, a new weapon clutched in her hands. A sleek barrel outlined with yellow bracers lights up, revealing the existence of a charged shot as she releases the trigger. A charged shot soars through the air, aimed directly at their skull. Neo Three fires their own but whatever Charger Four's sporting must pressurize it's shots because when their ink arrows connect they hear the distinct sound of ice crystals shattering. If a shot like that connected with their head they would have died instantly.
Their eyes widen as a spray of yellow ink still makes it's way through their arrows, less concentrated but still stinging one it connects. Neo Three keeps their eyes shut tight as they reach a hand up to wipe off the ink trying to creep into their eyes, only for something hard to thunk into their unguarded stomach. They stagger back as they struggle to keep their footing due to the residual ink Four's shot has left. A step back as their eyes are finally able to open and-
Oh.
They’re falling.
An uncomfortable thud rattles through their body as they connect with the ground, still too dazed to switch into swim form as a painful sting explodes through their head as everything goes a dazzling yellow.
—————————
Four darts behind a wall as Neo Three respawns, biting back a hiss of pain as the skin on her palms throbs; she scraped it on the bricks when slowing her momentum. Whatever. What she had to do now was pick her next weapon. The Hero Charger was out of the question; the only way she'd ever be able to land a charged shot that good is if she had the element of surprise, and now that catfish is out of the bag. Once Neo Three's seen it, they'll either dodge or get up close, and by then Four'll be done for. Besides, they've got a contingency plan if Neo Three tries to take the Hero Charger.
“The score is now three to two, with Agent Four in the lead!” Eight announces. The Hero Dualies are snug in their holsters and Four wants to have them on hand in case things get dicey. She was already headed for the high ground. No need to try and switch it up; it would also let her see if Neo Three was trying to set up any traps. She swims up top and pulls out her next weapon. The chromatic barrel of the Hero Splatling roars as the ink sloshes around inside.
There are two weapons that require standing in one place for long periods of time, and those weapons are Chargers and Splatlings. Not her personal favorites due to the lack of movement both of them had barring a few exceptions, but she could respect their users and their craft. More importantly, she could respect unleashing a barrage of ink that covered a wide area and made splatting people a breeze.
There Neo Three was, a small green shape staring defiantly back at them. “Where’s your Charger gone?”
“I don’t like to use the same tricks twice. Besides, it’s fairer this way.” She yells back. A smile was on Neo Three’s face, all thrillseeking, wild joy before they plunged into their ink, tossing a spray of green up before disappearing behind a brick structure. Two can play that game indeed. Four’s still thinking about that roll thing they did, the one that kicked up ink to deflect some of her Dualie’s shots. It doesn’t seem to protect them entirely but it was a new factor she’d have to mull over.
Her target still lurks somewhere below, probably trying to find a way to knock her off of the tower where Kettle Six once resided without getting in the Hero Splatling’s range. A few Autobombs tossed below are sure to flush them out. As Four dips into her ink to recharge, the muffled hiss of her Autobombs greets her ears alongside a shriek and sound of shuffling tells her that they found their mark. She bursts out and reforms, Hero Splatling roaring to life as she charges it up. There, green ink over the splotches the Autobombs made when they blew up. So where was Neo Three..?
Something flying through the air trills, Four wheeling around to shoot it out of the sky. No bomb could travel that fast and that high, at least none in Inkopolis could. Something thumps into the back of her head with a warble, the feeling of wet scales crawling on her tentacles. Of course. Little Buddy is shockingly clingy for such a tiny Salmonid, digging their fins and teeth in with gusto. Four dips into her ink again, loosening his grip on her as she reforms, hurling a Burst Bomb that knocks out her tiny attacker. She’s allowed a small moment to catch her breath before three ink arrows slam into the Hero Splatling with a brass bang, knocking her slightly off balance but not off of the tower.
There Neo Three is, same place as last time they skirmished here. Their bow is held vertically instead of horizontally, another charged shot beginning to form. Four lets her payload deliver, a veritable storm from the hungry mouth of her Splatling. They quickly drop back off of the rectangle to take cover, but that doesn’t answer Four’s question. Why did they hit the the Hero Splatling instead of her head? Did they aim wrong?
No . This weapon was modeled after the Heavy Splatling in both functionality and shape, just with some modifications made to increase the distance and power of the shots. It lacked a strap so she could ditch the Hero Splatling in case of emergencies, which meant the only thing holding onto her weapon of choice was her. Neo Three was trying to kill two parrotfish with one stone; if Four kept holding on to the Hero Splatling she would use up a lot of energy and be too distracted to fire back, but if she ditched it or tried to get closer she would be in range of a headshot. They’ve turned her first trap against her.
Another round fired clears the area behind the structure. Another shot fired, this one barely missing her. Another warble, this one significantly more wet. Four temporarily takes one hand off of the Hero Splatling’s handle to toss another Burst Bomb at Little Buddy so he would continue to stay down when a charged shot connects with her hand instead. Pain lances through it as she releases, weapon falling to the floor as she nails Little Buddy.
“Got the memo. No more Splatling!” Four yells down, searching for a good alternative as Neo Three begins to try and scale the tower. One last Burst Bomb buys her a bit of time as she dips into her ink to recover. No Charger, no Splatling, and it wasn’t the correct time for the Dualies yet. She needs something fast with a wide spread of ink so she can shut down Neo Three’s attempts to either escape or get closer. Four reforms and jumps off of the building as the Hero Blaster takes shape in her hands.
Technically a Blaster would join Chargers and Splatlings in the category of weapons with slow firing rates, but there were two things that set it apart. One, Blasters let you move around even if their shots were slower. Two, the Hero Blaster’s firing speed was a lot faster and a lot further than the average one on the block. The weapon’s signature bursts of ink would both be useful for getting chip damage in and for cutting off retreats. She’s not the best with them; Marie had drilled her heavily in Chargers and the Hero Splatling was one she spent a particularly long time trying to master (key word: trying). This was going to be a bit bumpy.
Neo Three rolls off of the wall in a clean swirl of ink that protected their swim form. That was fine. Four needed to get them to open ground where the Hero Blaster could work it’s magic. All of the brick structures in this half of Suction-Cup Lookout provided way too much cover for them to hide behind. The halfpipes by the entrance however… get Neo Three in one of those and they’ll be easy pickings. A curling bomb makes a clean path forwards as she waits for her adversary. She doesn’t have to wait long as a green Splat Bomb hurdles forwards, quickly followed up by Neo Three themselves.
They aren’t going for charged shots this time, which was a bit weird. Maybe they recognized that it would have allowed for the Hero Blaster’s powerful shots to explode them into ink splatters. They’re playing defensive now, skidding back with that roll and covering the land in their ink instead of trying to shoot her. Four kept up, but was starting to err on the side of caution. Despite the various upgrades the Hero Blaster still guzzled ink and Neo Three seemed to realize this, shooting the ground around her feet so she couldn’t recharge.
Four was the one getting pushed back now, and whatever headway she makes quickly gets erased by the horizontal shots of the Tri-Stringer. Eventually she falls back literally, dropping into the halfpipe she was originally going to try and corral Neo Three into. She’s left it relatively uninked so that the trap wouldn’t be too obvious, now clinging to the sides trying to replenish enough ink to fight back. Four decides to risk tossing an Autobomb over the rim of the halfpipe to try and keep them away for a bit longer. She hears the sound of it’s feet walking on the ground, but the thing just jumps back into the halfpipe which means-
Four realizes her mistake a bit too late.
—————————
Neo Three lets out a relived sigh as Four drifts off to the respawn point. She got tunnel visioned and just wasn’t used to fighting with a Blaster in general, and if the way she stopped using the other weapons after either a kill or disarmament that meant that the Hero Blaster was off of the table. A good thing too, as they weren’t quick enough to avoid the shots entirely. If she hadn’t run out of ink, there’s a pretty good chance that Neo Three would be staring down the barrel of the Hero Blaster pretty soon.
Speaking of, they need to get away before she respawns and brings out her next weapon. What might have once started as a friendly duel was swiftly turning into a gauntlet hellbent on turning them into a inkstain, and Neo Three loved it. Had Four known that they were itching for a challenge and taken it upon herself to give it to them? If so, they’d have to get her a thank-you card after all of this. A high speed battle testing how well they could react against all types of weapons with an experienced member of the NSS who wasn’t afraid of using cool tricks to win? Someone pinch them, they must be dreaming!
More importantly, this was the first glimpse they were getting of the apprentice Marie spoke so fondly of, the one that functioned as a one-squid army and managed to take back not just Callie but the Great Zapfish all while only having two people supporting them, not the sad civilian that couldn’t take a joke. They would fit in perfectly at Splatsville’s battle scene with all of her modified weapons and sneaky tactics. They’d have to extend the invitation sometime when Inkopolis wasn’t a major wreck.
On the right side of the entrance to Sector Two was a small building with a nook to hide in, guarded by a jump from two grates. It’s the perfect spot to scope out what Four’s going to do next; she won’t be able to hide in her ink to make a fast approach and they can duck behind the corner if she has some sort of other long range weapon. They’ll be fair as well and let Little Buddy take a break to recover. If Four wasn’t going to reuse weapons then they wouldn’t use him either. They make it behind just in time to hear Eight say, “The score is now two to two, with an even amount of lives.”
A strange sound reaches their ears as Neo Three battles the urge to peak around and see what’s making it. There was a very high chance that Four had no access to a Splatana and the Hero Splatling had been knocked out, so what was making that strangely wet scraping sound? The sudden clang of ski boots on metal grates causes them to hurl a Curling Bomb around the corner. Apparently it missed, as Four skids around the corner with the Herobrush quickly rising up to douse them. Right. They are kinda cornered here. The metallic glint of the Herobrush’s hilt keeps catching their eye inbetween Four’s erratic swipes. Now that they’re up close and personal, something about it keeps catching their eye.
“Well, it isn’t a power egg container.” Neo Three squinted cautiously at the hunk of metal that Little Buddy had dug up from the Alternan snow.
“It’s Sardinium; you can use it to upgrade your gear. Four was the first member of the New Squidbeak Splatoon to find it. Crazy squid, always poking her nose into whatever corner she could find.” Marie laughed fondly and tightened the scarf around her neck. Neo Three took their treasure and scampered off, too occupied with the new possibilities to care about whoever Four was.
Alright, definitely no arrows. The Hero Charger (shell, maybe all of her weapons) was probably reinforced with Sardinium which was why it had pierced through their shot. A similar thing would probably happen with the Herobrush considering it was being used as a melee weapon. An idea sparks to life as they shoot a normal shot to the side, hoping to bait Four into trying to cut her off. It doesn’t work. Squit.
Fine, they’ll just get rid of the Herobrush like they did with the Splatling. Neo Three nocks their ink arrows and fires, watching the green trails soar towards her hand. Then they can pick her off and-
Four lets go of the Herobrush’s handle, letting the momentum of their charged shot carry it away as she dedicates her energy to swinging her other hand up to fire a devastating spray of tiny ink globs from the tip of the newly summoned Hero Brella.
“How many of those do you have?” Neo Three howls in frustration, narrowly avoiding the Hero Brella’s rampaging canopy by dipping into their earlier pool of ink. A squid roll lets them barely miss Four’s followup shot, who quickly gives chase as they slip through the grate and reform in the halfpipe. A bad decision, as the shotgunlike blast of the Hero Brella’s ink spray turns them into a fine mist.
They surge back out of the respawn point with a snarl, firing ink arrows instantly to where Four was. They’re not that mad, but competitions get them riled up and they can’t think of a good taunt at the moment. A large splatter of ink is their answer, Four sporting the Hero Slosher now. Just get aggressive towards her. You’ve played it too safe with all these feints and fakeouts.
“The score is now two to one, with Four in the lead!” Eight calls. Neo Three fires quickly, not caring about ink consumption at this point. Four throws just as quickly, walking on top of the higher grate catwalk. Weird; they at least had the option of refilling ink. Was it an accident or cockiness that made them take this action? As Neo Three quickly found out, it was neither of these.
The moment the Hero Slosher runs out of ink, Four hurls it directly at Neo Three’s head before they can snipe her. It’s thankfully empty but taking a Sardinium-reinforced bucket to the head still hurt, and they’re not out of the woods yet as Four pulls out the Hero Roller and comes crashing down in a torrent of yellow ink. They’re not going to let another one of her tricks claim their life this time. They let go of the bowstring. Their shot finds its mark.
—————————
Four shakes out the ink from respawn. She’ll admit, she was getting a little sloppy back there. Overconfidence was a key killer in situations like these, and she had practically begged Neo Three to shoot her by walking on an ink-permeable surface. Should’ve lead with a vertical swing to clear the way first and then jumped down, but if Four lamented every mistake she ever made she would get absolutely nowhere in life. It was time to bring out the big guns.
“The score is now one to one. The next death will be a tiebreaker and determine the winner!” Eight cheers. Four can’t blame her. Against her better judgement, it’s started to become a bit fun seeing how long each of them can last.
The Hero Shot might not be as favored as the other weapon left in her roster, but that didn’t change the fact that it was the only thing she had for all of Sector One, so she was intimately familiar with the way it worked. It was also the only Hero weapon she had that was upgraded to level three, so there was that as well. The rapid fire flies through the air as Neo Three ducks behind the short stairway leading to their spot of previous skirmish. Four switches it up the moment they’re distracted, aiming for the sponges leading up to the only corner of the map they haven’t fought in. They catch on pretty quick, letting a charged shot fly in an attempt to shrink the sponge she’s standing on and either pick her off there or send her falling into the void below. They’re a bit too late, letting Four claim the height advantage once more as she inks the sponge in the back.
“You can’t run away forever!” Neo Three calls up to her, another delivery of ink arrows ready to fly. Four’s only response is a Burst Bomb to break their focus. They practically launch themselves up using some kind of weird momentum jump that kicks up ink as well. Splatsville’s denizens were fond of moves like that, apparently. Four’s shots break the armor but Neo Three tosses up a Splat Bomb to keep her occupied for a bit as they attempt to make the climb as well.
She manages to cover up whatever enemy ink is left, only getting nicked by the explosion. The thumping of shoes on grates is an ironic reversal of her previous kill, but there’s no way she’s going to walk out of this as a loser. She’s so close to winning, to solidifying her place in the great, horrible history of the New Squidbeak Splatoon. She will not let this opportunity slip through her hands.
Four tosses an Autobomb down to stall for time as it hits her how strange this whole situation is. She’s trying to kill them for no other reason than to keep a connection that might have been starting to break while Neo Three’s having fun, because for them this is a playful sparring match. They do not know what it means for Agent Four.
Did she even know who Agent Four was, who Tetra was, who the person stuck halfway inbetween was? Four was a failure who let the city fall to ruin. Four was a hero who did her best in an impossible to win situation. Tetra was a coward who threw herself into a war in order to escape her meaningless problems. Tetra was a child who had been searching for freedom and wasn’t given any outlets aside from combat to explore that. The person stuck inbetween was a constantly shifting identity who never quite knew what she wanted, walking around in an endless circle of choices both good and bad. Didn’t that logic apply to everything else in her life?
The New Squidbeak Splatoon was an organization created to kill in a war that should have never happened in the first place. The New Squidbeak Splatoon gave her a sense of purpose and community when all other doors were shut. Agent Eight was an Octarian defector who happened to luck out into escaping to the surface. Agent Eight was one of the most skilled people she had ever met, fighting not just for herself but for the countless others trying to find their way out because it wasn’t their fault they were never offered a hand. Neo Three was an arrogant brute from Splatsville that had no sense of when to stop poking at an open wound. Neo Three was still too young to see the true brutality of the situation they had gotten wrapped up in, trying to deflect the oncoming storm of events that would haunt them for the rest of their lives with a playful retort. DJ Octavio was a cruel warlord who stole Inkopolis’s power and tried to kill her and others many times. DJ Octavio was the ruler of an oppressed people that were still being subjugated until recently. Sheldon supplied them with the items that lead them to victory and told her all the ways to use them to save herself. Sheldon supplied them with weapons built to harm in the name of science in research that is still kept hidden to this day.
Marie was a wonderful teacher, a concerned sister, and a great friend that stood by Four and gave her a purpose. Marie dragged her into the battlefield in the first place because she was alone and afraid of a world no one should have been made to live in.
Aren’t all of them walking in circles in one way or another?
Neo Three finally claws their way up to her level, but Four’s switched to the Hero Dualies. These faithful shooters have kept her alive despite all of the bombs, explosions, and fangs pointed her way. They allowed her to shred through an entire army. Their yellow barrels stare forwards towards their next target, and Four knows what she must do.
She knows what will happen to herself if she loses this fight, but only now is she considering what will happen to Neo Three. They will carry the scars of this battle into the future, one where their own teammate pushed them to every limit in a competition that was not safe for either of them. They will wonder why that happened, wonder if they did something to deserve it as the hidden effects of their journey comes to rear their head down the line. They will go from a confident kid fresh off of a victory against insurmountable odds to a worried, traumatized teenager turning every option over to make it indicative of their own guilt. They will become like her.
Four will not let that happen.
The Hero Dualie’s dodge roll propels her forwards as Four wraps Neo Three in a tackle, one that sends them both careening over the edge to where the void awaits. They thrash and squirm but it’s too late, wind howling in both of their ears and cutting across their skin as they fall. Death by void wasn’t a real thing, just a name tacked onto the phenomenon caused when an Inkfish’s membrane starts to fall apart due to stress, or at least in theory. While they would quickly respawn afterwards, the whole experience was still a mystery to the general public and those who did research weren’t exactly common. The bottom line was that death by void was a quick way to get splatted, which lead to it being implemented in certain stages where water wasn’t available once people were sure that there was no long term effects. The perfect way to force their duel to a tie.
Four resurfaces to a worried Eight helping her up, Neo Three’s hand clasped in her other one. They let out a little sigh before giving her a friendly pound on the back. “Congrads, Four. You’ve won.”
“No. No, we tied.” A brief skim of the Hero Gear’s assigned weapons allow her to see that everything’s safely back in place.
“I was not able to see what happened. Is this true?” Eight asks, resting her hand on Four’s shoulder.
“Yeah. It’s over now.” Four shakes off both of their arms and begins to walk towards the launchpad. It’s been a long day for all of them, and a conversation in the living room around some food sounds like the perfect remedy. She’ll explain everything a bit later.
“The fight?”
“The circle.”
Chapter 21: Not Bad (Catch Ya Better)
Notes:
Happy holidays! We’re starting to approach the end of the fic, so this chapter will probably be a bit shorter before we get to the last ones and epilogue.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
It was starting to approach the time of year when Inkopolis got cold.
It hadn’t reached the point where you would need a heavy jacket, but the nights were a little bit longer and the breezes were no longer balmy. Four shuddered a bit, wishing she had brought a sweater with her as she stood in line to pick up food.
Grizzco’s began to recoil back into its usual post, emergency tents getting replaced with more official ones courtesy of Inkopolis’s disaster services. The city’s beginning to get back on its feet, shops slowly starting to open up with the subway tunnels being fully cleared. While it’ll be a while before Turfing or Ranked reopen some semblance of normalcy has returned, even if the city is still under construction. Just in time too; while winter in Inkopolis wasn’t incredibly harsh there was still the occasional squall that left the whole place covered in snow.
“Next!” One of the attendants from the table barks, Four shuffling up to take her tray. The sun is starting to peek over the horizon, beams of light spilling through the holes between the skyscrapers. She takes up residence in the scaffolding from last time, content to actually eat. She’s left a note on the table telling Eight and Neo Three where she’s went, but last time she checked they were still asleep. It was nice to get a little alone time anyway.
From up here Four can see all of Inkopolis Square’s famous billboards. A few of them are smashed, screens black with lack of power. Some of the working ones on the larger side list out the weather for the next week or places to take shelter and receive food from. Deca Tower’s doors have had their glass replaced, inside converted into a shelter for those unable to get housing. No advertisements blare out of respect for the still-recovering Great Zapfish. While it hasn’t gone back to its full power, it’s started to sleep less. The return of the dopey grin seemed to have brought a bit of cheer to Inkopolis’s denizens.
Four polishes off the last of her food before peering a bit closer at Grizzco. She owes a lot of her skills to the place, and just as many scars. It was kind of incredible that the place managed to get as big as it is today. A quick way to make cash that didn’t require prior experience, an energy source to sell to places that didn’t have Great or even Lesser Zapfish, and a location beginning to grow in popularity. A perfect storm of success, one a younger Tetra had been eager to throw herself into.
Grizzco’s unique position had caused a couple more obscure sayings to get a second wind, typically reserved for fishing villages near typical spawning grounds . “You find who your real friends are when the Glowflies come knocking.” It was a phrase that had been rattling around in her head ever since she first heard it from a higher-ranked teammate the night she was the last one standing at the Ruins of Arc Polaris. It was just as logical as it was poetic, which is probably why it had gotten stuck in the first place. It was easier to forget nonsensical or boring statements, not something that was both at the same time.
Grizzco itself was a fair-weather friend. If profits were high then plentiful bonuses would flow from the meter that each worker relied on for pay. If profits were low then you were lucky to get even a scrap of gear and a handful of coins. Plus, the seedy underbelly had shown itself to Four, once with Neo Three’s story and twice with her own experiences. While it would take a long time for the company to crumble, it would do so eventually. Inkopolis was a city of change, after all.
“I thought I would find you here.” Speaking of friends, Eight comes climbing up to Four’s little platform.
“Hey. Neo Three still asleep?”
“Mmh. For someone so boisterous you’d think they’d be able to expend far more energy than that.” For a couple of seconds they’re both quiet, looking down at the square. They aren’t incredibly high up, about as high as a second floor balcony would be.
“I guess they were right in the end. I don’t dislike ‘em anymore.”
“I’m glad. You need more friends.”
“Like you’re the one to talk.”
Eight laughed softly, eyes going up to the screens latched to the buildings. “Occupational hazard, I suppose.”
“Yeah.” Four sighed. “Not like any therapist’ll take me seriously if I tell them that a giant mechanical shower is the source of some of my nightmares.”
“Someone should get on that. There’s a very profitable market to be made.” Eight playfully elbowed her.
“Maybe write a book.” Four said, a small chuckle following shortly afterwards. “Not for the public, though.”
“Oh?”
“I guess I don’t want people getting the wrong impression. Like, no matter which way I write it there’s always going to be someone who takes away that it was a cool adventure and I don’t want to send anyone else down that path, cause I’ve already lived it. I want to say that I understood the gravity of the situation and the implications and all that but I didn’t, I was fourteen and looking for something to do that would make me matter and apparently I picked wrong both times. It’s either being a soldier to put people back underground or an employee that keeps killing Salmonoids, and even if I didn’t have all of the information it wasn’t like there was a grand coverup in place. I mean, Grizzco was pretty adamant on their business plan!” The words spill out of Four before she can put them into something more structured, a couple years worth of doubts tumbling like stones in an avalanche.
“I don’t think you’ll have to worry about Grizzco much longer.” Eight smiles, eyes still fixed on the screens.
“Huh?”
Before Eight can respond, the introduction to Off The Hook’s news segments bursts to life on the biggest screen. Turntables scratch as Pearl chirps, “We’ve got some big news for y’all today! Hot off the presses, Grizzco’s involvement with the Big Run goes way beyond defensive measures.”
“Right indeed, Pearl. Anonymous sources have provided evidence that shows that Grizzco might have known about potential Big Runs ahead of time. It is unknown at the moment how deep this runs, but it is undeniable proof that the company has kept important information that could have came in handy if broached ahead of time.” Marina’s silent implication has all people below staring up at the screens as well.
“We don’t want to point any fingers ahead of time, but an investigation’s going to happen soon if we don’t get any answers. We’re super thankful to Grizzco for helping provide aid and all that, but it does raise a couple questions.” Pearl says, Marina nodding and picking up shortly afterwards.
“Even if there were only hunches that the Big Run phenomena was a possibility, the disaster services should’ve been notified the moment the magnetic disturbances were detected. In fact, Inkopolis disaster law demands that such a debriefing should’ve taken place. Instead, we received the sighting of the Horrorbouros from a pair of weathermen that wish to remain anonymous. It seems a lawsuit is on the horizon for one of Inkadia’s biggest companies.”
“Hold your seahorses, Marina! Nothing’s set in stone yet. If Grizzco can provide a good reason why, then they might get out of this situation intact.” Maybe, Four realized, but their reputation won’t. Any bit of goodwill they’ve gathered with the tents will be destroyed if they were the ones behind the attacks in the first place.
“That’s all for now. Don’t get cooked and stay off the hook!” The big screen flashes off, but Four can see that one of the smaller ones is playing the message on loop.
“Anonymous weathermen, huh? Sure wonder who those were.” Four grins.
“It’s a mystery to everyone.” Eight returns it, finally turning to face her.
“So, you knew about this ahead of time?”
“Not for long. Pearl and Marina told me so it wouldn’t be a shock when the news aired. I wanted to tell you after I got the call, but you were out of the house. By the time I got up here, the news was about to break.”
Four waved a dismissive hand. “It’s cool. Pretty slick how they spun the whole thing, huh?”
“Yes. The disaster services will be the ones doing the actual lawsuit, but it’s good to get the public on their side. A lot of people who haven’t seen behind the curtain are still loyal to Grizzco, or were before this message.” Eight said.
“Guess it’s good that we’ve got the heat off of our break in.” A thought suddenly occurred to her. “What if they doubt the anonymous sources? It’s not like we can just come up there and say that we’ve broken in.”
“No doubt they’ll try and pull the framing card. We’ll just have to see how it plays out.”
“Good. I’ve had enough politics for my whole life.”
“I do not think we’ll be able to leave that easily.”
“A kid can hope, can’t she?”
“I suppose so.” Eight’s barely finished speaking before they hear the thump of feet and the chipper voice of Neo Three coming over.
“Hey, guys! Catch the news?”
“I was here long before you were awake.” Four jabs, but it lacks the venom it might have had a few days ago.
“About time that dilapidated tangerine hut got what’s coming. I was getting sick of it just sitting there pretending that it’s so helpful.”
Four snorts at their choice of words. “It’ll be a long battle. Grizzco isn’t the kind of place to just roll over.”
“Yeah. Still nice that we get to pass the torch for now.” They lean over the railing, looking down. Little Buddy does the same at their feet. “Salmonoids aren’t that bad. A lotta people think that they’re just mindless animals, but that isn’t true at all. I mean, if someone showed up at your home with a gun you’d probably hit them with a frying pan too.”
“Grizzco’s thrown a massive wrench in cross-species relationships, haven’t they?” Eight muses, tone a tad bit wistful as she speaks.
“People in Splatsville are starting to get a bit cool about it, but I guess it’ll take a while to catch on here.” Neo Three mumbled.
“For the city of fresh starts, it’s a bit stuck in the past.” Four speaks up, thinking about the past couple of months. “Maybe it’s a good thing everything got shook up.”
“Only time will tell.” Eight conceded, and for a bit they all just stood there letting the chilly air wash over them.
“I guess I gotta tell Marie that the mission was a success. She’s worried about you, y’know?”
“Contact’s been cut off in the Big Run. We used to have this big antenna back at Cuttlefish Cabin, but you’ve seen the wreckage. I wanted to rebuild it, but we’ve been a bit busy.”
“Why not rebuild it now?”
Four opens her mouth to say something about how there’s still things to be done, how talking to the other chapter of the NSS ranks rather low on the ladder of importance, how she’s worried- worried that maybe the bond she had with Marie might have fizzled out in their radio silence, but none of them come out. “We had to wait to wrap stuff up with Grizzco and the city. I guess we could try tomorrow.”
“There are plenty of construction resources around, and we could always call for help for the more technical side of things.” Eight chimes in, hand giving Four’s a soft squeeze. She squeezes back.
“Alright! What are we waiting for?” Neo Three whoops, causing Little Buddy to squeak excitedly and scurry around underfoot.
“The fact that none of you have had breakfast yet, and I don’t know about you but Eight gets pretty crabby when hungry.” Four avoids a jab to the stomach by starting to climb down the scaffolding to the square below, tray tucked underneath her arm.
“Rather rich coming from you.” Eight scoffs, following without further comment.
Nervous excitement hums through her body as the three of them rejoin the masses, all still chattering about the future of Inkopolis’s biggest company. They slip into the crowd, just another face in a city of thousands. Maybe that was the way it always should have been, and for a couple of seconds Four wonders if all of them would have met if they were never agents at all. Probably not. The only reason Neo Three came to Inkopolis was because of their mission, and the only reason Eight stood on the surface instead of in the domes was because of the fight that sent her down there in the first place. Rather than devaluing their friendship, it strengthens it. A one-in-a-million chance that all three of them would be here, for better or for worse. If they could get that lucky, surely they could fix a simple antenna.
Problems seem a lot smaller in a group, after all.
Notes:
For those of you unaware, the reasons the Big Runs happen in the first place are “magnetic disturbances”, something a bit vague. I decided to make it so that Grizzco were the ones causing the disturbances; a way to kill two birds with one stone. They can make themselves look better while also increasing their profits.
Chapter 22: Low Tide
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
After a week or two of toiling, the antenna is complete.
It takes a bit longer than it did the first time around; metal’s still a bit of a hot commodity and their engineering skills are basic at best and nonexistent at worse. Eight had tried to reach out to an actual engineer, but Off The Hook was busy dealing with the fallout of their accusation so the best they got were a couple hurried emails from Marina that were usually filled with jargon they didn’t understand. The slow creep to completion was doing bad things to Four’s nerves.
She wanted to see Marie. She also wanted to hide under a rock forever. What do you even say to your mentor after they pack up and leave you to protect a place against impossible odds? Was she proud? Was she embarrassed? It feels like she’s thought these a thousand times, but only now does it actually matter. For better or for worst a couple months of worries will get put to rest once they finish.
As the day drew closer and closer, Four began to workshop things to greet Marie with. At first she wanted to lead with a snappy one-liner, something to diffuse tension and say that there were no hard feelings. Then she realized it was too shallow and tried to opt for a more open approach, but coming right out of the gate with a heartfelt speech about her feelings felt like it was rushing it. Four told herself that she would eventually find the right words, but as the deadline to completion loomed closer and closer she was still no better off than when she started.
She pushes herself off of the makeshift bench and walks over to where Eight and Neo Three are trying to start the computer up. They’ve cleaned up Cuttlefish Cabin’s wreckage decently enough. Whatever bits of debris that could be dangerous are gone and the bits that aren’t too badly damaged have been repurposed to help support the antenna’s hefty weight and prop the computer up. The sight of all the wires and clamps latched onto one tiny space reminds her a bit of the Great Zapfish. Maybe she'll pay it a visit later; it's started to return to its normal pattern of sleep.
"...and you're sure this thing isn't going to blow up in our face?" Neo Three peers closer at the laptop.
Eight squints a bit closer and tentatively plugs another wire in. "I'm fairly certain, yes."
“Fairly certain isn’t sure.”
“It’s the closest we’ll get on our own.”
Four makes her way over to them with a sigh. “Here’s to hoping.”
“You worried?” Neo Three asks, pushing up from their crouched position on the ground with a lazy stretch.
“A bit.” She confesses. “It’s been a while since we talked.”
“Don’t sweat it. I’m sure Callie and Marie are gonna be happy to see you. They’re sentimental like that.“
“Thanks for the vote of confidence.” Four rolled her eyes, but there was no malice behind her actions. If Neo Three still wanted to sass her after their fight she wasn’t going to take it personally. Competition is natural around that kind of age anyway. She would know.
“Are you two ready to start this call up or are you going to keep sniping at each other?” Eight grumbles from in front of them. She looks as if the computer’s going to explode at any second now and given how precarious the whole setup is she can’t be faulted for it.
“Yeah, yeah. It’s all outta my system now.” Neo Three waves a flippant hand around, other holding Little Buddy in place. He’s currently eyeing up one of the shinier pieces of metal, squirming eagerly.
“Ready whenever you are.”
Eight tapped a bit on the keyboard before the screen flickered to life, revealing a rolling wave of static. Occasionally a picture broke through of a snowy landscape. The choppy feed slowly cleared up, revealing two gold and black blurs before jumping back to grey fuzz.
"Hang on, let me-" Eight twists a wire. The computer's speakers let out a harsh squeal of static, screen still flickering. "There! Can you see us now?"
“Loud and clear.” After what felt like a lifetime, there Marie was. Her outfit’s different, but that’s not what catches her eyes. What does is the tattered teal scarf wrapped around her neck. It’s worn out in some places, a few stray strings drifting down and Four knows that she could certainly get better scarves. Her heart swells with fondness.
"Heya, Foursie!" Callie grins from beside her. Agent Three waves in the background.
"Hey, guys." Her voice croaks a bit, but she finds she doesn’t really care.
“How’d you know we were calling?” Neo Three pokes their head in frame, Little Buddy warbling out a greeting to the people on the other side of the screen.
“No hello for us?” Callie teases.
“I saw you guys like two weeks ago!”
“I know, I know. We rigged up this thing up to let us know when a signal came in, courtesy of the DJ. Gotta say, we were pretty sure the antenna was wrecked on your side.”
“It was.” Four said. Might as well get all of the unpleasant bits out of the way first. As if debriefing a mission, Four rattles off information. “There was a Big Run that resulted in no casualties on Inkopolis’s behalf but a large amount of infrastructure was damaged. The Salmonoids had came in from the Octarian Kettles, probably using filtration pipes or some… other thing… anyway, me and Eight disconnected them from any sectors, so they can’t come back. There’s also a law suit against Grizzco for withholding information by Inkopolis’s disaster department. I can’t remember the acronym at the moment.”
“At ease, soldier.” Marie snarked, posture relaxing a bit. “I guess that old saying’s true, huh? If you cut off the head of the sea serpent…”
“C’mon, ‘Tavi! Don’t you wanna say hello to Four and Eight?” Callie yelled from off screen, followed by the sound of something getting dragged.
“I don’t think that’s a good idea, kid.” DJ Octavio’s low voice answered back. Even if they had left off on bad terms, Four was glad he was alive.
“I don’t know what you mean!” Callie’s mirth betrayed the fact that she knew damn well what he meant. A few seconds later, Octavio was shoved in front of the camera.
“Turning over a new leaf, huh?” Four leaned a bit closer. She wasn’t exactly sure how that would have happened. Maybe getting trapped in a snowglobe and then almost torn to shreds by Salmonoids and then whatever he did in Alterna (she’s assuming it included Neo Three beating them up) caused him to have a change of heart.
“Splatsville’s less hostile towards Octarians. Apparently a huge group of them fled here when the Great Turf War started.” He grumbled back. “Wish we could’ve avoided the whole one hundred years of imprisonment.”
“Yeah. That must’ve been rough. As long as you aren’t going to try and snag the Great Zapfish again, we’re cool. The domes never should have happened.” Four’s more than willing to let bygones be bygones at this point.
“And you, Eight. I’m sorry about being so flippant towards the Deepsea Metro. I had been trying to look into that place but when the power outages started we had to stop any scouting missions. Still, you can’t blame a guy for being a little snappy when the enemy interrogates him.” Eight looks a little stunned by his apology.
“I- at least you have the decency to apologize.” She mumbles.
Octavio laughs. “Yes indeed. Hey, squiddo! How are you and yer’ little scamp holding up?”
“Good! Me and Four sparred, it was awesome!” Neo Three whoops, tossing Little Buddy up in the air before catching him. He trills excitedly at the action.
“She didn’t pull the Rainmaker out on you, did she? I was sore for weeks afterwards.”
“What? Four, you never told me you had one of those! Like, a real, actual Rainmaker? Oh, you’ve got to let me try it! I’ll only blow up some things, promise!”
“Slow down there. It was a modded version that Sheldon gave me, and it blew up shortly after I used it. If anyone’s got it, it’s him. Second of all, I’m pretty sure it would vaporize anyone that wasn’t in a protective mech.” Four tried to deter Neo Three’s interest, but if anything her words fueled it.
“Marie, you’ve been holding out on me! I didn’t know that was an option!”
“That’s because I knew you would act like this if I did.”
“Ugh. You get to have all of the cool weapons, don’t you?” Neo Three mock-pouted, crossing their arms.
“Don’t get so upset. I promised to let you mess around with my Dualies later. In fact, if you’re so eager then take ‘em now.” Four fished them off of her holsters and passed them to Neo Three gingerly. “Break them and I break you.”
“Got it!” Neo Three scooped up Little Buddy and ran off to go harass Tentakeel Outpost’s training balloons.
“I’m glad to see you two getting along. I was worried you’d butt heads, being so similar and all.” Marie smiled and Callie and Octavio left the frame. Four froze, but was it really so surprising? The bold and slightly cocky attitude, the riskiness in their plans, the bright yellow? Neo Three was like them, yes, but like Four was before everything began to catch up to her. She had changed, and maybe that was why they clashed.
“I guess.” Four replied. Eight gave her a squeeze on the shoulder and gestured with her head to the ramp leading downwards. “Go ahead.”
And then they were alone. She could hear footsteps and shots in the background, but otherwise it was like there was a private bubble between her and the computer and the rest of the world. “How have things been in Splatsville?”
“Excluding the whole fuzzy ooze thing? Pretty tame. Alterna’s still a secret and I think we’re going to keep it that way. A lot of problems have been made for this team by nosing around the past.”
“Good. Good. I’m glad that you’re alright.”
“What about you, Four? Wasn’t it just you and Eight when the attack hit? Did you get wounded?”
“A little, yeah.” Four’s finally managed to slip her bandages off but a patch of fresh, noticeable skin remains behind. It’s going to stick with her forever, but she doesn’t mind as much as she would have. She’s already sporting a couple. “Nothing too severe, though. Nothing debilitating, anyway.”
“That’s good.”
“Yeah.”
Four yearns for the conversation to shift in a more serious direction, but at the same time taking the plunge would be terrifying. What if she had put more into their relationship that Marie was willing to give back? She was under no obligation to do so, but it still would have stung if that was the case. Ah, screw it. If she doesn’t bite the bullet now, they’re going to avoid it forever. “It was rough without you, though.”
“I’m sure. If we hadn’t been busy with Alterna then we probably would have came over to help. The treasures that Deep Cut were chasing overpowered our normal radio, so we didn’t know that an attack was underway until Mr Grizz was dealt with.” Marie says, and while they’re still professional they’re edging more towards what she wants to say. “I’m sorry.”
“Huh?” Four feels a bit thrown off guard. I’m sorry? Shouldn’t she be saying that?
“We just left you there with a bit of gear and a home base. That isn’t enough to protect a city from a hoard. I should’ve put in a better way to contact us in case of an emergency; I should’ve learned from the Deepsea Metro-” Marie pauses and takes a breath, fading back into the stalwart mentor she was used to seeing. “We should have been more prepared for a threat, and leaving you two with no support was a bad choice.”
“Yeah.” Four mumbles, because what else is she supposed to say when the glimpse of the person behind the star, the mentor, the agent disappears just as quick as she appeared?
Marie’s voice is shakey when she next speaks, but her words reverberate to the core of her very being. “I never should have dragged you into this mess, Tetra.”
“Don’t say that.” Four blurts. “This was the best thing that ever happened to me.” The words feel tacky on her tongue.
“No, kid. No, it wasn’t.”
A sudden rush of anger spikes through her, one that’s been building up with all the recent stress. “You don’t get to decide that, not when you’ve been gone. Not when you encouraged me. Not when you trained me.”
“I did, and I regret it now. I took such a massive part of your life away, one you’re never going to be able to get back. You’re going to be stuck with it all, the memories, the nightmares; I shouldn’t have made you do all of that.”
“You didn’t make me!” She sounds desperate when she says it, like she’s clinging to the side of a cliff.
“Just because I didn’t point a gun to your head doesn’t mean I didn’t give you the orders.” Marie’s voice is infuriatingly smooth and Four wants nothing more for it to be as cracked as it should be.
“I followed those orders. I had doubts, Marie, but I followed them all the same. The missions couldn’t have happened without me. It’s my fault.”
“Tetra, listen-“
“I’m not Tetra.” The words fall exhausted from her mouth, the realization feeling like the cold soak of water in your membrane before you died. “I haven’t been Tetra for years. I don’t think I can ever be her again.”
“I know. Cod, Four, I don’t think there’s anyone else in the world that knows as much as I do. What the title of ‘agent’ does… it strips the civilian away bit by bit until there isn’t much left underneath. It’s gotten to me and Callie. It’s gotten to Three. It got to Gramps long before any of us were around. It got it’s hooks in your friend the moment she woke up without memories. I know you can’t get rid of all of the things you’ve experienced, Four, but I want you to at least not give in. I should’ve told you this earlier, but you, Eight, Neo Three… you’ve all still got a chance. A chance to be free. I want you to take that chance. It’s going to be hard. You’re going to have to fight for it in a thousand tiny ways, but you have to keep fighting for that freedom. Please, Four.”
And with that, all of the anger, all of the rejection, all of the complicated twisting feelings inside of her go slack. “Okay. Yeah. Yeah, I can- I can do that. I’m good at fighting.”
“One of the best.” Marie smiles. It’s a bittersweet thing for both of them. “Do you mind if I bring up a mission of mine when I was fourteen?”
“Shoot.”
—————————
Marie stormed off, clutching the Hero Charger so tight it seemed like it would break. What the shell did Callie know about warfare anyway? She was the type of squid that got a cup and sheet of paper to get rid of a spider instead of just whacking it. She thinks she’s being noble by sitting this one out. By making Marie be the monster, even though she was the one that dragged her into this mess.
She has to remind herself to be gentle when closing doors or walking about. While there would be a petty, teenage satisfaction in exerting her anger like that, it would most certainly draw any enemies to her position and now that she didn’t have Ca- Agent One to back her up, she had to be careful.
The low rumbling of machinery gets a bit louder as she slinks down the abandoned hallways. She braces herself for someone to come out of the emptied rooms, armed to the teeth and ready to kill her before finishing off Callie, but no one’s there. As she draws closer, she can hear a couple muffled words of Octarian. A lazy, conversational tone in contrast to the usual barked orders. She strains her ears but nothing makes sense. Callie, the one who was trying to learn Octarian in the first place, once said that they shared a language before the Great Turf War hit and gradually split apart due to prejudice and time away from each other. No cognates for her.
As Marie nears the lowest level, not a ring at all but a floating square platform, she wonders if the option to turn back is even there if she wanted to. It wasn’t, no matter how long Callie sat there thinking about it. The Octarians weren’t going to just let them go if they explained that they infiltrated this place but then changed their minds. The only way out was through, and if she could knock out a threat to Inkopolis on her way there she’d take it. She can’t believe that anyone would want to harm that shining city, filled to the brim with kids looking to make it somewhere in life no matter how many times they got knocked back down. She couldn’t let them harm that shining city, her city, which is why this place was going down.
Marie slowly slides down the propeller lift to the final level. The murky shadows of the conveyer belts and machines are enough to smother any trace of her as she creeps closer. Their operation is automatic and simple, levers with only one option or large buttons. Probably designed for Octarian footsoldiers that lacked hands to operate anything more complicated. Makes it easier to figure out what’ll make it blow up.
There’s a catwalk high up, manned by Elite Octolings. Eight, to be precise. They chatter idly to each other, occasionally sweeping the area with their goggled eyes. A nasty looking cache of weapons is wielded by each of them, from a Splatling all the way to a Brush. Nestled between them are three tanks of Lesser Zapfish, all producing the energy to power the place. Not for the first time, Marie wishes Callie was with her. Her plan was already risky with two people, but going in alone amped it up to eleven. Her plan, if you could even call it that, was to make the Lesser Zapfish overcharge the factory machines and each other.
Seekers might have been a bit more destructive than the average subweapon, but they were subweapons all the same. Whoever activated them would share their ink color, and Marie’s subtle tagging of the machines had started to shift the ownership to her side. While it was far from a clean wipe, she’d have enough to explode any inactivated Seekers which would trigger a domino effect for the inactive ones, hopefully splatting the Octarians inside and letting them escape back to Inkopolis.
A radio squealed up ahead, Marie having to fight the urge to flinch when it was snatched up by one of the Elite Octolings. They yelled something back to their squadron before storming towards the propeller lift. Callie was still sitting by the Gushers, wasn’t she? With nothing but a broken Roller to protect her from two angry squadrons of Octolings…
Almost without thinking, Marie raised the Hero Charger up. Almost. The second the Octolings were a good distance down the hall, she let a full shot soar through the air and take down one of the back soldier, semi-charged Splatling clattering uselessly to the ground as the rest of the section whirls to attention. One down. Hopefully seven to go.
Marie slammed the activation button on the production machine she was crouching by before breaking off into a crouched sprint. The loud grinding of the machine hopefully covered up her footsteps, but the section wasn’t going to let her leave so easily. Two Splat Bombs were thrown over to where her escape paths would have been, forcing Marie to slip into swim form and maneuver between the dragging wires from the machine. One of them barks a command and the others quickly stomp down the open strips of ground, hoping to catch her before she could slip away.
She decides to take a risk by slipping out of swim form and tossing a Burst Bomb at the rumbling conveyor currently churning out Seekers. A shot from the Octoling wielding a Charger grazes her arm and another hissing Splat Bomb comes careening down to her position but it’s already too late; the Seekers have been activated and won’t stop until their intended purpose is fulfilled.
Marie vaults over one of the inactive conveyer belts, taking the opportunity to whack the on button for that one as well as she ducks behind the control panel for shelter against the Blaster’s shots. A loud cry tells her that they’ve realized what’s happening, but due to the homing properties it’s a bit too late to stop the dominos from tipping. The only one who has a chance is the Charger Octoling, who could reasonably hit a button with a full shot without getting splatted, so she hefts the Hero Charger with its superior charge speeds and fires, a loud bang letting her know that she’s made her mark.
An Octobrush hurdles by her head as another wail sounds off. One of them must have tried to hit the button before getting splatted. The hisses of Seekers being deployed are getting louder and louder as Marie’s Burst Bomb sets another conveyor belt into motion. One of them, the one armed with a simple Octoshot makes a sprint down the hallway to where Callie lies. Oh no you don’t, she thinks, cleanly picking them off with the Hero Charger.
The hissing is drowning out the remaining Octarians at this point, and Marie makes a break for the catwalk. Her colored ink coats the floor in clean trails and messy splatters as she hauls herself up the ladder at breakneck pace. Her stomach briefly lurches as she sees the lack of respawn points down here, instead there’s a launchpad leading somewhere hopefully upwards, but she pushes forwards to the caged trio of Lesser Zapfish. She’s going to have to overcharge them to destroy this place, but there’s no time to think about that. Marie would rather be a monster than get Callie killed.
She yanks down hard on the release switch, causing all production machines to rattle and rumble to life. The Seekers are getting banned, she thinks, probably for reasons exactly like this one.
The Lesser Zapfish shriek and wail at the task demanded of them, sparks flying furiously before bouncing off the protective coating of their glass chambers. All the Elite Octolings are gone now, but she doesn’t know if it’s permanently or not (with a sinking feeling in her stomach, Marie finds that she doesn’t really care if it’s permanently or not). All that matters is getting Callie out before this place collapses into seafoam and scrap.
She tears down the hallway, kicking the enemy Splatling to the side so it can’t hinder them on their way out. “One! Time to go!”
Callie snaps to attention, sprinklers still thankfully keeping the Gushers active. A twinge of relief shoots through her as Callie stumbles up to the ground, slinging the Hero Roller over her shoulder before running to her. Marie pivots and runs back down the hallway once she’s sure Callie’s coming. “I heard yelling and explosions. Are you-“
“No time to explain. We’ve got to get out of her before this place goes sky high!” She practically throws herself up the ladder, Callie briefly pausing to look at the overclocked machinery before scrabbling up after her. They’re almost there, almost home free and relatively unharmed, and all they need are a few more steps.
“The Zapfish- help me get them out before we go.” Callie’s fingers hook into the grooves in the glass, trying to pry open the paneling. Not now, she wants to scream as a loud bang rattles the lowest layer; one of the production machines has just exploded in a dangerous-looking cloud of smoke and fire.
“No time.” Marie grits her teeth for the future version of herself who will have to deal with worried looks or whispers from her closest ally as she shoved Callie towards the launchpad hard. The action paired with the panic they’re both feeling at the moment makes Callie involuntary drop into swim form, sending her to hopefully the exit of this Kettle. Marie spares a little glance back at the Lesser Zapfish. Poor guys. She hopes the ink will douse any fires, but given what she needs to make sure this place doesn’t ever get operational again that’s probably not what’s going to happen.
Marie hurls herself into the launchpad just before the catwalk’s metal groans and splits.
—————————
“Heavy material to drop on a new recruit. I’m starting to get why you never told me this story.” Four mumbled, mind swimming. Sure, she knew that anyone who wound up in the NSS wasn’t exactly a paragon of morality, but her own mentor…
“I used to be a bit more like you. Reckless. Stubborn. Those are good traits to have, but in moderation. We got lucky back in the Seeker factory, but it’s a lot harder to watch when someone else is in the line of fire and all you can do is watch. You going solo… any of our agents going solo has been terrifying to watch. I thought I lost Gramps, Callie, and Three over the course of my carrier. I couldn’t bear the thought of losing you as well. I was a bit harsh when I should have been kind, and kind when I should have been harsh. But you’ve made it though. Even when all of the odds were against you, even when you were alone, even when you didn’t have the support that you should’ve had. And I am so, so proud of you.”
“Thanks. I think… I think I’m proud of me too. Despite it all. We saved this city. We stopped more people from getting hurt. We’ve broken down some old walls. I still think I miss you.”
“I still miss you too, Four. Glad that there’s no hard feelings.”
“Not anymore.”
“Hey, Four! Come quickly, you’ve gotta see this trick I’ve found!” Neo Three hollers from the lower area. She looks back towards the computer screen.
“Go. Your friends are waiting.” Marie smiles. “We’ve got time to talk later.
“Alright. See you around.”
“See ya.” The screen blips black and Four trudges down to where her friends are.
“Did everything go well?” Eight asks, watching from a safe distance as Neo Three swishes around with her Dualies.
“Yeah. A bit more complicated than I thought it would have been, but it all worked out in the end.” Four said, leaning beside her. “Thanks for helping me out.”
“With what?”
“A lot of things, if I’m being honest. Thanks for sticking with me through it all.”
“Not a problem at all.”
Notes:
We’ve got one more chapter to go! Thanks for sticking by me through all of this; I really hoped I made the conversation and resolution of the Seeker factory satisfying.
Chapter 23: Wave Goodbye
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
I wasn't really sure on how to start this whole thing. I'm not even sure if this is gonna see the light of day at all, so it might be all over the place. Eight did say that it was best to write from the heart. If you're reading this then I'm just going to assume that you're a member of the New Squidbeak Splatoon. No cyphers or scavenger hunts; I'm best at finding things, not hiding them.
Anyway, if you're here you're probably an agent. Are they still doing numbers for names however far ahead in the future you are? I'm Agent Four, four the record. Heh. You're also probably a kid as well. Most of us were when we first started. This thing's going to have a couple things to help you out.
First off, you can leave wherever you want. Doesn't matter if you've been here for two days or two years. Doesn't matter if you have a deep reason or just don't want to be here anymore. A life like this can really take a big toll on every single part of you, and if you think that you need time away, take it. If anyone says that you're being selfish by doing this, don't listen to them. There's a difference between having a responsibility and running yourself into the ground.
Second, get something to do outside of this. It could be a little hobby or a turfing job or a friend group. If you already have something, then that's great! Hold onto it. It's a slippery slope to spending all your time down in whatever kettles or test chambers that you're poking through, and having outside obligations is a good way to keep you tethered to a civilian lifestyle. It might seem insignificant when you compare it to what you're doing now, but when the heat dies down you need a place removed from agent work to return to.
Third, try and make nice with your fellow agents. There’s going to be a couple outliers with this point, but usually they’re doing their best in a bad situation. Tensions run high when you’re saving the world, so if someone tugs on your tentacles every once in a while it’s probably nothing personal.
Fourth, keep yourself safe. Risks might pay off sometimes, but you’ll get yourself hurt more often than not.
It’s best to play it safe and
It’s best to let others know when you’re going to do something dangerous
It’s best to
Sometimes you need to play it safe, but risk has it’s advantages as well but you still need to be careful and others might stop you from taking risks so you should listen to them but not all the time
"Still trying to finish your introduction?" Eight's voice snapped her out of her funk, shock causing her to scoot back a bit.
"You know it." Four sighed. She had been trying for ages to get something, anything down, but all of it felt hollow. As Eight waited for her, she made a swift strikethrough on her latest draft. A name pun? She could come up with something better than that.
"It is only the introduction. You could come back to it later when we finish the rest."
"Yeah, but if I don't get this part done going into chapter one's going to be weird!"
"Weird how ?"
"It's going to look bad when we try and format it. Besides, an intro is the most important part of the story! That’s how you get your readers hooked. I just need to find the right words…”
“Well, you can do that later. It’s two o’clock.” Eight pulls her out of the seat the second Four takes her outstretched hand.
“Already?” She looks back at the various balls of crumpled paper strewn about their kitchen table.
“Time flies when you’re having fun.”
“If only.” Her tone is snarky, but she really has been having fun now that she’s started writing. Sure, she’s frustrated with half of the things that she scribbles, but it’s a nice way to air her feelings and bond with Eight. The book they were writing might have been more of a personal thing than one that would actually get published, but she was enjoying herself.
The golden scale around her neck jingles as she pulls on her vest and bounds out the door, Eight following close behind. It seemed much safer to repurpose it as a necklace than risk it falling out of her pocket. “Are we meeting them at the usual spot?”
“No. They just started construction on the building nearby.”
“Aw. I liked that scaffolding.” With Inkopolis beginning to rebuild, a lot of life was breathed back into the place. Stores had slowly begun to open again, people were creeping back into public spaces, and efforts to rebuild destroyed places had started popping up like weeds. While it would certainly take years to finish, even the start of repairs made her heart swell with pride.
Four and Eight flitted through the streets, pausing to let her yell a hello up to the Great Zapfish. Aside from a couple daily naps, the city’s power source was back in full swing. It placidly stared down at anyone milling in Inkopolis Square, pausing ever-so-often to twitch its whiskers or yawn. The collection of scales below it had expanded to have a couple other nicknacks like stray buttons or coins. Four could spot a couple drawings nestled between glittering piles. One of those was hers.
“We’re going to the outskirts of the city.” Eight looked up from her CQ-80. Four still wasn’t sure how that thing worked or why Eight would use it instead of a normal phone, but if it worked it worked.
“Where Neo Three blew in from?” Four asked. About a month ago, they returned to Splatsville with promises to keep in touch. Stronger technology allowing for communication across the wasteland had been brought up as something to integrate into a rebuilt Inkopolis now that most of the old telephone wires had been knocked down. The opening of a new train line between the two cities helped promote connection, as well as a couple donations to aid in reconstruction. It was all going pretty smoothly, although there had been a couple bumps along the way.
“Yes. We need that privacy given for what’s about to happen.” Eight’s eyes glanced nervously around the streets.
“The great Agent Eight, scared of a little conversation?” Four teased.
“I’ve never gotten to meet the Squid Sisters in person! What will I even say to them? Thank you for changing my life irrevocably?”
“Hey, don’t sweat it. They’re real nice once you get to know them. Kinda dorky, if I’m being honest. Plus, they’re super cool with giving autographs. I’m sure you’ll be fine!” Four gave a reassuring pat on the arm and continued forwards.
Eventually they reached the place where steel spires gave way to sparse hills. When you were in the center of Inkopolis it seemed like the city would stretch on forever. When you were out here it looked like a clusters of silver and wood. “And now we wait.”
Bored, she sat down and pulled out her notepad. Four had picked it up after the whole writing thing started. What if she came up with a really cool line and forgot it before she when home? What if she needed to write down directions for some poor, elderly woman? What if she wanted to doodle something while waiting?
She made a couple scribbles on the paper of stick figures and an assortment of shapes and lines that looked like a Lesser Zapfish if you squinted. She was halfway through a Greater Zapfish when the sudden inspiration to write struck her.
She’ll deal with the introduction later. Right now, she had an idea of what to start her first personal chapter with.
Time flew by as she scribbled away, occasionally stopping for a brief conversation with Eight or to check the horizon for a van with faded paint. As minutes passed, the low rumble of an engine cut across the otherwise noiseless plain.
“Miss us?” Neo Three had a wide smile on their face as they leaned out from the driver’s window, wind blowing their braided tentacles back. Little Buddy trilled from inside. And there, crammed into shotgun with Callie…
“Hey, guys! Hey, Marie!” Four waved back, jamming the notepad back into her pocket. At the moment there were only a few words down but she felt pretty good about them.
Four had always felt like the weakest link in the New Squidbeak Splatoon…
Notes:
When I first played Splatoon 2, I never thought that it would become so important to me, much less that I would end up writing over fifty thousand words about it.
I didn’t have access to online play for a good two years, so I spent most of my time turning over the singleplayer mode. Agent Four was my favorite as a result, even when Octo Expansion (and Splatoon 3) came out. It always seemed like a shame to me that no one wanted to explore her character in the same way they did for Three or Eight, and when I finally began writing I knew what I wanted to do. I also projected onto her a ton, so that helped.
This was originally supposed to be a small, three chaptered thing covering different periods in Four’s life; the end of Splatoon 2, an inbetween period where people leave to Splatsville, and one where she meets Neo Three. I was content with my first foray into writing fanfiction to be a short look at a character I liked. Then I started having ideas, and overtime it morphed from a writing exercise to a love letter for a series that I still care deeply about today.
If I knew that this fic would take two years to write and have a word count around eighty thousand, I definitely would have done things a bit differently. I think it’s obvious early that I was flying by the seat of my pants, going more on what I would have liked to see if we got a deeper look into the world of Splatoon, but I think it all worked out well in the end.
Thank you to all those that have followed me throughout writing this. Your support means the world to me, and while I won’t name anyone in case it makes them uncomfortable I really appreciate those that left comments, especially regularly. Even if you just left kudos, I appreciate it a ton.
If there are any lingering questions, then feel free to ask me in the comments below. It’s been a pleasure getting to write for you all.
Pages Navigation
Cakepencil on Chapter 1 Tue 13 Feb 2024 10:47PM UTC
Comment Actions
summerf0x on Chapter 1 Wed 14 Feb 2024 03:38AM UTC
Comment Actions
lickingTOESSSSSforbreakfast on Chapter 1 Mon 29 Apr 2024 04:31PM UTC
Comment Actions
Icecreamlover2000 on Chapter 1 Sun 29 Dec 2024 09:54AM UTC
Comment Actions
catharticresolve on Chapter 2 Wed 28 Jun 2023 11:11PM UTC
Comment Actions
summerf0x on Chapter 2 Thu 06 Jul 2023 11:05PM UTC
Comment Actions
Cos (Guest) on Chapter 2 Tue 04 Jul 2023 11:05PM UTC
Comment Actions
tricky_dot on Chapter 2 Fri 26 Jul 2024 10:11PM UTC
Comment Actions
Icecreamlover2000 on Chapter 2 Sun 29 Dec 2024 10:05AM UTC
Comment Actions
unstable_green_hoodie on Chapter 3 Fri 07 Jul 2023 04:51AM UTC
Comment Actions
Icecreamlover2000 on Chapter 3 Sun 29 Dec 2024 10:24AM UTC
Comment Actions
summerf0x on Chapter 3 Mon 30 Dec 2024 09:29PM UTC
Comment Actions
Bronyficent on Chapter 4 Wed 26 Jul 2023 06:45PM UTC
Comment Actions
MaplesHaiku on Chapter 4 Wed 26 Jul 2023 10:03PM UTC
Comment Actions
Icecreamlover2000 on Chapter 4 Sun 29 Dec 2024 10:38AM UTC
Comment Actions
Bronyficent on Chapter 5 Fri 18 Aug 2023 08:06PM UTC
Comment Actions
MaplesHaiku on Chapter 5 Sat 19 Aug 2023 06:59PM UTC
Comment Actions
Bronyficent on Chapter 6 Mon 02 Oct 2023 01:08AM UTC
Comment Actions
Bronyficent on Chapter 7 Sat 14 Oct 2023 06:13PM UTC
Comment Actions
kitsuritz on Chapter 7 Sun 15 Oct 2023 03:26AM UTC
Comment Actions
MaplesHaiku on Chapter 8 Thu 23 Nov 2023 09:01PM UTC
Comment Actions
Bronyficent on Chapter 8 Fri 24 Nov 2023 07:38AM UTC
Comment Actions
Cakepencil on Chapter 8 Fri 24 Nov 2023 05:25PM UTC
Comment Actions
Pages Navigation